ORYX TECHNOLOGY CORP
10KSB/A, 1997-05-30
ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIAL APPARATUS
Previous: HAWAII MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1997-05-30
Next: ESC STRATEGIC FUNDS INC, NSAR-B, 1997-05-30




================================================================================

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB/A1

                  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 28, 1997
                                                        

                         Commission file number 1-12680

                              ORYX TECHNOLOGY CORP.
           (Name of Small Business Issuer as specified in its charter)

        Delaware                              22-2115841
(State or other jurisdiction of              (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                Identification No.)


47341 Bayside Parkway, Fremont, California              94538

(Address of principal executive offices)            (Zip Code)

Issuer's Telephone Number, including area code:  (510) 249-1144

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                    Name of each exchange
    Title of each class                               on which registered

Common Stock, $.001 par value                NASDAQ/Pacific Stock Exchange
Common Stock Purchase Warrants               NASDAQ/Pacific Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                      None
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of class)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Title of class)
         Check whether the Issuer (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the past 12
months (or for such  shorter  period  that the Issuer was  required to file such
reports),  and (2) has been subject to such filing  requirements for the past 90
days. Yes X No

         Check if there is no  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers in response to
Item 405 of  Regulation  S-B contained in this form,  and no disclosure  will be
contained,  to the  best of the  Issuer's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [__]

         Issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year were $26,860,000.


         As of May 15, 1997,  13,124,821  shares of Common  Stock and  Preferred
Stock  convertible  into  52,515  shares  of  Common  Stock of  Registrant  were
outstanding.  The  aggregate  market value of the shares of Common Stock held by
non-affiliates of Registrant,  based on the average of the closing bid and asked
prices on April 30, 1997: 1-15/32 and 1-5/16 quoted by the National  Association
of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ"), was approximately
$14,700,000.


         13,124,821  shares of the Company's Common Stock were outstanding as of
April 30, 1997.

         Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one):
         Yes      No  X



                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive  Proxy  Statement to be delivered to  stockholders in
connection  with the 1997 Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  are  incorporated  by
reference into Part III.
- -------------------
         For  purposes  of this  Report,  shares  held by  non-affiliates  were
determined by aggregating the number of shares held by officers and directors of
the Registrant,  and by others who, to Registrant's knowledge, own 5% or more of
Registrant's  Common Stock including shares of Preferred Stock  convertible into
Common  Stock,  and  subtracting  those  shares from the total  number of shares
outstanding.  The price  quotations  supplied by NASDAQ represent prices between
dealers and do not include  retail  mark-up,  mark-down or commission and do not
represent actual transactions.


<PAGE>


         Some of the information in this report, including the discussion of the
Company's  strategy,  production  plans,  distribution  strategies  and  various
statements  concerning the Company's  plans for expansion and  expectations  for
growth  for both the  Company  and the  markets  in which the  Company  competes
constitute  forward-looking  statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended.  Actual  results  could differ  materially  from those
projected  in the  forward-looking  statements  as a  result  of the  risks  and
uncertainties  described under the caption "Risk Factors" set forth in Part I of
this  report  and those  identified  by the  Company  from time to time in other
filings with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission"),  press
releases and other communications.


                                     PART I

                                    BUSINESS

Item 1.  Description of Business

Introduction

         Oryx Technology Corp. ("Oryx" or the "Company")  designs,  manufactures
and markets  specialized  components,  analytical  equipment and instrumentation
products  for  original  equipment  manufacturers  ("OEMs")  in the  information
technology  industry.  This  industry  includes  office  equipment,   computers,
telecommunications  and  consumer  electronics.  The  Company  markets or has in
product development,  technologically-advanced products which perform diagnostic
and analytical  functions and address industry  requirements for efficient power
conversion,  surge protection and specialized materials technology.  The Company
has  concentrated its product  development  programs in critical areas where the
larger  manufacturers of office equipment,  computers,  computer peripherals and
other  electronic  and  telecommunications  products  depend upon  complementary
technology and product  support.  The Company  operates in three distinct market
segments:  (i) power  conversion  products,  (ii)  electrical  surge  protection
products,  and (iii)  materials  analysis  and test  equipment  and  specialized
materials products.

         In  November  1995,  the Company  made a strategic  decision to improve
     business focus and execution by separating its core  businesses and placing
assets  for  each  core  business  into  wholly-   owned   subsidiaries.   Three
subsidiaries were formed: Oryx Power Products Corporation, SurgX Corporation and
Oryx  Instruments and Materials  Corporation.  The  subsidiaries are intended to
provide additional  management and employee  motivation to increase the value of
each  business  through  potential  equity  ownership  tied more closely to each
business  unit,  and to position the Company to be better able to seek financing
or equity  investment at the subsidiary level in order to develop the businesses
without diluting  Oryx stockholders.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Oryx Technology
                                      Corp.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Oryx Instruments and Materials
                                   Corporation

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      SurgX
                                   Corporation

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Oryx
                                 Power Products
                                   Corporation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- - Power Conversion                     - Surge Protection    -Materials analysis
  Products                               Components           and test equipment
- - Contract Manufacturing                                    - Specialized
                                                              Materials
                                                            - Contract R&D

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Oryx' and its  subsidiaries'  customer base for their  current  product
lines  includes the  following  OEMs:  Akashic  Memories,  Bussmann  Corporation
("Bussmann"),  Fuji  Electric  Co., Ltd, IBM  Corporation,  Pitney-Bowes  Corp.,
Seagate Technology,  Inc., Trace Storage Technology Corp., Western Digital Media
Corporation,  and Xerox  Corporation.  The Company currently plans to market its
existing  lines to these and other OEMs during fiscal 1998. The Company has also
undertaken   research   programs  with  the  National   Aeronautics   and  Space
Administration  ("NASA")  and the  Department  of Defense  ("DoD")  and plans to
pursue further joint research programs with major companies in or supporting the
information technology industry.

         The Company's  predecessor,  Advanced  Technology,  Inc.  ("ATI"),  was
incorporated  on April 21, 1976 in New Jersey.  On July 25, 1993, ATI formed the
Company as a wholly-owned  Delaware  subsidiary,  and on September 29, 1993, ATI
merged into the Company.

ORYX POWER PRODUCTS CORPORATION

         Oryx   Power   Products   Corporation   ("Power   Products")   designs,
manufactures  and markets custom and standard AC/DC switching power supplies and
high density DC/DC power conversion products for various  electronics  products,
and provides contract manufacturing services to OEMs.

         Background

         All electronic  hardware  products  require some form of AC/DC or DC/DC
power conversion.  Consequently, the supply of DC power becomes an integral part
of each product's  cost,  reliability,  packaging and function.  Typically,  the
power conversion  system  constitutes  over 10% of the cost,  internal space and
weight of the product.  However,  the advancement of power technology (AC/DC and
DC/DC) has not paralleled  developments  in other segments of the industry,  and
while product technology (logic/memory, etc.) has improved over ten-fold in size
and cost,  power has made only a two-fold  improvement  in such areas during the
last decade.

         In  addition  to  the  need  to  improve  the  basic  power  conversion
technology,  OEMs are  demanding  products  which are more  portable,  reliable,
energy efficient and better performing.  It is Power Products' belief that large
companies  worldwide  are not investing  significant  resources in this area and
instead  depend upon low  technology  vendors,  primarily  in the Far East,  for
supply and technological developments. Power Products' further believes that the
high quality,  low cost  manufacturing  capability it has established at its ISO
9002  certified  plant in  Reynosa,  Mexico,  coupled  with its  North  American
distribution   capabilities   out  of  Texas  can  be   leveraged   to   provide
cost-competitive  power  conversion  products.  In  addition,   Power  Products'
management  believes  the low labor costs and Power  Products'  skilled  Mexican
labor  force and recent  ISO  certification,  allow them to compete  effectively
against other suppliers of contract manufacturing services.


         Acquisition of Zenith Power Conversion Products Group

         On April 11, 1994, the Company  consummated the first and primary phase
of an Asset Purchase  Agreement with Zenith Electronics  Corporation  ("Zenith")
for the purchase of certain assets of Zenith's power conversion  products group.
Through such acquisition,  which was consummated simultaneously with the closing
of  the  Company's  initial  public  offering,  the  Company  acquired  accounts
receivable,  customer  sales  orders,  manufacturing,  research and  development
equipment,  computer equipment,  engineering  documents and certain intellectual
property rights relating to power conversion  engineering and design, and office
furniture and fixtures.  In connection with such  acquisition,  the Company also
agreed to assume  warranty  obligations  associated  with previous  sales by the
Zenith power  conversion  products  group.  In December  1994, the Company began
taking possession of the inventories and  manufacturing  equipment of the Zenith
power conversion products group. The manufacturing  equipment has been installed
at Power Products'  manufacturing  plant in Reynosa,  Mexico and inventories are
held nearby at Power Products' new distribution center in McAllen, Texas.

         The  Company  (a)  paid  Zenith  a  purchase  price  of   approximately
$6,285,000  and  assumed  warranty  obligations  of  $20,000,  and (b)  incurred
approximately $364,000 of expenses associated with the power conversion products
group  acquisition.  The purchase  price to Zenith was paid  $3,600,000 in cash,
$624,000  withheld by Zenith on collection of acquired  receivables,  $20,000 by
assumption of warranty  obligations  and in the form of a promissory note issued
by the Company to Zenith in the  principal  amount of  $2,061,000  (the  "Zenith
Note").  The  purchase  price for the  acquisition,  based on the  closing  date
valuation of assets of the Zenith power conversion products group,  increased by
approximately  $1,000,000 from the Company's  initial  estimate due primarily to
greater than anticipated inventory. Zenith agreed that $624,000 of such increase
would be withheld by Zenith on accounts receivable.

         As part of the terms of the  acquisition,  the Company  contracted with
Zenith  to  manufacture  the  Company's  power  conversion   products  during  a
transition  period of up to 12 months on a fixed price per unit basis,  with the
Company having an option to extend the manufacturing arrangement for up to three
additional months on terms to be negotiated in the future.  Upon the termination
of that contract  manufacturing  arrangement in April 1995,  Zenith delivered to
the Company the  inventories  and  manufacturing  equipment  of the Zenith power
conversion products group.

         On October 30, 1995, The Company  received  notice from Zenith that the
Company  had  defaulted  on the Zenith  Note,  entitling  Zenith to declare  all
amounts  immediately due and owing. On February 28, 1996 Power Products  entered
into  a  settlement  agreement  with  Zenith  which,  together  with  subsequent
amendments,   resulted  in  Zenith's   agreement  to  forgive  all   outstanding
indebtedness,  including the amounts due on the Zenith Note and certain accounts
payable, in exchange for (a) $1,000,000 payable over the course of seven months,
bearing interest at a rate of 12 percent per annum, and (b) warrants to purchase
400,000  common shares at $1.00 per share and 100,000 common shares at $5.00 per
share.  The warrants  expire March 15, 2001. The amount due under the settlement
was paid off in fiscal year 1997 and there are no  outstanding  balances  due to
Zenith.  In connection with the settlement  agreement,  the Company  reported an
extraordinary gain in fiscal year 1996 of $1,433,000.

         Acquisition of Power Sensors Corporation

         On December 19, 1996, Power Products acquired all the assets, assumed a
portion  of  the   liabilities,   and  hired  key  personnel  of  Power  Sensors
Corporation, an Illinois corporation,  for 6 percent of the outstanding Series A
Common Stock of Power  Products and cash  payment of  $120,000.  Power  Products
believes  this  acquisition  will  facilitate  its entry into one of the fastest
growing segments of the power  conversion  product market.  In addition,  adding
DC/DC power  conversion  products  to its current  product  line,  allows  Power
Products to offer a more complete power conversion solution.

         Business

         Power  Products  manufactures  its  products  at its own  manufacturing
facility in the border city of Reynosa,  Mexico,  and  distributes  the products
from a facility in nearby McAllen, Texas. Product design, engineering, marketing
and sales are based at Power  Products'  facility in Mount  Prospect,  Illinois.
Custom products are specifically  designed for a particular customer's products,
whereas  standard  products are designed to be used "off the shelf." Over ninety
percent of Power  Products'  offerings are distributed in the United States with
the balance marketed overseas, primarily in Europe.

         In  fiscal  year  1996,  Power  Products'  management,  as  part of the
Company's  new overall  strategic  focus,  undertook  an analysis of the current
business  and the future  business  direction in order to increase the number of
units sold and eventually,  achieve  profitability.  As a result, in addition to
focusing on growing the custom  power  supply  business,  management  decided to
actively pursue  manufacturing  contracts  utilizing the low cost  manufacturing
capability afforded by its Mexican facilities. In the fiscal year ended February
28, 1997,  contract  manufacturing was significantly  below  expectations due to
delays in starting up one major contract.

         During the fiscal year ended  February  28,  1997,  Power  Products was
notified  by  its  largest  customer,   Pitney  Bowes  Corp.,  that  they  would
discontinue  purchasing  one of the power  supply  products  they had  purchased
during fiscal years 1996 and 1997. Revenues from this custom power supply during
the fiscal year ended  February 28, 1997  represented  63% of total revenues for
Power Products and 48% of consolidated  revenue of the Company.  Sales for Power
Products'  standard product line during the fiscal year 1997 increased after two
years of decline due to increased marketing efforts and the addition of regional
sales managers.  Contract  manufacturing  activity  increased  during the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 1997 and Power Products expects continued growth in these
services during fiscal year 1998.

Due to the loss of substantially  all of Pitney Bowes revenues,  Power Products'
fiscal year 1998 revenues are expected to be significantly below its fiscal year
1997  revenues.  Power  Products  expects that the addition of the DC/DC product
line and the  anticipated  growth in contract  manufacturing  services will help
offset some of the lost revenues  attributable to Pitney Bowes,  however,  there
can no assurance that Power Products will be able to increase revenues enough to
achieve profitably for fiscal year 1998.

         Products  and  Distribution.  The  major  customers  for  custom  power
conversion products are IBM Corporation, Pitney Bowes Corp., and Xerox Corp. The
standard  products  fall  into the  low-to-mid  power  range  with  30-400  watt
offerings in the electronics industry such as telecommunications,  computers and
medical  equipment.  All  product  distribution  is done  from  Power  Products'
McAllen,  Texas  location.  All sales and  marketing,  including  customer order
processing, is handled out of Power Products' Mt. Prospect, Illinois location.

         Power  Products'  standard power supplies are sold in the United States
through  both  manufacturers   representatives   and  distributors.   There  are
approximately  seven  manufacturers  representative  organizations in the United
States who have exclusive  territories  and generally  handle all order activity
for  customers  who purchase in excess of 1,000 units  annually.  There are also
approximately 32 distributors in the United States, with 72 sales locations, who
do not have exclusive territories. Allied Electronics, Inc. is the only national
distributor,  distributing  Power Products  supplies in over 70 sales locations.
The other 32 distributors are local or regional in marketing  scope.  Several of
the  distributors  perform  value-added  services,  such as  cable  and  harness
assembly and voltage settings, in addition to local stocking. European sales are
handled through four master international  distributors consisting of Powersolve
(England),  Elbatex  (Switzerland),  Acal  Auriema  (Netherlands),  and Powerbox
(Sweden).  Master distributors do not have exclusive territories and can sell in
any  European   country   where  they  maintain  an  office.   Agreements   with
manufacturers  representatives and distributors  generally do not provide rights
to return product.

         Power  Products'  current  marketing  strategy  includes  utilizing its
manufacturers  representatives  to promote business both with existing  accounts
and with new customers. Management recently hired a senior industry executive as
Vice President of Sales and Marketing to focus on developing  relationships with
large OEMs in the telecommunications  and data communications  industries and to
further develop  distribution  channels for the AC/DC and DC/DC standard product
lines.

         For standard products,  Power Products' principal competitors are Astec
America,  Ltd.,  Computer  Products,  Inc., Power One, Inc., Kepco, Inc., Lambda
Electronics,  Inc. and Todd Products Group,  Inc.  Custom  products  competition
comes primarily from Zytec, Inc., Chloride Corporation, Lucent Technologies, and
ITT  Corporation,  as well as a number of Pacific  Rim  companies  such as Delta
Products Corp. and Phihong.

         Manufacturing.   In  December  1994,  Power  Products  established  and
commenced  distribution from its warehouse located in McAllen,  Texas. From this
distribution center, Power Products distributes finished products,  and procures
raw materials for shipment to its manufacturing plant in Reynosa,  Mexico, which
is  approximately  10 miles from McAllen,  Texas.  The  manufacturing  equipment
purchased from Zenith was fully installed in the first half of fiscal year 1996.
In fiscal year 1997, an automated surface mount line was installed in the Mexico
plant which increased the plant's overall capacity and due to the  technological
enhancements  of this line,  opened up additional  market  opportunities  in the
custom  products  line.  During  fiscal year 1997,  ISO 9002  certification  was
achieved at the Mexico plant and the primary  phase of DC/DC  manufacturing  was
transferred  to the Mexico plant.  Power  Products  employed  approximately  250
manufacturing and support personnel at its Mexico plant as of April 30, 1997.


         SURGX CORPORATION

         SurgX  Corporation  ("SurgX")  designs,  manufactures and markets surge
protection  components  to OEMs in the computer and  electronics  industries  to
provide  protection  against  electrostatic  discharge  ("ESD")  at the  printed
circuit board level.  SurgX is also attempting to migrate this solution into the
integrated circuit (IC) package.

         Background

         As the information  technology industry  progresses in capacity,  speed
and performance,  it is moving toward faster circuit  performance,  smaller chip
geometries and lower  operating  voltages.  Coinciding  with these trends is the
proliferation of various equipment and information networks.  These developments
have been  accompanied  by increases in both product  susceptibility  to failure
from over-voltage threats as well as more widespread incidences of such threats,
resulting in the "burn-out" of chips and circuitry.  These threats can originate
from inside or outside  the  products  and can arise from such  factors as human
body  electrostatic   discharge,   induced  lightning  effects,   spurious  line
transients and other complex over-voltage  sources.  During the last decade, new
products  emerged  to  address  this need to protect  integrated  circuits  from
electrostatic  discharge damage.  Related specialized  products range from wrist
straps worn by electronics assembly workers, to special anti-static packaging of
both components and sub-assemblies.

         The United States market for surge protection  devices was estimated by
an industry  commentator  to have reached $800 million in 1995, and is comprised
of some mature devices such as gas discharge  tubes,  varistors,  TVS (transient
voltage suppression),  diodes and thyristors.  Though proven for performance and
reliability,  each of these technologies has only a narrow range of application.
In addition, none achieves the desired combination of high speed, elevated power
handling  capability,  low clamping  voltage and low  capacitance.  Furthermore,
present conventional devices and methodology are expensive. At the present time,
approximately ten manufacturers supply over 70% of the surge protection products
sold  worldwide.  Among the major  suppliers are Shinko,  Harris  Semiconductor,
Inc.,  Siemens  Components,  Inc.,  Panasonic,  General  Instrument  Corp.,  AVX
Microsemi  Corp. and Motorola Corp. It is estimated that over 50% of present ESD
protection devices are used in  telecommunications,  but the market for computer
equipment protection is now growing rapidly.

         Business

         In 1993, the Company  assembled an experienced  product design team for
the development and manufacture of a family of specialized  components  designed
to protect  integrated  circuits,  integrated  circuit  modules,  and  assembled
printed  circuit boards.  The Company  completed  preliminary  prototypes of its
SurgXTM  products in fiscal  year 1995 and  commenced  customer  sampling of the
first components utilizing the SurgXTM technology,  primarily connectors used in
the telecommunications and computer industries.

         The  proprietary  SurgXTM  technology  for  over-voltage  protection is
comprised of a specialized  polymer  formulation  containing  inorganic  solids,
metal  particles  and  adhesion-promoting  agents  which can be tailored for use
against surge threats with  different  voltage and power  levels.  In 1994,  the
company  designed  and  packaged  an  ESD  formulation  for  several   connector
configurations  as  well  as  the  two  standard   surface-mount   packages.  By
controlling  the basic  formulation and adapting  solutions to various  customer
designs,  SurgX expects to become a major supplier of such devices.  Toward this
objective,  SurgX  plans  to  undertake  computer  modeling  of both  the  surge
protection  phenomena as well as the predictive  behavior of device  performance
and applicability.

         In 1994, the Company applied for trademarks for the SurgXTM,  SurgAidTM
and  SurgTapeTM  varies for  related  products  described  below with the United
States Patent and Trademark  Office.  SurgX and SurgTape are in the final stages
of the trademarking  process and a time extension has been filed for SurgAid. In
1995, the Company also filed two patents on surge suppressing devices, materials
and manufacturing processes, which are in the process of being split into eleven
patents.  A third patent on devices was filed in 1996. In 1997,  foreign filings
were initiated on the two initial  patents.  In 1997, SurgX filed a service mark
application for the SurgX logo design.

         SurgX's  approach to the market  consists of two  parallel  paths.  The
first  product  group will be a series of  board-level  devices  and inserts for
board mount connectors initially addressing the less than 50 watt ESD segment of
the  existing  diode  market  with  lower  price  and  higher  performance,  and
ultimately,  expanding  to include  the 500 watt line  transient  segment of the
diode market.  In 1989, the diode market  represented  $100 million of the total
$250 million TVS components which were sold in the United States.  Based upon an
industry analysis, the diode market is believed to represent $450 million of the
estimated total $800 million TVS components market in the United States in 1995.
Within this segment, traditionally packaged plug compatible devices less than 50
watts  represented $89 million in 1989 and is estimated to have represented $400
million in 1995.  The first product group is designed to address the ESD segment
of the 500 watt diode market.

         The  first  product  group  is  considered   off-chip   protection  for
integrated  circuits,  that is the  supplemental  devices that are not contained
within the IC and/or the IC package. The first product group is discrete devices
typically  added at the board level to protect the circuitry on printed  circuit
boards.  The second product group,  SurgTape,  is intended to supplement on-chip
ESD protection by placing SurgTape inside the IC package on the leadframe.

         SurgTapeTM is intended to be an inexpensive,  on-board surge protection
device  to be  installed  directly  into  the IC  package  as well as into  many
components or  sub-assemblies.  Management  believes that the development of low
cost, small size, and easy to use SurgTapeTM  devices for application inside the
integrated  circuit  package could be an  alternative to existing ESD Protection
Devices of the high lead count, high value IC market.  Management's  preliminary
estimate  of the high lead count,  high value IC market is two billion  units in
1998.  Management  is planning  further  market  studies to obtain more detailed
information  with  respect to  potential  customers  and  market  opportunities.
However,  there can be no  assurance  that  SurgX  will be able to  commercially
develop  this  product,  or that IC  manufacturers  will  replace or  supplement
existing ESD protection devices with SurgTape(TM).

         Products and Distribution

         A limited number of SurgX  components  were supplied to various OEMs in
the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1995 and during fiscal year 1996. According to
feedback from potential customers,  the samples were well received.  However, it
became apparent to management that in order to effectively penetrate the market,
SurgX would have to mass produce the  product.  In fiscal year 1996, a strategic
review  of  the  business  was  undertaken  as  part  of the  Company's  overall
restructuring.  The  Company  determined  that it  would  be more  efficient  to
establish a relationship with an experienced corporate partner who could provide
the necessary high volume manufacturing and distribution  channels.  It was also
determined that SurgX should seek development  partners to develop SurgTapeTM in
order to reduce the associated development expenses.

         In fiscal  year  1997,  an  exclusive,  world wide  (except  for Japan)
license was granted to  Bussmann,  a  subsidiary  of Cooper  Industries  for the
manufacture and marketing of SurgX surface mount and connector array components.
In  consideration  for this  license,  Bussmann  paid  $750,000  in  development
funding, and, subject to terms of the license agreement,  will pay royalties for
approximately  11 years to SurgX based upon  Bussmann's  sales of surface  mount
components and  connectors.  The product is marketed by Bussmann under the SurgX
trademark.  Bussmann  is a leading  manufacturer  of fuses and was  seeking  new
circuit  protection  technology for rapid market  expansion.  Bussmann's  target
market for SurgX is the rapidly growing electronics market. Since the signing of
the license  agreement in July 1996,  Bussmann has taken on the manufacturing of
SurgX  components  using liquid SurgX  manufactured by SurgX.  Bussmann has also
commenced  sampling  customers,  and  has  launched  a  world  wide  advertising
campaign.

         In fiscal year 1997,  SurgX  entered into two SurgTape  milestone-based
product  development  agreements  with two  major  manufacturers  of  integrated
circuits.  Currently,  SurgX  has  completed  the  electrical  proof of  concept
milestone  with one IC  manufacturer  and is in the final stages of the proof of
concept   with  the  second  IC   manufacturer.   Management   anticipates   the
co-development  contracts  may lead to  supply  contracts  with the  development
partners in calendar year 1998. There can be no assurance,  however,  that SurgX
will  be  able  to  consummate  any  of  these  relationships,   that  any  such
relationship will be on commercially advantageous terms to SurgX, or that any of
the products developed will be commercially successful.

         ORYX INSTRUMENTS AND MATERIALS CORPORATION

         Oryx   Instruments   and  Materials   Corporation   ("Instruments   and
Materials")  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  materials  analysis  and test
equipment,  specialized  materials and  electromagnet  systems for the hard disk
drive and semiconductor industries.

         Background

         Instruments  and  Materials  is  comprised  of  two  core   businesses:
specialized  materials  assemblies based upon the patented  IntrageneTM  ceramic
metallization  and joining system,  and a materials  analysis and test equipment
business which includes secondary ion mass spectrometer (SIMS) and electrostatic
discharge (ESD) simulator product lines.

         The most mature product line consists of  IntrageneTM-based  sputtering
target  assemblies.  These have been sold into the rigid disk market  since 1986
and are still  considered one of the most reliable such assemblies in the market
today.

         Sputtering  target  assemblies are manufactured by materials  companies
and sold to end-users as source  materials  for coating  other  materials  via a
vacuum based process  called  sputtering.  Sputtering is employed as the primary
method for depositing thin film functional  layers on rigid magnetic media (hard
disks), as well as in many semiconductor manufacturing operations. Once a target
is made,  it must  usually be  incorporated  into the  sputtering  apparatus  by
joining it to a backing plate to make sound  electrical,  thermal and mechanical
contact.  The bonding of a target to the backing plate, which is usually made of
copper, forms what is known as the "bonded target assembly."

         The ESD simulator line has been part of the Company's  product offering
since 1993 and serves both chip design and QA/Reliability departments of several
semiconductor   companies.   The  installed  base  of  ESD  simulators  made  by
Instruments  and  Materials  and its  predecessor  company,  IMCS,  exceeds  700
systems, world-wide.

         The most  recent  addition to the  Instruments  and  Materials  product
offering is the TTS 2000 Process Monitoring Tool, a SIMS system. The fundamental
development  and prototype  system build was completed in early fiscal year 1995
and subsequent  productizing efforts have been geared to employing the system as
a semi-automatic  process  monitoring tool for the rigid disk and  semiconductor
industries.  This  system is used to study the  chemistry  and  distribution  of
chemicals on the surface of rigid disks and semiconductor wafers.

         Introduced in the mid-1970's,  secondary ion mass spectrometry ("SIMS")
is a  surface  analytical  technique  used by the  semiconductor,  plastics  and
metallurgical   industries   for   diagnostic   purposes.   SIMS   analysis  has
traditionally been limited to custom analytical laboratories staffed with highly
skilled  analysts.  Due to the high costs and skill  required as a result of the
complexity  of  its  instrumentation,  SIMS  equipment  has  traditionally  been
expensive, ranging in price from $750,000 to $2.0 million.

         In response to perceived industry needs,  Instruments and Materials has
developed  a new  generation  of  SIMS  instrumentation,  called  the  TTS-2000,
designed for production  process  monitoring,  which is  significantly  smaller,
simpler and less expensive to operate  compared to existing SIMS equipment which
is generally  used in  non-production  environments.  Instruments  and Materials
began  customer  shipments  of its TTS product in fiscal year 1997.  The selling
price for the  instrumentation is between $280,000 and $350,000,  depending upon
the configuration.


         Acquisition of IMCS

         In August 1993, the Company  entered into an agreement for the purchase
of stock from Intek  Diversified  Corporation  ("Intek")  pursuant  to which the
Company  acquired all of the  outstanding  capital stock of IMCS  Corporation (a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Intek).  In connection  with this  transaction,  the
Company also  acquired  product  inventory  owned by IMCX  Corporation,  another
wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  Intek,  obtained  the  right  to  employ  certain
technology  pertaining to IMCS' products  presently owned by IMCX, and a license
for the use of additional proprietary technology of IMCX relating to U.S. Patent
No.  4,617,542.  The IMCS products  license relates to  electrostatic  discharge
simulation equipment, and the patent license relates to a high voltage switching
device.  In consideration  for the stock, the Company paid to Intek the cash sum
of  $75,000,  issued a  non-interest  bearing  promissory  note in the amount of
$180,000  in  exchange  for  the   aforementioned   inventory,   payable  in  24
installments  of $7,500 each  commencing  October 1, 1993  through  September 1,
1995,  and agreed to pay to IMCX  various  royalties  for a specified  term.  In
conjunction  with the  purchase  of IMCS,  the  Company  entered  into a royalty
agreement with Intek whereby the Company will pay, for a 15-year term, a royalty
to IMCX on all IMCS product sales.  During the initial  twelve months  following
the  acquisition  or until IMCS generates  $750,000 of product sales,  whichever
occurs first,  the royalty will be 6% of IMCS product sales. The royalty will be
8% of IMCS  product  sales for the  remainder  of the  royalty  period  with the
aggregate maximum royalty not to exceed $800,000. IMCS also agreed to pay AT&T a
supplemental  royalty  for the same  15-year  term  equal  to 3% of  sales  over
$333,000 of certain IMCS products with the maximum  supplemental royalty limited
to $150,000.

         Business

         Through the IMCS  acquisition,  the Instruments  and Materials  product
group  offers  to  semiconductor  chip and  product  manufacturers  a series  of
products for testing over-voltage susceptibility as a result of ESD. Instruments
and Materials  manufactures four different models: Model 700, a low cost, manual
electrostatic discharge (ESD) simulator; Model 7000, an automated ESD simulator;
and Model 9000, an automated  charged  device model (CDM)  simulator  based on a
licensed AT&T design and Model 11000, an automated  multifunctional  tester. The
prices for these models range from $12,000 to $300,000,  and are primarily being
marketed  directly to Instruments and Materials'  customer base. There were four
system installations of the 11000 in fiscal year 1997.

         The introduction of the TTS-2000 Process Monitoring Tool in fiscal year
1997  has  brought  about a high  level of  interest  in  implementing  the SIMS
technique  on the  factory  floor of rigid disk  manufacturers.  There were four
systems  shipped in fiscal year 1997.  These  systems are utilized on production
lines  with the intent of  producing  extensive  surface  chemistry  data,  over
several months,  in order to begin correlating  trends in surface  contamination
with overall process yields. As a result,  the TTS-2000 may be able to establish
its utility to the customer as a process  monitoring  tool - a system which will
ultimately  help increase yields while  detecting  process  problems before they
become catastrophic yield losses for the customer.

         Instruments  and  Materials'  primary  strategic  market is rigid  disk
manufacturers.  There are projected to be over 200 disk production  lines in the
world by the year 2000.  With the  potential  to  monitor a number of  different
types of production  processes,  a dedicated  TTS-2000 could be used in multiple
places in a single  production line.  However,  there can be assurance that this
product  will  meet  the  customer's   technical   requirement   for  a  process
manufacturing  tool,  or that the  yield  detection  capabilities  will  provide
utility to the manufacturing process.

         Another  potential  market is the  semiconductor  market for monitoring
production wafers for various contamination problems or other  chemistry-related
phenomena.  This  market is  believed  to be even larger than that for the rigid
disk market. With additional resources,  Instruments and Materials believes that
some system  modifications  and  re-engineering  of the TTS-2000  could make the
adoption of a TTS system into the  semiconductor  market a reality in the coming
years. However, there can be no assurance that Instruments and Materials will be
able to develop this product or be willing to invest the necessary  resources to
participate in this market.

         Instruments  and Materials also  manufactures  high quality  sputtering
target assemblies based primarily on its patented IntrageneTM metal to non-metal
and metal to metal joining  process.  The  IntrageneTM  process is a proprietary
methodology  developed by metallurgists and materials  scientists at Instruments
and  Materials and has been granted six U.S.  patents as well as national  phase
patents based on two European patent  applications  and three Japanese  patents.
The IntrageneTM  process allows for the ability to metallize,  solder or braze a
wide range of engineering ceramics, graphite and refractory metals.

         Instruments  and  Materials'  background in  engineering  materials and
joining has allowed it to develop  several  approaches to bonding brittle solids
of low to intermediate thermal expansion to typical high-expansion backing plate
materials such as copper and aluminum.  Instruments and Materials' experience in
assembly design and stress reduction combined with the ability to produce bonded
target  assemblies has enabled it to become a supplier of such products  selling
directly to the thin-film magnetic media manufacturers.

         Instruments and Materials'  primary customers of the bonded targets are
Akashic Memories  Corporation,  Seagate Recording Media, Inc. (formerly,  Conner
Peripherals and Seagate Magnetics),  Trace Technology, and Western Digital Media
Corporation. The company has also undertaken research programs with NASA and the
Department of Defense,  and has been the recipient of four Phase I and two Phase
II  research  contracts  from  NASA,  two Phase I  research  contracts  from the
Department  of  Defense,  and one Phase I research  contract  from the  National
Science  Foundation  during its 1992-1997  fiscal  years,  most of which involve
applications  of its  IntrageneTM  and related core  technology.  The  contracts
represent  grants  totaling over $2 million.  Instruments  and Materials also is
negotiating joint product development and research programs with major companies
in the  information  technology  industry,  and  intends  to  continue  pursuing
additional research contracts with the United States government.

         Instruments and Materials derived its revenues  primarily from sales of
its bonded  sputtering  target  assemblies in the fiscal year ended February 28,
1997.  Demand for these  products has increased as  world-wide  demand for rigid
magnetic  media  has  increased  and  produced  a  corresponding   expansion  in
manufacturing  capacity.  Management  currently  believes that the business will
sustain this growth in fiscal year 1998.  In fiscal year 1998,  Instruments  and
Materials  intends  to  emphasize  the  growth  of its  TTS and  test  equipment
businesses  due to the high margin and the large  market  potential.  Management
believes  that the initial  system  installations  performed in fiscal year 1997
will enable it to  establish  an  installed  base for  reference  selling in the
future.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that these  systems will meet the
technical  requirements  of  customers  or that a  significant  market  for such
products will develop.  If Instruments and Materials fails to establish a market
presence  for these  products,  it will have to consider  taking steps to reduce
losses in this line of business.

         Regulation and Environmental Matters

         Instruments  and  Materials  is subject to various  federal,  state and
local laws, regulations and recommendations relating to safe working conditions,
laboratory and manufacturing practices, and the use and disposal of hazardous or
potentially  hazardous  substances.  Instruments and Materials believes that its
facilities and practices for  controlling and disposing of the limited amount of
waste and  potentially  hazardous  materials it produces are in compliance  with
applicable environmental laws and regulations. The development of any additional
manufacturing operations by Instruments and Materials may require the Company to
comply with  government  regulations  designed to protect the  environment  from
wastes and emissions and from hazardous substances, particularly with respect to
the emission of air pollutants,  the discharge of cooling water, the disposal of
residues  and the  storage of  hazardous  substances.  The extent of  government
regulation  which might  result from any future  legislation  or  administrative
action cannot be accurately predicted.

         Patents and Proprietary Rights

         Proprietary   protection  for  Instruments  and  Materials'   products,
processes  and  know-how is  important  to its  business,  and  Instruments  and
Materials plans to prosecute and defend its patents and proprietary  technology.
Instruments and Materials' policy is to file patent  applications to protect its
technology, inventions and improvements as soon as practicable.  Instruments and
Materials also relies upon trade secrets,  know-how and continuing technological
innovation to develop and maintain its competitive position.

         Instruments and Materials owns and will maintain seven patents, five of
which are associated  with the  IntrageneTM  process.  The  IntrageneTM  patents
expire in 1999 and 2000.  Instruments  and Materials  plans to file  improvement
patent  applications  which may effectively  broaden  Instruments and Materials'
proprietary  protection,  but there can be no assurances  that such  improvement
patent applications will be granted.  Instruments and Materials does not believe
that the expiration of such patents will have a materially adverse effect on its
competitive position relative to the marketing of its ceramic  metallization and
bonding system products.

         The Company has also filed for two  patents  with  respect to its SurgX
product line for surge suppressing devices, and materials  manufacturing process
which are in the process of being split into eleven  patents and a third  patent
application  on  devices  was  filed in  1996.  In 1997,  foreign  filings  were
initiated on the two initial patents.

EMPLOYEES

         As of April 30,  1997 the Company  employed  360 persons on a full-time
basis.  Included among full time employees are 5 executive officers, 20 managers
and  executive  personnel,  30  engineering  personnel,  10 sales and  marketing
personnel, 21 administrative  personnel and 274 manufacturing  personnel. Of the
Company's full-time employees, some hold Ph.D. or Masters Degrees in one or more
fields of science.  The Company's  employees  are not covered by any  collective
bargaining  agreements,  and the Company  believes  its employee  relations  are
satisfactory.


<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS


     History  of  Unprofitability;   Substantial  Recent  Operating  Losses  and
Accumulated Deficit

         Since its initial  public  offering in April 1994,  the Company has not
been  profitable  on a quarterly or annual  basis except for the quarters
ended May 31, 1996, August 31, 1996 and November 30, 1996. At February 28, 1997,
the Company had an accumulated  deficit of  $10,243,000.  During the fiscal year
ended February 28, 1997, the Company's largest customer,  Pitney Bowes, notified
the  Company  it would  significantly  reduce  its  purchases  during the fourth
quarter ended February 28, 1997 and in the ensuing year. Due to the  significant
reduction  in sales to Pitney  Bowes,  the Company  expects  that it will not be
profitable  for the fiscal  year  ending  February  28, 1998 and there can be no
assurance that the Company will be profitable thereafter.


         Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The Company's working capital increased from $4,698,000 at February 29,
1996 to $6,514,000 at February 28, 1997.  The Company's  ratio of current assets
to current  liabilities  was 1.77:1 at February  29, 1996 and 2.31:1 at February
28,  1997.  In the fiscal year ended  February  28,  1997,  the  Company  raised
additional capital of $4,143,000,  net of issuance costs of $681,000 pursuant to
private  placement  offerings  in which it issued and sold an  aggregate  of 2.8
million shares of its common stock to certain qualified  institutional investors
under  Regulation  S of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended.  In addition,
during fiscal year 1997, some of the Company's Warrants,  Underwriters Units and
Stock Options were  exercised,  providing the Company with $842,200 of proceeds.
The Company  recently  closed a $5,500,000  asset based  borrowing  facility and
believes, based upon the Company's projections which include significant revenue
growth from new product lines, that this financing will be sufficient to satisfy
all of the Company's  anticipated  financing needs through at least February 28,
1998. In the event the Company requires additional equity or debt financing,  or
attempts to raise capital through an asset sale,  there can be no assurance that
such  transactions  can be  effected  in a  timely  manner  to  meet  all of the
Company's  needs,  or at all,  or that  any  such  transaction  will be on terms
acceptable to the Company or in the interest of its stockholders.


         Risks of New Phase of Development

         The  Company  has  invested   substantially   in  the   development  of
proprietary  technologies in surface  analysis,  electrostatic  surge testing of
integrated circuits and surge protection,  and has shipped four units of its new
secondary  ion mass  spectrometer.  The Company  has also  completed a licensing
agreement  for  part  of its  SurgX  technology  with  an  electronic  component
manufacturer.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be successful in
further  commercializing these technologies or any other products, or developing
financially viable businesses based on these technologies. Results of operations
in the future will be influenced by numerous  factors,  including  technological
developments  by the  Company,  its  customers  and  competitors,  increases  in
expenses associated with product development and sales growth, market acceptance
of the Company's  products,  the ability of the Company to successfully  control
its costs of development,  overhead and other costs,  and manage its operations,
the  capacity  of the  Company to develop  and  manage the  introduction  of new
products, and competition. There can be no assurance that revenue growth will be
sustained  or  profitability  on a quarterly  or annual  basis will be achieved.
Accordingly,  there  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able to
implement  its  business  plan,  expand its  operations  and develop and sustain
profitable operations.

         On  December  19,  1996,  Oryx  Power  Products   Corporation   ("Power
Products"), the Company's power products subsidiary, acquired all of the assets,
assumed a portion of the  liabilities,  and hired key personnel of Power Sensors
Corporation,  an Illinois  corporation  ("Power  Sensors")  for 6 percent of the
outstanding  Series  A  Common  Stock of Power  Products  and cash  payments  of
$120,000.  The Asset Purchase  Agreement for this acquisition  provides that if,
within 3 years of December  19, 1996,  Power  Products is not itself sold in its
entirety to, or  purchased  by, a third party for cash or public  securities  of
such third party or publicly traded as a company whose securities are registered
under the Securities Act of 1993 or is a reporting  company under the Securities
Act of 1934,  then each of the  holders  of the Power  Products  Series A Common
Stock issued in the acquisition,  shall have the option on that date to exchange
such Common Stock into a non-interest  bearing promissory note of Power Products
in an amount equal to $2.50 per share of Common  Stock for a total  indebtedness
of  $1,500,000.  Power  Sensors is a developer and  manufacturer  of DC/DC power
conversion  products.  While this acquisition is intended to provide the Company
with the  entry  into the  DC/DC  power  supply  market  and to  generate  sales
sufficient  to help offset the  reduction  in sales to Pitney Bowes as discussed
above,  there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to  successfully
market  such  products  or that  any  sales of such  products  will  offset  any
reductions in the Company's sales to Pitney Bowes or any other customer.

     Risks Associated with Management of Growth; Internal Control Deficiencies

         The Company has recently  experienced  and may  continue to  experience
substantial  growth in the number of employees and the scope if its  operations,
resulting in increased  responsibilities  and changes in  management.  To manage
growth   effectively,   the  Company  will  need  to  continue  to  improve  its
operational,  financial and  management  information  systems and to develop and
maintain  sound internal  controls.  Failure to do so could result in a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations
and could result in a misstatement of operating results.  In connection with the
audit of fiscal year 1995,a reportable  condition was identified with respect to
the  Company's   record   keeping  for  equity   financing  and  share  issuance
transactions.  In connection  with the Company's audit for the fiscal year ended
February 29, 1996, the Company's  independent  accountants  identified a further
reportable condition relating to physical inventory procedures specifically with
regard to substantial  adjustments that resulted from physical inventories taken
during the fiscal year ended February 29, 1996. The resulting  adjustments  were
reflected in the fiscal year 1996 financial  statements.  A reportable condition
indicates  that a  material  error or  irregularity  may occur in the  Company's
quarterly and year-end financial  statements and may not be detected on a timely
basis by the Company's  employees,  thereby possibly resulting in a misstatement
of the Company's financial  statements.  Management has taken actions to resolve
these  conditions,  although  there can be no assurance that the controls put in
place will lead to an adequate internal control structure.




         Significant Customer Dependence

         For the fiscal years ended  February  28,  1997,  February 29, 1996 and
February 28, 1995, sales to Pitney Bowes accounted for  approximately  52%, 41%,
and 27% of consolidated  revenues,  respectively.  The Company will experience a
significant  reduction  in sales to Pitney  Bowes  during the 1998 fiscal  year.
Accordingly,  the Company's  operating  results will be materially and adversely
affected by the loss of business  from Pitney  Bowes.  There can be no assurance
that such customer or any other customers will in the future  purchase  products
from the Company at levels that equal or exceed  those of prior  periods,  if at
all. While the Company actively pursues new customers, there can be no assurance
that  the  Company  will be  successful  in its  efforts,  and  any  significant
weakening  in  customer  demand  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company.

         Reliance on Third Party Manufacturers May Disrupt Operations

         The  Company  relies on  third-party  manufacturers  for the  supply of
substantially all key components for all of its products. The Company's reliance
on outside manufacturers  generally,  and a sole manufacturer or a limited group
of  manufacturers  in  particular,  involves  several risks,  including  without
limitation,  a  potential  inability  to obtain an  adequate  supply of required
components and reduced control over pricing,  quality, cost, and timely delivery
of  components.  Any  inability  to  obtain  adequate  deliveries  or any  other
circumstances  that would  require  the Company to seek  alternative  sources of
supply or to manufacture such components  internally could lead to disruption of
the  operations  of  the  Company,   product  deficiencies,   unanticipated  and
fluctuating   expenses,   unpredictable   revenues,   and  sales  and  marketing
dislocations  that are beyond  the  Company's  control,  and may have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business and operations.

     Technological Changes Affecting Products and Product Development Risks

         The design and manufacture of technologically  advanced  components and
equipment  continually undergo rapid and significant  technological  change. The
Company's  success  will  depend  upon its  ability to  maintain  a  competitive
position with respect to its  proprietary  and other enhanced  technology and to
continue  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  in all  phases  of its
operations.  The Company's  business is, to a large degree,  dependent  upon the
enhancement  of its  current  products  and  the  development  of new  products.
Critical to the Company's success and future  profitability will be its capacity
to develop new technologies for new product lines and product upgrades.  Product
development  and  enhancement  involve  substantial   research  and  development
expenditures  and a high  degree  of risk,  and there is no  assurance  that the
Company's product  development  efforts will be successful,  will be accepted by
the  market,   or  that  such   development   efforts  can  be  completed  on  a
cost-effective  or  timely  basis.   There  can  be  no  assurance  that  future
technological  developments will not render existing or proposed products of the
Company uneconomical obsolete or that the Company will not be adversely affected
by competition or by the future  development of commercially  viable products by
others.

         Quarterly Fluctuations of Operating Results

         The Company's  quarterly  operating  results have in the past been, and
will in the  future  be,  subject  to  significant  fluctuation.  The  Company's
operating   results  are   impacted  by  numerous   factors,   such  as  product
introductions  or  modifications  by  competitors,   market  acceptance  of  the
Company's products and its customers' products,  product price changes,  product
mix, purchasing patterns of original equipment  manufacturers ("OEMs") and other
customers,  delays in, or failure to receive,  orders due to customer  financial
difficulties,  and  overall  economic  trends.  The Company  plans to  introduce
product  upgrades or new product lines from  time-to-time,  which could generate
short-term  fluctuations  and have a material adverse impact on sales of certain
existing  products.  In addition,  customer orders may involve competing capital
budget  considerations  for the  customer,  thus  making the timing of  customer
orders  difficult  to  predict  and  uneven.  Any delay or  failure  to  receive
anticipated  orders, or any deferrals or cancellation of existing orders,  would
adversely  affect the Company's  financial  performance.  The Company's  expense
levels  are based in part on its  expectations  as to future  revenues  and,  in
particular,  revenue growth, and the Company may be unable to adjust spending in
a timely manner to compensate for any revenue shortfall. Accordingly,  operating
results in any one quarter  could be  materially  adversely  affected  by, among
other  factors,  a failure to receive,  ship or obtain  customer  acceptance  of
sufficient  orders in that quarter and any weakening in demand for the Company's
products could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating results
and the Company's ability to achieve profitability.

         Backlog and Inventory

         Power Products  historically has generally  operated with a substantial
backlog.  However,  as a result of the  reduction in business from Pitney Bowes,
Power Products no longer operates with significant backlog. Moreover, backlog at
the  beginning  of a quarter  typically  does not include all sales  required to
achieve the Company's sales and operating  targets for a quarter,  which targets
depend  on the  Company's  shipping  orders  scheduled  to be sold  during  that
quarter.  The terms of  customer  purchase  orders  generally  provide  that the
customer may cancel or reschedule all or a substantial portion of the order with
limited  notice and with  little or no  penalty.  The  Company  has  experienced
rescheduling  in the past and, to a lesser  extent,  cancellations,  and expects
that it will  experience  such  changes in the future.  If the Company is unable
timely to adjust its parts orders to meet actual product demand from  customers,
the result may be that the  Company  has a parts or product  inventory  which is
substantially  different from the number and mix of products  actually sold. Any
such  inventory  imbalance  could  result  in  inventory  write  downs  or other
unexpected  charges,  contributing  to  significant  fluctuations  in  operating
results from quarter to quarter.

         Additionally,  the Company's other subsidiaries  operate with virtually
no backlog.  Therefore,  because the Company ships most of its products within a
short period after  receipt of an order,  the  Company's net sales and operating
results for a quarter  depend on the Company's  ability to obtain orders for and
ship  products  within the same  quarter.  There can be no  assurance,  that the
Company  will be able  to  obtain  a  sufficient  level  of  orders  to  achieve
profitability on a quarterly basis.

         Competition

         The  Company  is  engaged in certain  highly  competitive  and  rapidly
changing  segments  of  the  electronic  components  and  systems  manufacturing
industry in which technological advances,  costs, consistency and reliability of
supply are critical to competitive  position.  In addition,  the competition for
recruitment of personnel in the technologically-advanced  manufacturing industry
is  continuous  and highly  intense.  The Company  competes or may  subsequently
compete,  directly or  indirectly,  with a large number of  companies  which may
provide products or components  comparable to those provided by the Company.  In
addition,   many  present  or  prospective   competitors   are  larger,   better
capitalized,  more established and have greater access to resources necessary to
produce a  competitive  advantage.  In  particular,  there are a large number of
competitors  producing power conversion  products,  many of which are larger and
more  established  technology  oriented  companies  in  the  United  States.  In
addition,  many low cost manufacturers exist in the Far East who may be expected
to introduce  more  technologically  advanced power  conversion  products in the
future.  There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  compete
effectively in the Power Conversion market or any other of its markets.

     No Assurances of Protection for Patents and Proprietary Rights; Reliance on
Trade Secrets

         The Company relies on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and
trade secret laws,  non-disclosure  agreements and other  intellectual  property
protection  methods  to  protect  its  proprietary  technology.  There can be no
assurance that any existing or  subsequently  obtained  patents will provide the
Company with substantial competitive advantages,  or that challenges will not be
instituted  against the validity or  enforceability  of any patents owned by the
Company,  or if initiated,  that such challenges will not be successful.  To the
extent the Company wishes to assert its patent rights, there can be no assurance
that any claims of the  Company's  patents  will be  sufficient  to protect  the
Company's technology, and the cost of any litigation to uphold the validity of a
patent and prevent infringement can be substantial even if the Company prevails.
In  addition,  there can be no  assurance  that  others  will not  independently
develop   similar   technologies,   duplicate  the  Company's   technology,   or
legitimately  design around the patented  aspects of the  Company's  technology.
Competitors or potential competitors may have filed applications for or received
patents,  and may obtain additional  patents and proprietary  rights relating to
technology  competitive  with that of the Company.  Furthermore,  if  additional
patents do not issue from present or future patent applications, the Company may
be subject to greater competition.

         In certain  cases,  the Company also relies on trade secrets to protect
proprietary  technology  and processes  which it has developed or may develop in
the future.  There can be no assurance that secrecy  obligations will be honored
or that others will not  independently  develop similar or superior  technology.
The protection of proprietary  technology through claims of trade secrets status
has been the subject of increasing  claims and litigation by various  companies,
both in order to protect proprietary rights, and for competitive purposes,  even
where  proprietary  claims are  unsubstantiated.  The prosecution of proprietary
claims or the  defense of such  claims is costly and  uncertain  given the rapid
development of the principles of law pertaining to this area.

         No Dividends on Common Stock

         The Company has not paid any cash  dividends  on its Common Stock since
its inception and does not anticipate  paying cash dividends on its Common Stock
in the foreseeable future. The future payment of dividends is directly dependent
upon future  earnings  of the  Company,  its  financial  requirements  and other
factors to be  determined by the  Company's  Board of Directors,  as well as the
possible consent of lenders, underwriters or others. For the foreseeable future,
it is  anticipated  that any earnings  which may be generated from the Company's
operations  will be used to finance  the growth of the  Company  and will not be
paid to holders of Common Stock.

         Risk of Significant Dilution

         On December 23, 1996, the Company  issued and sold 1,134,130  shares of
Common  Stock to  various  investors  in a  private  placement  exempt  from the
registration  requirements of the Securities Act under  Regulation S thereunder.
On February 7, 1997, the Company issued and sold an additional 910,000 shares of
Common  Stock in a second  closing  of the same  offering  described  above (the
transactions described in the previous two sentences shall be referred to herein
collectively as the "Regulation S Offering.")

         In  connection  with the  Regulation S Offering,  the Company  retained
Yorkton Securities,  Inc. ("Yorkton") to act as placement agent pursuant to that
certain Agency  Agreement dated as of December 4, 1996 and amended as of January
23, 1997 (the "Agency Agreement").  Under the terms of the Agency Agreement, the
Company issued Yorkton  warrants to purchase  90,730 and 72,800 shares of Common
Stock for a per share  exercise  price of $1.90 (the  "Yorkton  Warrants").  The
Yorkton  Warrants  are  exercisable  for a period of five years from the date of
each closing of the Regulation S offering.

         As  a  result  of  these  and  various  other  transactions  previously
undertaken  by the  Company,  as of February 28,  1997,  there were  convertible
securities and warrants and options of the Company currently outstanding for the
conversion and purchase of up to approximately 5,480,000 shares of Common Stock,
which  represent   significant   additional   potential  dilution  for  existing
stockholders  of the Company.  These  underlying  shares of Common Stock are not
included  in  currently  outstanding  shares.  In  addition,  as a result of the
anti-dilution  provisions  included in certain of these  derivative  securities,
there may be further  dilution  based on the price that the Company issues other
securities in the future.

         Volatility of Stock Price

         The  market  price  of  the  Company's   Common  Stock  has  fluctuated
substantially  since the Company's  initial  public  offering in April 1994. The
Company  believes  that a  variety  of  factors  could  cause  the  price of the
Company's Common Stock to continue to fluctuate  substantially,  including,  for
example,  announcements  of  developments  related  to the  Company's  business,
liquidity  and financial  viability,  fluctuations  in the  Company's  operating
results and order levels,  general  conditions in the  industries  served by the
Company,  the  technology  industry in general or the United States or worldwide
economy,  announcements  of technological  innovations,  new products or product
enhancements by the Company or its competitors, developments in patents or other
intellectual  property rights,  and developments in the Company's  relationships
with its customers,  distributors and suppliers.  In addition,  in recent years,
the stock  market in general  and the market for shares of small  capitalization
stocks in particular has experienced extreme price fluctuations which have often
been  unrelated  to  the  operating  performance  of  affected  companies.  Such
fluctuations   could  adversely   affect  the  market  price  of  the  Company's
Csecurities and ability to obtain additional financing.

         Authorization of Preferred Stock

         The Board of Directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock
and to fix the dividend,  liquidation,  conversion,  redemption  and the rights,
preferences  and limitation of such shares without any further vote or action of
the  stockholders.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors is  empowered,  without
stockholder  approval,  to issue  preferred  stock with  dividend,  liquidation,
conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power
of other rights of the holder of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  In the event of
issuance, the preferred stock could be utilized, under certain circumstances, as
a method of  discouraging  and delaying or preventing a change of control of the
Company. As of February 28, 1997, the Company had 4500 shares of Preferred Stock
outstanding  with an obligation to pay dividends  thereon.  Although the Company
has no present  intention to issue any additional shares of its preferred stock,
there can be no assurance that the Company will not do so in the future.

Item 2.  Description of Property

         The Company  presently  occupies an  approximately  18,000  square foot
office,  laboratory and  manufacturing  facility in Fremont,  California under a
lease with Renco Investment  Company that expires on June 15, 1998. Rent for the
remaining term of the lease is $15,688 through June 15, 1998,  subject to annual
adjustments  based on increases in the lessor's costs of operating the building.
The  Company  also  presently  leases  other  manufacturing  space  in  Fremont,
California on a shorter term basis. On July 12, 1995, the Company entered into a
lease  agreement  with  SCI  Limited  Partnership,  for  3,600  square  feet  of
manufacturing space also located in Fremont,  California.  The term of the lease
is three  years and lease  payments  are  $3,359 per month  including  operating
expenses.  On January  1, 1995,  the  Company  entered  into a 3 year lease with
FINSA, a Mexican property company,  for a 40,000 square foot manufacturing plant
in Reynosa,  Mexico. The cost is $217,890 per year plus additional park fees and
taxes. The Company also leases an 8,000 square foot warehouse in McAllen,  Texas
from  Hospitak/Meditron  which began on November 15, 1994,  and  continues for 3
years at $3,520 per month.  In addition,  on October 19, 1995, the Company began
leasing 9,697 square feet in Mt. Prospect,  Illinois under an agreement with OTR
(State Teachers  Retirement  System of Ohio).  Rental costs on such facility are
$6,869 per month,  and the lease continues for a period of five years. On August
12, 1996,  SurgX  entered into an agreement  with E.B.J.  Partners LP to lease a
22,000 square foot facility in Fremont,  California.  The monthly  rental fee is
approximately $21,100 and the term of the lease expires August 30, 2001.

         Each of the properties described above is in satisfactory condition for
the purpose for which it is used.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

         The  Company  knows  of  no  material  litigation  or  claims  pending,
threatened or contemplated to which the Company is or may become a party.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

         During the fourth  quarter of the Company's  fiscal year ended February
28, 1997, no matters were submitted to a vote of security holders.

                                     PART II

Item 5. Market for the  Company's  Units,  Common  Stock and  Warrants  and
Related Stockholder Matters
         Since the  Company's  initial  public  offering of the Common Stock and
Warrants on April 6, 1994,  the Company's  Common Stock and Warrants have traded
principally on the NASDAQ Small Cap Market under the symbols "ORYX" AND "ORYXW,"
respectively.  Prior  to April 6,  1994,  there  was no  public  market  for the
Company's  securities.  From April 6, 1994 through June 6, 1994, the Company had
Units  which were also  traded on NASDAQ,  at which time the  Company  requested
withdrawal of such listing.  The following table sets forth the high and low bid
quotations  for the Common  Stock and  Warrants  for the periods  indicated,  as
reported by NASDAQ.  These  quotations  reflect prices between  dealers,  do not
include  retail  mark-ups,  mark-downs or  commissions  and may not  necessarily
represent actual transactions.




                                        Common Stock               Warrants
                                        High      Low           High      Low


1996 Fiscal year
1st Quarter                             $1-9/16  $1-3/16       $17/32       $1/4
2nd Quarter                             $2-1/4   $1             $3/4        $1/4
3rd Quarter                             $2-1/8   $1-1/4         $27/32      $5/8
4th Quarter                             $1-3/4   $7/8           $25/32      $3/8

1997 Fiscal year
1st Quarter                             $3-11/16 $1-1/4         $2-11/16    $1/2
2nd Quarter                             $4-1/16  $2-5/16        $3-5/8    $1-7/8
3rd Quarter                             $3-3/16  $2-1/8         $2-19/32  $1-1/2
4th Quarter                             $2-15/16 $2-1/16        $2-7/8   $1-9/16



         On May 20, 1997,  the per share  closing price for the Common Stock was
$1-1/4, and for the Warrants was $1-1/2.

         The Company's  Common Stock and Warrants are also listed for trading on
the Pacific Stock Exchange  under the symbols "ORYX" and "ORYXW,"  respectively.
Prior to June 6, 1994, the Company's Units were also traded on the Pacific Stock
Exchange,  at which time the Company requested withdrawal of the listing for the
Units.  On May 20,  1997,  the  closing  sales  prices for the Common  Stock and
Warrants, as reported on the Pacific Stock Exchange were the same as on NASDAQ.

     As of April 30, 1997 the number of record  holders of the Company's  Common
Stock and Warrants were approximately 120 and 14, respectively.

         The  Company has never paid cash  dividends  on its Common  Stock.  The
Company  presently  intends to retain  future  earnings,  if any, to finance the
expansion of its business and does not  anticipate  that any cash dividends will
be paid in the foreseeable future. The Company is also substantially  restricted
from the payment of dividends under the terms of its Underwriting Agreement with
J.W. Charles, Inc. Future dividend policy will depend on the Company's earnings,
capital  requirements,  expansion plans,  financial condition and other relevant
factors  as well  as the  possible  need to  obtain  the  consent  of any of its
lenders, J. W.
Charles and placement agents, for its recent private offerings.


Item 6.  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Conditions and
         Results of Operations

         The following  discussion in the Section  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial  Conditions  and Results of  Operations"  contains  trend
analysis and other forward-looking  statements within the meaning of Section 27A
of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Actual results could differ  materially  from
those projected in the  forward-looking  statements as a result of risk factors,
including,  without  limitation,  those set  forth  above in the  section  "Risk
Factors."

         Business Segments

         The Company has organized its operations into three operating segments:
Power Products,  Instruments and Materials,  and SurgX. In addition, a Corporate
segment includes  certain  activities that are not directly related to any other
operations.  In November 1995, the Company  undertook  strategic  evaluations of
each of its businesses  with the objective of maximizing  stockholder  value and
creating  improved  focus and execution in its core  businesses.  The businesses
were  segregated  and  incorporated  into three  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  as
follows.

         Segment/Subsidiary                                 Businesses

         Oryx Power Products                        - Power Conversion Products
         Corporation (OPP)                          - Contract Manufacturing

         Oryx Instruments and Materials             - Material Analysis and Test
         Corporation (OIM)                            Equipment
                                                    - Specialized Materials
                                                       Assemblies
                                                    - Contract R&D

         SurgX Corporation (SC)                    - Surge Protection Components

         Consolidated Results of Operations

         For the  fiscal  year  ended  February  28,  1997,  revenues  increased
$10,724,000 or 66% from  $16,136,000  for the year ended  February  29,  1996 to
$26,860,000.  The growth in revenues was primarily attributable to the increased
volume from custom power conversion products and, in particular, one significant
OEM customer which will significantly  reduce its purchases in fiscal year 1998.
Such customer  accounted for 52% of  consolidated  revenues in fiscal year 1997.
Revenues from the Company's  specialized  materials  product line  increased and
initial shipments of the Company's TTS 2000 Process Monitoring Tool were made in
fiscal  year 1997.  Management  expects  that  revenues  for fiscal 1998 will be
slightly  less  than in  fiscal  1997 as  increases  in  sales  of  DC/DC  power
conversion   products,   TTS  2000   process   monitoring   tools  and  contract
manufacturing  services are expected to substantially  offset the loss of Pitney
Bowes business. See Risk Factors "Customer Dependence". However, there can be no
assurance that such increase in revenues will occur.

         The Company's gross profit increased from $3,116,000 for the year ended
February  29,  1996  to  $8,385,000  for  the  year  ended  February  28,  1997,
representing an increase of $5,269,000 or 169%. Cost of sales as a percentage of
revenues was 81% for the year ended  February 29, 1996,  which  decreased to and
69% for the year ended  February  28,  1997. The increase in gross  profit  for 
the year ended February 28, 1997  was primarily  attributable to
the increased volume from custom power conversion products, initial shipments of
the  higher  margin  TTS  2000  Process   Monitoring  Tool,  and   manufacturing
efficiencies at the Reynosa,  Mexico plant. Due to the anticipated  reduction in
sales of the Company's  custom power  conversion  products,  management  expects
gross profits both in absolute  terms and as a percentage of gross revenue to be
lower in fiscal year 1998.  Management is currently instituting cost containment
programs  in addition  to  increasing  sales  activities  of new product  lines.
However,  there can be no assurances that  additional  sales will be achieved or
savings from cost control activities realized.

         Operating  expenses  increased  from  $6,751,000  for  the  year  ended
February  29,  1996 to  $10,280,000  for  the  year  ended  February  28,  1997,
representing an increase of $3,529,000,  or 52%. This increase  reflects (i) the
establishment of administration activities within the three business units, (ii)
the increased  investment by the Company in research and development for the TTS
2000 process monitoring tool and ESD test equipment and surge protection product
areas, (iii) manufacturing development of the surge protection product, and (iv)
the product launch of the TTS 2000.

         More specifically, marketing and selling expenses increased $623,000 or
45%, from  $1,387,000 for the year ended February 29, 1996 to $2,010,000 for the
year ended February 28, 1997.  This increase is  attributable  to product launch
efforts  associated  with  the  TTS  2000  Process  Monitoring  Tool  and  surge
protection  products.  These product  launch  efforts will continue in fiscal 
year 1998 and the Company  expects  selling and  marketing  expenses will
increase in line with revenue increases from these products.

         General and  administrative  expenses increased from $2,541,000 for the
year ended February 29, 1996 to $4,499,000 for the year ended February 28, 1997,
representing  an increase of  $1,958,000  or 77%.  This  increase in general and
administrative  expenses  reflects the creation of infrastructure to support the
three separate business units, higher personnel costs due to increased headcount
and higher salaries, increased facilities costs, higher professional services 
fees associated with regulatory compliance and investor relations. The Company 
does not expect general and administrative  costs to increase during fiscal year
1998 as the segregation of the business units was completed in fiscal year 1997.
While there can be no  assurance  that costs can be contained at the same levels
as in 1997,  the Company is currently  taking active steps to reduce general and
administrative expenses.

          Research and  development  expenses  increased  $278,000 or 10%,  from
$2,823,000 for the year ended February 29, 1996 to $3,101,000 for the year ended
February 28,  1997.  The  increase in expenses  was offset,  to some extent,  by
development  funding of $1,107,000  recognized by SurgX, which is recorded as an
offset to research and development expenses, from third parties to assist in the
development  and  commercialization  of certain  products.  The Company  expects
research and development  expenses will increase as development efforts continue
on  the  commercialization  of  SurgX's  products.  However,  there  can  be  no
assurances that SurgX will receive additional  development funding and therefore
that  development  efforts will continue at current  levels.  During fiscal year
1997, in conjunction with its acquisition of the assets of Power Sensors,  Inc.,
the  Company  wrote-off  approximately  $670,000  of  in  process  research  and
development costs associated with the development of a high density DC/DC custom
power supply.

         Net  interest  expense  decreased  from  $320,000  for the  year  ended
February 29, 1996 to $10,000 for the year ended February 28, 1997, a decrease of
$310,000 or 93%. This decrease is primarily  associated  with the Company paying
off bridge  loans,  the Zenith note and a credit  facility at the  beginning  of
fiscal 1997.

         The Company  recorded a $20,000  loss on its equity  investment  in DAS
Devices,  Inc. during fiscal 1997. This compares to a loss of $195,000  recorded
in fiscal year 1996.  During  fiscal 1997,  Das Devices  announced and partially
completed a plan of recapitalization involving the sale of additional securities
which, when entirely implemented,  would reduce the Company's ownership interest
in Das Devices, Inc. from 40% to approximately 5% on a fully diluted basis.

         On February 29, 1996 the Company  entered  into a settlement  agreement
with Zenith which resulted in an extraordinary gain from a debt restructuring of
$1,433,000  from the  reduction  of the  Company's  indebtedness  to Zenith  and
settlement  of other claims  offset by expenses.  See  Description  of Business,
"Acquisition of Zenith Power Conversion Products Group" above.

         Prior to the extraordinary gain related to the Zenith debt, the Company
incurred a loss of $  4,192,000  in the  fiscal  year ended  February  29,  1996
compared  to a net loss of  $1,965,000  for the fiscal year ended  February  29,
1997, a decrease of $2,227,000 or 53%.  This was attributable to the increased
volume for one power  conversion  product which resulted in increased  revenues,
manufacturing efficiencies and reduced raw material purchase prices.

         During  the  fiscal  year   commencing   March  1,  1997,  the  Company
anticipates that it will experience  additional  operating losses primarily as a
result of the loss of revenue from the custom power conversion product mentioned
above.  The  Company  plans  to  continue  to  invest  in the TTS  2000  process
monitoring  tool and ESD test  equipment  product  lines  and  Surge  protection
devices  product lines and does not anticipate  that it will achieve  profitable
operation  until the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998, and thus expects to report a
loss for the entire  1998  fiscal  year.  Management  expects  sales to increase
during the second half of fiscal 1998 as market  acceptance  expands for the TTS
2000,  the newly acquired DC/DC power  conversion  product line is  successfully
launched,  and  replacement  business  for custom power  conversion  products is
achieved. The Company does not expect that its surge protection business will be
profitable for an indefinite period beyond the 1998 fiscal year, and the Company
may, in light of other  considerations,  be forced to evaluate  its strategy for
such business.  However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to achieve such  profitability  or, if it does,  that it will be able to sustain
profitable operations.







         Segment Results

                         ORYX POWER PRODUCTS CORPORATION

<TABLE>
                                                                  Year Ended                  Year Ended
                                                                 February 28,                February 29,
(dollars in thousands)                                               1997                        1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>                           <C>
Revenues $20,390                                                     $12,014
Cost of Sales                                                         13,870                        9,947
                                                                      ------                        -----
Gross Profit                                                           6,520                        2,067
Operating Expenses                                                     4,075                        2,611
                                                                      ------                        -----
Operating Income(Loss)                                                $2,445                      $(  544)
                                                                       =====                        =====
</TABLE>

         In April 1994,  the Company  acquired  the Power  Products  division of
Zenith.  In early fiscal 1996, the Company commenced  manufacturing  products at
its  facility in Reynosa,  Mexico that were  previously  acquired  under a fixed
price contract with Zenith.

         In December  1996,  the Company  acquired all assets,  assumed  certain
liabilities,  and hired key  personnel  of Power  Sensors,  Inc., a designer and
manufacturer of DC/DC power  converters.  In early 1997, Power Sensors personnel
moved to the Oryx Power Products  offices in Mt. Prospect,  Illinois,  and DC/DC
production was transferred to the Company's  manufacturing  facility in Reynosa,
Mexico.

         Revenues for the year ended February 28, 1997 increased  $8,376,0000 or
70% from  $12,014,000 for the year ended February 29, 1996 to $ 20,390,000 for
the year ended February 28, 1997. The revenue increase  primarily relates to the
ramp up of volume shipments of a custom power supply to Power Products'  largest
customer. Gross Profit increased by $4,453,000 or 215%, from $2,067,000 for the
year ended February 29, 1996 to $6,520,000 for the year ended February 28, 1997.
This increase  relates  primarily to  manufacturing  efficiencies  and favorable
procurement   programs  associated  with  the  Company's   significantly  higher
production  volumes.

         Operating expenses  increased  $1,464,000 or 56%, from $2,611,000 for
the year ended  February 29, 1996 to $4,075,000  for the year ended February 28,
1997.  The  increase  is  attributable  to  additional  engineering,  sales  and
administrative  expenses as resources  were brought on board to support  growing
customer  requirements  in both the AC/DC and DC/DC  produce  lines.  A one time
write-off of $670,000 of incomplete R&D costs associated with the acquisition of
the assets of Power  Sensors,  Inc. is  included  in fiscal year 1997  operating
expenses.

         Power Products'  income from operations for the year ended February 28,
1997 was  $2,445,000,  an increase of $2,989,000  from the $544,000 loss for the
year ended February 29, 1996.

<PAGE>


ORYX INSTRUMENTS AND MATERIALS CORPORATION

<TABLE>
                                                                  Year Ended                  Year Ended
                                                                 February 28,                February 29,
(dollars in thousands)                                               1997                        1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                    <C>                          <C>
Revenues         $6,434                                               $4,114
Cost of Sales                                                          4,323                        3,073
                                                                       -----                        -----
Gross Profit                                                           2,111                        1,041
Operating Expenses                                                     3,422                        1,956
                                                                       -----                        -----
Operating Income(Loss)                                                $(1,311)                      $( 915)
                                                                        =====                         ====
</TABLE>
         Revenues for fiscal year 1997 increased $2,320,000 or 56% to $6,434,000
for the year ended February 28, 1997 from $4,114,000 for the year ended February
29, 1996. The increase in revenues was primarily  attributable  to growth in the
ceramic  metallization and joining system business which  experienced  increased
demand as the hard disk  drive  industry  expanded  manufacturing  capacity.  In
addition,  initial  shipments  of the TTS Process  Monitoring  Tool began in the
second quarter of fiscal year 1997.

         Gross profit  increased  $1,070,000 or 103% from  $1,041,000  for the
year ended February 29, 1996 to $2,110,000 for the year ended February 28, 1997.
The improvement in gross profit was primarily due to increased revenues.

         Operating  expenses  increased  $1,466,000 or 75% from $1,956,000 for
the year ended  February 29, 1996 to $3,422,000  for the year ended February 28,
1997. This increase was primarily a result of greater costs  associated with the
product introduction and rollout of the TTS Process Monitoring Tool.

         The loss from  operations for the year  increased  $397,000 or 43% from
$915,000 for the year ended  February 29, 1996 to $1,311,000  for the year ended
February 28, 1997.  During fiscal 1997, due to indications of market  acceptance
of the TTS Process  Monitoring Tool,  Instruments and Materials  invested in the
organization  by hiring  scientists,  hardware  and  software  engineers,  field
service   engineers  and   application   engineers  to  support  the  successful
commercialization  of this product.  These  increased costs more than offset the
increase in gross margins.  However, there can be no assurance that future sales
will be at a level to offset  additional  operating costs or that  profitability
will be achieved for the business.

                                SURGX CORPORATION


<TABLE>
                                                                  Year Ended                  Year Ended
                                                                 February 28,                February 29,
(dollars in thousands)                                               1997                        1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                   <C>                            <C>
Revenues $  36                                                        $   8
Cost of Sales                                                           282                             0
Operating Expenses                                                    1,741                           561
Development Funding*                                                 (1,107)                            0
                                                                     -------                    ---------
*(Offset against R &D)
Operating Income (Loss)                                               $(880)                        $(553)
                                                                        ===                           ===

</TABLE>

         Cost of sales for  fiscal  1997  represent  the costs  associated  with
establishing  and testing the  manufacturing  process to sell SurgX  material to
Bussmann  pursuant to a license  agreement  executed in fiscal  1997.  Operating
expenses increased  $1,180,000 or 210% from $561,000 for the year ended February
29, 1996 to  $1,741,000  for the year ended  February 28, 1997.  The increase in
operating  expenses  primarily  reflects  additional  research  and  development
expenses to develop  commercial  products.  During fiscal 1997,  SurgX  received
$1,107,000 in development  funding from third parties which defrayed the cost of
research,  development and the commercialization of certain products. Due to the
higher level of research and  development  expenses and the cost associated with
the  manufacturing  launch of the  Bussmann  product,  the loss from  operations
increased  $327,000 or 59% from $553,000 for the year ended February 29, 1996 to
$880,000 for the year ended  February  28,  1997.  While SurgX is looking to its
customer or joint  venture  partners to  continue to fund  development  efforts,
there can be no  assurance  that those  efforts will be  successful,  and in the
event that SurgX is unable to secure additional  development funding,  there can
be no assurance that the current or proposed  level of  development  efforts for
fiscal  1998 can  continue  or that any other  product  other than the  Bussmann
product will be made commercially available.


                                    CORPORATE

                                     Year Ended                  Year Ended
                                     February 28,                February 29,
(dollars in thousands)                      1997                        1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating Expenses                       $ 2,149                      $ 1,623
                                           -----                        -----
Operating Income(Loss)                   $(2,149)                     $(1,623)
                                           =====                        =====

         The increase in operating  expenses and loss from corporate  operations
of  $526,000  or 32% from  $1,623,000  for the year ended  February  29, 1996 to
$2,149,000 for the year ended  February 28, 1997 primarily  relates to increases
in costs of  professional  services fees  associated  with statutory  compliance
activities and investor  relations  activities  related to the separation of the
Company's businesses and management of same.

    Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The  Company's  working  capital  improved  $1,816,000  or 42% from a
surplus of  $4,698,000  at February  29,  1996,  to a surplus of  $6,514,000  at
February  28,  1997.  This  increase  resulted  from the  reduction  of  current
liabilities  through a payoff of a bank line of credit  and  retiring  a note to
Zenith,  principally  with  cash  raised  in a  number  of  unregistered  equity
offerings.  The Company's  ratio of current  assets to current  liabilities  was
1.77:1 at February 29, 1996,  and 2.31:1 at February  28,  1997.  The  Company's
operating losses, and inventory build-up have continued in the fiscal year ended
February 28, 1997, and together with the revenue loss from its largest customer,
have prompted the Company to secure debt financing, in order to fund anticipated
operating losses, as described below.

         Net cash used in operating activities was $1,997,000 for the year ended
February 29, 1996,  compared with net cash used in operations of $2,277,000  for
the year ended  February 28, 1997, an increase of 14%. The increase in cash used
in operating activities in fiscal year 1997 principally related to paying off of
accounts payable that accumulated in late fiscal year 1996. In fiscal year 1996,
the Company completed private placements of Common Stock, resulting in net 
proceeds of $4,759,000. The net proceeds from these offerings funded the 
Company's operating deficit. In the fiscal year ended February 28, 1997, the 
Company raised additional capital of $4,143,000, net of issuance costs of 
$681,000 pursuant to private placement offerings in which it issued and sold an 
aggregate of 2.8 million shares of its common stock to certain qualified 
institutional investors under Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended. In consideration for these offering, the Company issued warrants to its
placement agent to purchase 32,000 shares of common stock at $ 1.375 per share 
and 163,530
shares of Common  stock at $ 1.90 per share.  In  September  1996 the  placement
agent exercised  100,000 warrants issued in connection with the prior Regulation
S  financings,  resulting in proceeds to the Company of  $137,500.  In September
1996,  the  Company's  underwriters  in its initial  public  offering  exercised
100,000 unit purchase warrants resulting in net proceeds of $371,000. Subject to
terms of the unit purchase  warrant,  200,000 common shares and 100,000 warrants
to purchase  190,000  shares of common at $3.50 per  warrant  were issued to the
underwriters.  In December  1996, the Company  repurchased  and retired from the
underwriters  the  remaining  223,961  unit  purchase  warrants for $475,000 and
40,000 warrants to purchase 76,000 common shares at $3.50 per warrant.

         The Company  entered into a revolving line of credit  facility of up to
$1,500,000  with  Comerica  Bank on  November  15,  1994,  which was  subject to
maintaining  certain  financial  covenants.  The  Company was in default of such
covenants  during the fiscal  year ended  February  29,  1996;  the Bank and the
Company entered into a Modification  and  Forbearance  Agreement in January 1996
terminating the line of credit facility and requiring all amounts outstanding to
be repaid to Comerica Bank by February 28, 1996. All such amounts were repaid in
March 1996.

         In May 1997, the Company closed a $ 5,500,000 borrowing  facility.  The
facility  includes  an  Accounts  Receivable  Revolving  Batch  Facility  and an
Inventory Line of Credit. The Account Receivable Revolving Batch Facility allows
the Company to borrow up to a maximum of $4,000,000, provided that any amount in
excess of $3,500,000 must be supported by an equal amount of unused availability
under the  Inventory  Line of Credit.  The  Inventory  Line of Credit allows the
Company to borrow up to  $1,500,000  ($750,000  which is subject to an inventory
appraisal).  The  Company  anticipates  that  this  borrowing  facility  will be
sufficient  to cover its  fiscal  1998 cash  requirements  provided  that  sales
increases and expense reductions  anticipated in the Company's current operating
plan are achieved.  In the event its sales objectives or cost reduction  targets
are not achieved,  the Company will need to secure additional funding by selling
assets, raising additional equity, or taking other steps to obtain the financing
necessary to continue  operations at their  anticipated  level. In the event the
Company  requires  additional  equity  financing,  or attempts to raise  capital
through an asset sale,  there can be no assurance that such  transactions can be
effected  in time to meet  the  Company's  needs,  or at all,  or that  any such
transaction will be on terms acceptable to the Company or in the interest of its
stockholders.

Item 7.  Financial Statements

         The response to this item is  submitted  in a separate  section of this
report.


Item 8. Changes in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on Accounting and
        Financial Disclosure

         Not applicable.

Item 9.  Directors,  Executive  Officers,  Promoters  and Control  Persons;
         Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

         The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from
the  information  under the caption  "Election  of  Directors,"  with respect to
Directors,  and  under the  caption  "Management,"  with  respect  to  Executive
Officers,  contained in the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement which will be
filed with the Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the
Company's 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement").

Item 10. Executive Compensation

         The  information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to
the information  under the caption  "Executive  Compensation" to be contained in
the Proxy Statement.

Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         The  information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to
the  information  under the caption  "Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial
Owners and Management" to be contained in the Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         The  information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to
the information under the caption "Certain  Transactions" to be contained in the
Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Exhibits, Lists and Reports on Form 8-K

         Financial Statements and Schedules

         The financial statements listed on the index to financial statements on
page F-1 are filed as part of this Form 10-KSB.

         (b)      Reports on Form 8-K



         The Company  filed with the  Commission  two Reports on Form 8-K during
the fiscal  quarter ended  February 28, 1997. The first such Report was filed on
February  7, 1997 for the purpose of  reporting  the  private  placement  of the
Company's  common  stock  pursuant to  Regulation  S. The second such Report was
filed on December 19, 1996 for the purpose of reporting the private placement of
the Company's  common stock pursuant to Regulation S and the  acquisition of the
assets of Power Sensors Corporation.


         (c)      Exhibits

Exhibit No.       Description of Exhibits

   F-1            Financial Statements
   3.1            Certificate of  Incorporation of the Registrant dated July 26,
                  1993(1) 3.2 Bylaws of the  Registrant  dated July 26,  1993(1)
                  3.3  Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of  Incorporation
                  dated  July 23,  1993(1)  3.3A  Certificate  of  Amendment  of
                  Certificate  of  Incorporation  dated  February 7, 1996(4) 4.1
                  Specimen Common Stock Certificate(1) 4.2 Specimen Common Stock
                  Purchase  Warrant(1)  4.3 Warrant Agency  Agreement  including
                  Statement of Rights,  Terms and  Conditions for Callable Stock
                  Purchase Warrants(2)
   4.4            Incentive  and  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan, as Amended(5)
                  4.4A 1996 Directors Stock Option Plan(5)
   4.5            Form of  Promissory  Note issued to Series A  Preferred  Stock
                  investors(1) 4.6 Unit Purchase Warrant(1)
   4.7            Form  of  Warrants  issued  to  Yorkton  Securities,  Inc.  in
                  December 1996 and February  1997(7)
   10.1           Lease  Agreement with Renco  Investment  Company re:  Fremont,
                  California office, a laboratory and manufacturing facility(1)
   10.2           Lease Agreement with FINSA re: Reynosa, Mexico,  manufacturing
                  facility(3)
   10.3           Lease Agreement with Greer Enterprises re: Fremont, California
                  manufacturing facility(3)
   10.4           Lease Agreement with  Hospitak/Meditron  re:  McAllen,  Texas,
                  warehouse facility(3)
   10.5           Lease  Agreement with Security  Capital  Industrial  Trust re:
                  Fremont, California manufacturing facility(4)
   10.6           Lease Agreement with OTR, State Teachers  Retirement System of
                  Ohio re: Mt. Prospect, Illinois office(4)
   10.7           Lease   Agreement  with  E.B.J.   Partners  LP  re:   Fremont,
                  California office and manufacturing facility*
   10.8           Letter of Separation Agreement with Andrew Wilson*
   10.9           Letter of Employment Agreement with Mitchel Underseth*
   10.10          Letter of Employment Agreement with Philip Micciche*
   10.11          Letter of Employment and Non-Competition Agreement with Andrew
                  Intrater(1)
   10.12          Agreement  for the  Purchase  and  Sale of  Stock  with  Intek
                  Diversified Corporation(1)
   10.13          Asset    Purchase    Agreement    with   Zenith    Electronics
                  Corporation(1)
   10.14          Promissory Notes issued in interim debt financing(1)
   10.15          Common  Stock  Purchase   Warrants   issued  in  interim  debt
                  financing(3)
   10.16          Placement  Agency  Agreement  between  the Company and Yorkton
                  Securities,  Inc. dated February 8, 1996, as amended April 22,
                  1996(4)
   10.17          Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and various
                  investors in Yorkton Private Placement dated February 29, 1996
                  and May 13, 1996(4)
   10.18          Offering  Memorandum  dated  February  8, 1996 and  Supplement
                  thereto  dated April 22,  1996,  relating  to Yorkton  private
                  placement(4)
   10.19          Settlement   Agreement   between   the   Company   and  Zenith
                  Electronics  Corporation  dated  February 29, 1996, as amended
                  April 16, 1996(4)
   10.20          Agreement  between the Company and Bussmann dated July,  1996*
                  10.21 Agreement between the Company and National Semiconductor
                  dated June 7, 1996*
   10.22          Agreement  between the  Company and LSI Logic dated  September
                  30, 1996*
   10.23          Lease Agreement between Power Sensors Corporation and Copelco
                  dated December 7, 1995*
   10.24          Agency Agreement  between the Company and Yorkton  Securities,
                  Inc. dated December 4, 1996, as amended January 23, 1997(7)
   10.25          Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and various
                  investors  in Yorkton  Private  Placement  dated  December  4,
                  1996(8)
   10.26          Asset Purchase  Agreement relating to the acquisition of Power
                  Sensors  Corporation by Oryx Power Products  Corporation dated
                  December 19, 1996(6)
   21             Subsidiaries of the Registrant(4)
   23             Consent of Independent Accountants*
*  Filed herewith.

 (1)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Registration Statement on
      Form SB-2  (Registration  No. 33-72104) which became effective on April 6,
      1994 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 (2)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
      filed with the Commission on March 27, 1995.

 (3)  Previously  filed as an exhibit  to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
      10-KSB for the fiscal year ended February 28, 1995.

 (4)  Previously  filed as an exhibit  to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
      10-KSB (as Amended) for the fiscal year ended February 29, 1996.

 (5)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Registration Statement on
      Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-13887) filed with the Commission on October
      10, 1996 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 (6)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
      filed with the Commission on January 3, 1997.

 (7)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
      filed with the Commission on February 21, 1997.

 (8)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Registration Statement on
      Form S-3  Registration No. 333- 23317) which became effective on March 31,
      1997 and is incorporated herein by reference.


<PAGE>


         SIGNATURES

         In  accordance  with  Section  13 or 15(d)  of the  Exchange  Act,  the
Registrant  caused  this  Report to be signed on its  behalf by the  undersigned
thereunto duly authorized on this 29th day of May, 1996.

                                          ORYX TECHNOLOGY CORP.



                                          By: /S/ Philip J. Micciche
                                               Philip J. Micciche,
                                               President & CEO


         In accordance  with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below
by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant,  and in the capacities and
on the date indicated.

Signature                      Title                                Date

                               President, CEO

/s/ Philip J. Micciche         and Director                         May 29, 1997
- ----------------------

Philip J. Micciche


                               Secretary, Treasurer                 May 29, 1997

/s/ Andrew Intrater            and Director
Andrew Intrater


                               Chief Financial                      May 29, 1997

/s/ Mitchel Underseth          Officer
Mitchel Underseth


                               Chairman of the                      May 29, 1997

/s/ Arvind Patel               Board and Director
Arvind Patel


(signatures continued next page)




<PAGE>


(signatures continued from previous page)

Signature                      Title                                Date




/s/ John H. Abeles             Director                             May 29, 1997
- ----------------------

John H. Abeles



/s/ Jay M. Haft                Director                             May 29, 1997
- ----------------------

Jay M. Haft



/s/ Ted D. Morgan              Director                             May 29, 1997
- ----------------------

Ted D. Morgan


<PAGE>



                                                    EXHIBIT F-1

                                               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                 FEBRUARY 28, 1997



<PAGE>



Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                                                        Page

Report of Independent Accountants...................................     F-2

  Sheet at February 28, 1997
      and February 29, 1996..........................................    F-3

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years
      ended February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996..................    F-4

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the
      years ended February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996............    F-5

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years
      ended February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996..................    F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................    F-7




<PAGE>



                        Report of Independent Accountants


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Oryx Technology Corp.


In our opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows
present  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of Oryx
Technology  Corp.  and its  subsidiaries  at February  28, 1997 and February 29,
1996,  and the  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for the years
then ended in conformity with generally accepted  accounting  principles.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management;  our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.  We conducted  our audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and  disclosures  in the financial  statements,
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  and evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We
believe  that our audits  provide a reasonable  basis for the opinion  expressed
above.



PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
San Jose, California

May 16, 1997, except for Note 14, which is as of May 29, 1997


<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Oryx Technology Corp.
                           Consolidated Balance Sheet
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-44
<TABLE>
                                                                                 February 28,        February 29,
                                                                                     1997                1996
                                     Assets
<S>                                                                                   <C>                 <C>
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                    $     3,080,000    $      3,939,000
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $97,000 and $139,000                                                 3,457,000           2,690,000
   Inventories                                                                        4,795,000           3,880,000
   Other current assets                                                                 171,000             256,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
       Total current assets                                                          11,503,000          10,765,000

Property and equipment, net                                                           2,674,000           1,298,000
Intangible assets, net                                                                  755,000              49,000
Other assets                                                                            380,000             228,000
                                                                                ---------------     ---------------
                                                                                $    15,312,000       $  12,340,000


                Liabilities, Mandatorily Redeemable Securities,
                            and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
   Bank borrowings                                                              $       215,000       $           -
   Capital lease obligations                                                            137,000              16,000
   Bank line of credit                                                                        -             352,000
   Notes payable                                                                              -           1,428,000
   Accounts payable                                                                   2,686,000           3,186,000
   Accrued liabilities                                                                1,951,000           1,085,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
       Total current liabilities                                                      4,989,000           6,067,000

Capital lease obligations, less current portion                                         184,000              34,000
Bank borrowings, less current portion                                                   705,000                   -
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
       Total liabilities                                                              5,878,000           6,101,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------


Mandatorily redeemable securities (Note 4)                                              637,000                   -

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 1 and 12)

Stockholders' equity: (Notes 4,5,6,7, and 8)
   Series  A 2%  Convertible  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock,  $0.001  par  value;
     3,000,000   shares   authorized;   4,500  and  34,875   shares  issued  and
     outstanding,
     liquidation value $113,000 and $872,000                                            107,000             832,000
   Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 25,000,000 shares
     authorized; 12,968,581 and 9,228,668 issued
     and outstanding                                                                     13,000               9,000
   Additional paid-in capital                                                        18,920,000          13,629,000
   Accumulated deficit                                                              (10,243,000)         (8,231,000)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
       Total stockholders' equity                                                     8,797,000           6,239,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                $    15,312,000       $  12,340,000

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Oryx Technology Corp.
                      Consolidated Statement of Operations
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>

                                                                                  Year Ended          Year Ended
                                                                                 February 28,        February 29,
                                                                                     1997                1996
<S>                                                                                  <C>                 <C>
Net revenue                                                                     $    26,860,000     $    16,136,000
Cost of sales                                                                        18,475,000          13,020,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
   Gross profit                                                                       8,385,000           3,116,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

Operating expenses:
   Marketing and selling                                                              2,010,000           1,387,000
   General and administrative                                                         4,499,000           2,541,000
   Research and development, net                                                      3,101,000           2,823,000
   Acquired in-process research and development                                         670,000                   -
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
       Total operating expenses                                                      10,280,000           6,751,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

Loss from operations                                                                 (1,895,000)         (3,635,000)
Interest expense, net                                                                    10,000             320,000
Equity in losses of investee                                                             20,000             195,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

Loss before income taxes and extraordinary gain                                      (1,925,000)         (4,150,000)
Provision for income taxes                                                               40,000              42,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------

Loss before extraordinary gain                                                       (1,965,000)         (4,192,000)
Extraordinary gain from debt restructuring                                                    -           1,433,000

Net loss                                                                             (1,965,000)         (2,759,000)
Dividends and accretion                                                                 (47,000)            (20,000)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
   Net loss attributable to Common Stock                                        $    (2,012,000)   $     (2,779,000)
                                                                                 ===============    ===============

Net loss per common share before extraordinary gain                             $         (0.19)   $          (0.73)
Extraordinary gain from debt restructuring                                                    -                0.25
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
Net loss per common share                                                       $         (0.19)   $          (0.48)
                                                                                ===============    ================

Weighted average common shares outstanding                                           10,650,000           5,789,642
                                                                                ===============    ================

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Oryx Technology Corp.
                 Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-66

<TABLE>
                                                                Series A 2%
                                                         Convertible Cumulative                 Additional
                                                     Preferred Stock          Common Stock         Paid-In    Accumulated
                                                   Shares        Amount    Shares       Amount     Capital    Deficit      Total

<S>                                                <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>      <C>         <C>          <C>
Balance at February 28, 1995                       43,500   $1,038,000   4,325,020  $   4,000   $8,137,000  $(5,452,000) $3,727,000

Issuance of Common Stock and warrants in private
   placements, net of issuance costs of $560,000        -            -   4,835,831      5,000    4,754,000           -    4,759,000
Issuance of warrants in connection with debt
   restructuring                                        -            -           -          -      366,000           -      366,000
Issuance of warrants in connection with shareholder     -            -     213,000          -      213,000
  notes payable
Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of options       -            -         525          -        1,000           -        1,000
Conversion of Preferred Stock to Common Stock      (8,625)    (206,000)    100,625          -      206,000           -            -
Repurchase of Common Stock                              -            -     (33,333)         -      (48,000)          -      (48,000)
Net Loss                                                -            -           -          -            -  (2,759,000)  (2,759,000)
Preferred stock dividend                                -            -           -          -            -     (20,000)     (20,000)
                                                ---------   ----------  ----------  ---------   ----------  ----------  -----------
Balance at February 29, 1996                       34,875      832,000   9,228,668      9,000   13,629,000  (8,231,000)   6,239,000

Issuance of Common Stock and warrants in private
   placements, net of issuance costs of $681,000        -            -   2,836,130      4,000    4,139,000           -    4,143,000
Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of options       -            -     199,818          -      243,000           -      243,000
Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of warrants      -            -     349,590          -      599,000           -      599,000
Issuance of warrants in exchange for services           -            -           -          -       60,000           -       60,000
Repurchase of underwriter units                         -            -           -          -     (475,000)          -     (475,000)
Conversion of Preferred Stock to Common Stock     (30,375)    (725,000)    354,375          -      725,000           -             -
Accretion of redemption value on manditorily
   redeemable securities                                -            -           -          -            -     (37,000)     (37,000)
Net Loss                                                -            -           -          -            -  (1,965,000)  (1,965,000)
Preferred Stock dividend                                -            -           -          -            -     (10,000)     (10,000)
                                                ---------   ----------  ----------  ---------   ----------  ----------  -----------
Balance at February 28, 1997                        4,500   $  107,000  12,968,581  $  13,000  $18,920,000$(10,243,000) $ 8,797,000
                                                =========   ==========  ==========  =========   ==========  ==========

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Oryx Technology Corp.
                     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
                                                                                  Year Ended          Year Ended
                                                                                 February 28,        February 29,
                                                                                     1997                1996
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                                                   <C>              <C>
   Net loss                                                                     $    (1,965,000) $    (2,759,000)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
     Equity in losses of investee                                                        20,000          195,000
     Extraordinary gain on debt restructuring                                                 -       (1,433,000)
     Value of warrants issued for services and in connection with notes payable          60,000          213,000
     Depreciation and amortization                                                      558,000          421,000
     Acquired in-process research and development                                       670,000                -
     Changes  in  assets  and  liabilities  (net of  effects  of  Power  Sensors
       acquisition and debt restructuring):
         Accounts receivable                                                           (645,000)        (170,000)
         Inventories                                                                   (764,000)        (789,000)
         Other current assets                                                           150,000         (191,000)
         Other assets                                                                  (147,000)         (68,000)
         Accounts payable                                                              (688,000)       2,258,000
         Accrued liabilities                                                            474,000          326,000
                                                                                ---------------  ---------------
           Net cash used in operating activities                                     (2,277,000)      (1,997,000)
                                                                                ---------------  ---------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Capital expenditures                                                              (1,553,000)        (726,000)
   Purchase of Power Sensors                                                           (120,000)               -
   Investment in development stage company                                              (25,000)         (29,000)
                                                                                ---------------- ---------------
           Net cash used in investing activities                                     (1,698,000)        (755,000)
                                                                                ---------------  ---------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Borrowings/(repayment) of bank line of credit                                       (352,000)         352,000
   Proceeds from (repayment of) notes payable                                        (1,428,000)         400,000
   Repayment of long-term debt                                                          (25,000)         (52,000)
   Borrowings of long-term debt                                                         390,000                -
   Payment of capital lease obligations                                                 (51,000)         (77,000)
   Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock/warrants, net                               4,143,000        4,760,000
   Proceeds from exercise of options for Common Stock                                   243,000                -
   Proceeds from exercise of warrants for Common Stock                                  599,000                -
   Repurchase of underwriter units                                                     (475,000)               -
   Other                                                                                 72,000          (68,000)
                                                                                ---------------  ---------------

           Net cash provided by financing activities                                  3,116,000        5,315,000
                                                                                ---------------  ---------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                   (859,000)       2,563,000
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                      3,939,000        1,376,000
                                                                                ---------------  ---------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                      $     3,080,000  $     3,939,000
                                                                                ===============  ===============

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
   Interest paid during the period                                              $        50,000  $        42,000
                                                                                ===============  ===============

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
   Property and equipment acquired under capital lease obligations              $        54,000  $             -
                                                                                ===============  ===============

   Accretion of redemption value                                                $        37,000  $             -
                                                                                ===============  ===============

</TABLE>

 600,000  shares  of  subsidiary  common  stock were issued in connection with
the acquisition of Power Sensors Corporation.


<PAGE>

                             Oryx Technology Corp.
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.   The Company

     Oryx Technology Corp.  ("Oryx" or the "Company"),  a Delaware  corporation,
     and its subsidiaries manufacture power conversion products, assemblies used
     in the production of computer memory disks,  electromagnets,  electrostatic
     discharge test, and secondary ion mass spectrometer measurement devices.

     In April 1994,  the Company  completed  an initial  public  offering of 2.2
     million shares of Common Stock which resulted in proceeds to the Company of
     approximately  $6.0 million,  net of issuance costs of  approximately  $1.7
     million.  Since its initial  public  offering,  the Company has completed a
     number of private placement sales of its Common Stock. Common Stock sold in
     private placement offerings during fiscal years 1997, 1996 and 1995 totaled
     approximately 2.8 million shares, 4.8 million shares and 0.9 million shares
     and  resulted  in net  proceeds of  $4,143,000,  $4,759,000  and  $575,000,
     respectively.

     The  Company's  cumulative  losses,  its loss of a  significant  customer's
     orders  that  represented  approximately  48% of fiscal  1997  consolidated
     revenues,  and cash used in fiscal 1997  operations  result in  uncertainty
     about the Company's future  viability.  However,  management  believes that
     liquidity  from the  combination  of  existing  and new  product  revenues,
     savings from planned cost  reduction  measures,  new focus  resulting  from
     recent  management  changes,  ability to generate  asset and or  technology
     sales and the Company's  recently secured bank financing (see Note 14) will
     be sufficient to enable the Company to continue as a going concern  through
     February 28, 1998.

     Management estimates
     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions  that affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities,
     disclosures  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at the  date  of the
     financial  statements,  and the  reported  amounts of revenues and expenses
     during  the  reported  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those
     estimates.


2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     Basis of presentation
      The Company's fiscal year ends on the last day of February. The year ended
      February 28, 1997 is referred to as fiscal 1997.

    Principles of consolidation
     The  consolidated   financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Oryx
     Technology  Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  All significant
     intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

    Cash and cash equivalents
      The  Company  considers  all highly  liquid  instruments  with an original
      maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

     Inventories
      Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost,  determined  on a  first-in,
      first-out basis, or market.

     Property and equipment
      Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation is computed using
      the  straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets,
      generally three to ten years.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized using
      the  straight-line  method  over  the  shorter  of the  lease  term or the
      estimated useful lives of the assets. The Company periodically reviews the
      recovery of property and equipment based upon estimated cash flows.

     Intangible assets
      The cost of intangible  assets is amortized using the straight line method
      over the estimated useful lives of the assets, seventeen years for patents
      and  ten  years  for  goodwill  and  purchased  technology.   The  Company
      periodically  reviews  recoverability  of  intangible  assets  based  upon
      estimated future cash flows.

    Equity in net loss of investee
     The fiscal 1997 and 1996  consolidated  statements  of  operations  include
     charges of $20,000 and  $195,000  for the equity in net loss of an investee
     accounted  for on the  equity  method.  As a result of  additional  outside
     investments in the investee during fiscal 1997, the Company's
     net  ownership  in the  investee was reduced from 40% to less than 5%. As a
     result of this reduction,  the Company's investment  subsequent to February
     28, 1997, will be accounted for using the cost method.

    Revenue recognition
     Revenues are generally recognized upon shipment of product.  However, where
     a shipment is subject to customer acceptance criteria,  revenue is deferred
     until customer  acceptance.  Revenue from research  contracts in process is
     recognized under the percentage of completion method.

    Income taxes
     Deferred  income taxes are provided for temporary  differences  between the
     financial  reporting  basis and the tax basis of the  Company's  assets and
     liabilities.   The  benefits  from   utilization   of  net  operating  loss
     carryforwards  will be reflected as part of the income tax provision if and
     when realizable.

    Net loss per share
     Net loss per share is computed using the weighted  average number of common
     and dilutive  equivalent shares  outstanding  during each period presented.
     Common equivalent shares include Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
     stock  options  and  warrants  using the  treasury  stock  method,  or upon
     conversion of preferred stock.  Common  equivalent shares are excluded from
     the  computation  if their  effects  are  antidilutive.  As a result of net
     losses,  common stock  equivalents of the Company were antidilutive for the
     years ended  February 28, 1997 and February  29,  1996.  Additionally,  net
     income in the calculation of earnings per share for the year ended February
     28, 1997  includes an adjustment  to reflect the earnings  attributable  to
     holders of dilutive securities in subsidiaries of the Company.

    New accounting standards
     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
     of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share."
     This  statement  will be  effective  for the  Company's  fiscal year ending
     February  28,  1998.  Under SFAS No.  128,  primary  earnings  per share is
     replaced by basic  earnings per share and fully diluted  earnings per share
     is replaced by diluted  earnings per share. If the Company had adopted SFAS
     No.  128 for the year ended  February  28,  1997,  basic loss per share and
     diluted loss per share would not have  differed from the net loss per share
     presented  in the  Statement  of  Operations  because  the  effect of stock
     equivalents  was  antidilutive.  SFAS No. 128 will require the  retroactive
     restatement of all previously reported amounts upon adoption.


3.   Details of Balance Sheet Components
<TABLE>
                                                                                 February 28,        February 29,
                                                                                     1997                1996
     <S>                                                                              <C>                 <C>
     Inventories:
       Raw materials                                                            $     3,090,000    $      2,453,000
       Work-in-progress                                                                 153,000             136,000
       Finished goods                                                                 1,552,000           1,291,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                $     4,795,000    $      3,880,000
                                                                                ===============    ================

     Property and equipment:
       Machinery and equipment                                                  $     2,427,000    $      1,236,000
       Furniture and fixtures                                                         1,060,000             595,000
       Automobiles                                                                       11,000              11,000
       Leasehold improvements                                                           362,000             111,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                      3,860,000           1,953,000
       Less:  Accumulated depreciation                                               (1,186,000)           (655,000)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                $     2,674,000    $      1,298,000
                                                                                ===============    ================

     Accrued liabilities:
       Compensation                                                             $       417,000    $        272,000
       Deferred revenues                                                                450,000             333,000
       Professional fees                                                                163,000              60,000
       Warranty                                                                         276,000              26,000
       Facilities                                                                        76,000              73,000
       Other                                                                    569,000            321,000
              -------------------------------------------------------------------------        -----------
                                                                                $     1,951,000    $      1,085,000
                                                                                ===============    ================

</TABLE>



<PAGE>



4.   Acquisition of Power Sensors Corporation

     In December 1996, the Company  acquired  certain assets and assumed certain
     liabilities  of Power Sensors  Corporation  ("PSC") in exchange for 600,000
     shares  of  Class A Common  Stock of Oryx  Power  Products  Corporation,  a
     wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  The  stock  issued  represents
     approximately   6%  of  the  outstanding   stock  of  Oryx  Power  Products
     Corporation  at February 28, 1997. The  acquisition  was accounted for as a
     purchase; accordingly, the purchase price and costs of the acquisition were
     allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based upon their estimated
     fair market values at the date of acquisition as follows:

       Current assets                                            $       338,000
       Furniture and equipment                                           300,000
       Research and development in process                               670,000
       Purchased technology                                              340,000
       Goodwill                                                          355,000
                                                                 ---------------
         Total assets                                                  2,003,000

       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                          460,000
       Capital lease assumed                                             268,000
       Bank loans assumed                                                555,000
                                                                 ---------------
         Total liabilities                                             1,283,000
                                                                 ---------------
              Total purchase price                               $       720,000
                                                                 ===============

     The total  purchase  price was derived based on the estimated fair value of
     the stock issued of $600,000  and  acquisition  expenses of  $120,000.  The
     agreement allows the holders of such stock,  under certain  conditions,  on
     the three year  anniversary  of the  acquisition  to require the Company to
     redeem the stock  issued for a promissory  note of $1.5 million  payable in
     equal  annual  installments  over four years  commencing  in the year 2000.
     Accordingly,  the stock was recorded in the  consolidated  balance sheet as
     mandatorily  redeemable securities at estimated fair value and will accrete
     up to the redemption value in accordance with the terms of the agreement.


<PAGE>



     Pro forma information (unaudited)
     The  following  unaudited  pro forma  information  reflects  the results of
     operations for the year ended  February 28, 1997, as if the  acquisition of
     Power Sensors  Corporation  had occurred  prior to March 1, 1996, and after
     giving  effect to certain  adjustments.  These pro forma  results have been
     prepared for comparative  purposes only and do not purport to be indicative
     of what  operating  results  would have been had the  acquisition  actually
     taken place prior to March 1, 1996, or what operating  results may occur in
     the future.

         Net revenues                                           $        27,403
                                                                ===============

         Net loss                                               $        (2,812)
                                                                ===============

         Net loss per share                                     $         (0.26)
                                                                ===============



5.   Acquisition of Power Conversion Products Group and Debt Restructuring

     In April 1994, the Company  acquired certain assets of the Power Conversion
     Products Group of Zenith Electronics Corporation ("Zenith"). As part of the
     acquisition,  the Company signed a $2.1 million convertible promissory note
     payable to Zenith  which bore  interest  at 6% per year and was  payable in
     three annual installments commencing October 1995.

     In February  1996, the Company  entered into the Settlement  Agreement with
     Zenith covering the principal  amount  outstanding of the promissory  note,
     accrued  interest,  and certain accounts payable and inventory  relating to
     the Company's  agreements  with Zenith.  In accordance  with the Settlement
     Agreement and subsequent  amendments,  Zenith agreed to forgive all amounts
     owed by the Company in exchange for a $1,000,000  note payable and warrants
     to  purchase  400,000  common  shares for $1.00 per share and  warrants  to
     purchase  100,000  common  shares for $5.00 per  share.  The  warrants  are
     exercisable until March 2001.




<PAGE>



     In connection with the settlement,  the Company  recorded an  extraordinary
gain of $1,433,000 which was calculated as follows:

       Principal amount of promissory note                      $     2,061,000
       Accrued interest on promissory note                              225,000
       Accounts payable for inventory purchases                         541,000
                                                                ---------------
       Total consideration received by Oryx                           2,827,000

       Amounts due pursuant to the Settlement Agreement              (1,028,000)
       Value of warrants issued to Zenith                              (366,000)
                                                                 ---------------
       Net extraordinary gain on debt restructuring              $     1,433,000
                                                                 ===============

     The  $1,028,000  owed to Zenith under the  Settlement  Agreement was repaid
during fiscal 1997.


6.   Financing Arrangements

     On December 4, 1996,  the Company  entered  into a credit  facility  with a
     financial institution for borrowings of $530,000 bearing interest at 10.5%.
     The credit  facility is payable over 48 monthly  payments of principal  and
     interest and is  collaterized  by  specified  manufacturing  equipment.  At
     February 28, 1997, the Company had borrowings outstanding of $390,000, with
     a remaining unused credit facility of $140,000.

     In conjunction  with the Power Sensors  acquisition,  the Company assumed a
     loan with a financial  institution  in the amount of $555,000.  The loan is
     payable over 60 monthly  payments of principal  and  interest.  The loan is
     collaterized  by  business  assets of the  Company.  The  interest  rate is
     determined as 2% over a specified bank index and was 10.25% at February 28,
     1997.  At February  28, 1997,  the Company had  borrowings  outstanding  of
     $530,000.

     The  aggregate  payments for each of the next five years of long-term  debt
     outstanding  at February 28, 1997 are $215,000 in fiscal 1998,  $251,000 in
     fiscal 1999, $216,000 in fiscal 2000, $124,000 in fiscal 2001, and $114,000
     in fiscal 2002.

     On February 29, 1996,  the Company had  outstanding  borrowings of $352,000
     under a line of credit agreement with a financial institution.  The line of
     credit was terminated and the borrowings were repaid during fiscal 1997.

     In fiscal 1996,  the Company  issued  $400,000 in notes  payable to certain
     shareholders  bearing  interest at 10%. As  additional  consideration,  the
     shareholders  received  warrants to purchase 322,551 shares of common stock
     exercisable through January 2001 at an exercise price of $1.25. The Company
     recorded  as  interest  expense  $213,000  representing  the  value  of the
     warrants,  as  determined  by the Company and  supported by an  independent
     appraisal,  during the year ended February 29, 1996. The notes payable were
     repaid during fiscal 1997.


7.   Series A 2% Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock

     The Company has authorized  3,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock with a par
     value of $0.001 per share and of which 45,000 of such shares are designated
     Series A 2% Convertible  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock (the Series A Stock).
     Each share of Series A Stock may be converted, at the option of the holder,
     into  approximately  11.67 shares of Common Stock. As of February 28, 1997,
     the Company had reserved  52,515  shares of Common Stock for issuance  upon
     conversion  of the  Series A  Stock.  The  holders  of  Series A Stock  are
     entitled  to receive a  cumulative  dividend  of $0.50 per share per annum,
     subject to any  restrictions  imposed by the Delaware  General  Corporation
     Law. The dividend is payable semi-annually. In the event of liquidation and
     to the extent assets are  available,  the holders of the Series A Stock are
     entitled to a liquidation preference  distribution of $25.00 per share plus
     accrued but unpaid dividends.  Each share of the Series A Stock is entitled
     to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of
     the Company.


8.   Stock Plans and Warrants

     Oryx Stock Plans
     In March 1993,  the Company  adopted the Incentive and  Nonqualified  Stock
     Option  Plan (the  "1993  Plan").  The 1993  Plan,  which  expires in 2003,
     provides for incentive as well as nonstatutory stock options.  The Board of
     Directors may terminate the 1993 Plan at any time at its discretion.

     Options  under the 1993 Plan are granted at prices  determined by the Board
     of Directors,  subject to certain conditions.  Generally,  these conditions
     require that the exercise price of options  granted may not be below a) for
     incentive options,  110%, for persons owning more than 10% of the Company's
     capital  stock  and 100% for  options  issued to other  persons,  or b) for
     nonstatutory options, 85% of the fair market value of the stock at the date
     of grant.  Options granted to persons owning more than 10% of the Company's
     capital  stock may not have a term in excess of five  years,  and all other
     options must expire within ten years. Options vest over a period determined
     by the Board of Directors,  generally four years, and are adjusted pro rata
     for any changes in the capitalization of the Company,  such as stock splits
     and stock dividends.

     In August 1995, the Company  adopted the 1995  Directors  Stock Option Plan
     (the  "Directors'  Plan").  The  Directors'  Plan,  which  expires in 2005,
     provides  for  nonstatutory  stock  options to be  granted  to  nonemployee
     directors  of the  Company.  The  Board  of  Directors  may  terminate  the
     Directors' Plan at anytime at its discretion.  Options under the Directors'
     Plan are granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, subject to
     certain conditions more fully described in the Directors' Plan.  Generally,
     these conditions require that the exercise price of options granted may not
     be below 110% for  persons  owning more than 10% of the  Company's  capital
     stock and 100% for options issued to other persons of the fair market valve
     of the stock at the date of grant.  Options must expire within ten years of
     grant. The Directors' Plan provides that each nonemployee  director receive
     options to purchase 45,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock with 15,000
     vested  and  exercisable  upon grant  with the  remainder  vesting in equal
     annual  installments  over a three year  period.  The  Company  has 225,000
     shares  authorized  under the Directors' Plan of which 180,000 options have
     been granted at $1.81 per share as of February 28, 1997.

     A summary of stock option  activity  under the 1993 Plan and the Directors'
Plan is as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                                        Options Outstanding
                                                                  Shares                               Weighted-
                                                                 Available                              Average
                                                                    For                             Exercise Price
                                                                   Grant             Shares            Per Share

       <S>                                                          <C>                 <C>                    <C>
       Balance at February 28, 1995                                  56,020             465,980               $1.29

       Additional shares authorized                                 825,000                   -                   -
       Options granted                                             (294,500)            294,500               $1.89
       Options canceled                                              21,862             (21,862)              $1.72
       Options exercised                                                  -                (525)              $1.13
                                                            ---------------     ---------------
       Balance at February 29, 1996                                 608,382             738,093               $1.52

       Additional shares authorized                                 500,000                   -                   -
       Options granted                                             (786,500)            786,500               $1.94
       Options canceled                                              24,565             (24,565)              $1.03
       Options exercised                                                  -            (199,818)              $1.18
                                                            ---------------     ---------------
       Balance at February 28, 1997                                 346,447           1,300,210               $1.82
                                                            ===============     ===============


</TABLE>



<PAGE>



     The following  table  summarizes  information  about employee stock options
outstanding at February 28, 1997:

<TABLE>

                                          Options Outstanding                           Options Exercisable
                                           Weighted-Average
                                               Remaining          Weighted-                            Weighted-
     Range ofNumber        Contractual         Average             Number            Average
     Exercise Prices       Outstanding           Life          Exercise Price      Exercisable      Exercise Price
      <S>                     <C>                <C>                 <C>                <C>               <C>
     $0.80                          472          0.2             $   0.80                   472        $  0.80
     $1.00-1.97               1,066,738          8.4                 1.72               482,765           1.58
     $2.00-2.38                 189,500          9.1                 2.12                50,650           2.03
     $3.00                       43,500          7.2                 3.00                23,925           3.00
                          -------------                                           -------------
        Total                 1,300,210          8.5             $   1.82               557,812        $  1.67
                          =============                                           =============

</TABLE>

     Fair Value Disclosures
     Had compensation cost for the Plans been determined based on the fair value
     of each stock  option on its grant date,  as  prescribed  in SFAS 123,  the
     Company's  net loss and net loss per share for fiscal 1997  would have been
     $2,395,000  and  $0.22,  respectively,  and in fiscal  1996 would have been
     $2,855,000 and $0.49, respectively.

     The fair value of each option is  estimated  on the date of grant using the
     Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model with the following  weighted  average
     assumptions used for grants during the applicable  period:  dividend yields
     of 0% for  both  periods;  expected  volatility  of 60% for  both  periods;
     risk-free  interest rate of 6.07% for fiscal 1996 and 6.29% for fiscal 1997
     for options  granted;  and a weighted  average expected option term of five
     years for fiscal 1996 and five years for fiscal 1997. The weighted  average
     fair value of options  granted  during fiscal years 1997 and 1996 was $0.73
     and $0.47,  respectively.  The  weighted  average  fair value of options to
     purchase  common  shares of the  Company's  subsidiaries  were not material
     during fiscal years 1997 and 1996.

     The above pro forma amounts include  compensation expense based on the fair
     value of options  granted and vesting  during the years ended  February 28,
     1997 and February 29, 1996 and exclude the effects of options granted prior
     to March 1,  1995.  Accordingly,  the above pro forma net loss and net loss
     per share are not  representative  of the effects of computing stock option
     compensation expense using the fair value method for future periods.

     Subsidiary Stock Plans
     In November  1995,  the  Company's  wholly owned  subsidiaries,  Oryx Power
     Products Corporation,  Oryx Instruments and Materials Corporation and SurgX
     Corporation,  each  adopted  stock  option  plans  under which the Board of
     Directors  granted  options to management to purchase Class B common shares
     in the  subsidiaries at their fair market values as determined by the Board
     of Directors.  Class B common shares authorized for issuance in each of the
     subsidiaries  are  identical  to the ten  million  shares of Class A common
     shares  owned  by  the  Company,  except  the  Class  A  shares  possess  a
     liquidation  preference.  The Board of  Directors  authorized  1.5  million
     shares of Class B common  shares for each of the three  subsidiaries  to be
     available  for  issuance  under these  stock  plans.  Such  options are not
     transferable  except in the event of a public offering of the  subsidiary's
     stock or an  acquisition of the  subsidiary,  and may be repurchased by the
     Company  at its  option.  Grants  under the plan are for  amounts,  vesting
     periods and option terms  established by the Company's  Board of Directors.
     The Company's  ownership  percentage of these subsidiaries will change as a
     result of future  exercises  of stock  options  and,  to the  extent  these
     subsidiaries  contribute profits,  outstanding subsidiary stock options may
     dilute the Company's  share of profits in the  calculation  of earnings per
     share.

     The number of  subsidiary  shares of common  stock and  options to purchase
     common stock,  which vest ratably over a five year period,  outstanding  at
     February 28, 1997 were as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                Class B            Class B            Class A
                                                                Options        Options Vested         Shares

       <S>                                                      <C>                   <C>          <C>
       Oryx Instrument and Materials Corporation                1,139,000             184,000      10,000,000
       Oryx Power Products Corporation                          1,381,000             201,000      10,600,000
       SurgX Corporation                                          282,500              56,500      10,000,000

</TABLE>

     At February 28, 1997,  with the  exception of 600,000  shares of Oryx Power
     Products Corporation, all of the subsidiary Class A shares outstanding were
     owned by the Company. Warrants The following warrants at February 28, 1997,
     and the  number  of  shares  of the  Company's  Common  Stock  which may be
     purchased at exercise,
     were outstanding and exercisable at February 28, 1997:

<TABLE>
                      Original           Issuable              Warrant                Warrant          Warrant
                      Warrants            Common            Commencement            Expiration        Exercise
                     Outstanding          Shares                Date                   Date             Price

                      <S>                 <C>                  <C>                     <C>               <C>
                      1,173,900           2,230,410            Oct.  1994              Oct. 1999         $3.50
                         37,500              37,500            Oct.  1994              Oct. 2004         $2.00
                        379,000             541,030             Nov. 1994              Oct. 2004         $2.00
                        322,551             322,551             Feb. 1996              Jan. 2001         $1.25
                        400,000             400,000             Feb. 1996              Mar. 2001         $1.00
                        100,000             100,000             Feb. 1996              Mar. 2001         $5.00
                        124,560             124,560             Feb. 1996              Feb. 2001         $1.38
                        100,000             100,000             Apr. 1996              Mar. 2001         $1.31
                         32,000              32,000             May  1996              May  2001         $1.38
                         90,730              90,730             Dec. 1996              Dec. 2001         $1.90
                         72,800              72,800             Feb. 1997              Feb. 2002         $1.90
                  -------------       -------------
                      2,833,041           4,051,581
                  =============       =============

</TABLE>

     In addition to the  foregoing,  in connection  with the  Company's  initial
     public  offering,  the Company sold to the  underwriters,  for an aggregate
     price of $110,  noncallable warrants  ("Underwriters'  Warrants") entitling
     the holder to purchase from the Company  110,000 units at an exercise price
     of $11.55 per unit, subject to dilution provisions.  Each unit consisted of
     two  shares of Common  Stock  and one  callable  warrant  to  purchase  one
     additional  share of  Common  Stock  at an  exercise  price of $3.50  (also
     subject  to  dilution  provisions).  As a  result  of  subsequent  dilutive
     offerings,  the Underwriters'  Warrants were convertible into 323,916 units
     at a  exercise  price of $3.71  per unit and each  underlying  warrant  was
     convertible  into 1.9  common  shares.  During  1997,  100,000  units  were
     exercised resulting in proceeds of $371,000.  In December 1996, the Company
     repurchased  and retired the remaining  Underwriters'  Warrants in exchange
     for $475,000  and 40,000  warrants to purchase  76,000  shares at $3.50 per
     warrant, which may be exercised through April 1999.

     In certain circumstances and defined time frames, the Company may call many
     of the above warrants. The terms of most warrants are subject to adjustment
     in certain circumstances (including antidilution protection).





<PAGE>



9.   Research Contracts and Development Funding

     The Company is party to certain research  contracts which are accounted for
     on a percentage of completion  basis.  Revenues and cost of sales  recorded
     under such contracts  totaled  $627,000 and $403,000 during fiscal 1997 and
     $439,000 and $366,000 during fiscal 1996, respectively.

     During fiscal 1997,  the Company  received  development  funding from third
     parties to assist in the  commercialization  of  certain  of the  Company's
     products. Such funding is recorded as an offset to research and development
     expenses when contract specified  technical  milestones have been achieved.
     During  fiscal 1997,  $1,107,000  was credited to research and  development
     expenses under these arrangements.


10.  Sales to Major Customers and Concentration of Credit Risk

     The   Company's   customers   are   primarily  in  the  office   equipment,
     semiconductor and computer disk drive manufacturing industries. The Company
     maintains reserves for potential credit losses;  historically,  such losses
     have  been  minor  and  within  management's  expectations.  The  Company's
     accounts  receivable  are  principally  derived  from  sales in the  United
     States.  All transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars.  At February 28,
     1997,  accounts  receivable from three customers  represented  16%, 14% and
     12%,  respectively,  of total accounts  receivable.  During fiscal 1997 and
     1996, sales to a single customer of the Power Products segment  represented
     52% and 41% of  consolidated  net  revenues.  The  contract  related to the
     majority  of sales to this  customer  was  terminated  at the end of fiscal
     1997.


11.  Income Taxes

     The tax  provisions  for the years ended February 28, 1997 and 1996 consist
     of state taxes currently  payable and foreign tax provisions.  No provision
     for federal income taxes has been recorded because of losses incurred.

     Deferred tax assets (liabilities) comprise the following:

                                                February 28,        February 29,
                                                    1997                1996

       Net operating loss carryforwards        $     2,438,000  $     1,200,000
Inventory reserves                                     257,000          540,000
R&D credit carryforwards                               331,000          180,000
       Intangibles                                     759,000          517,000
       Other                                           503,000          331,000
                                                   -----------        ---------
         Gross deferred tax assets                   4,288,000        2,768,000
Fixed assets                                           (87,000)         (58,000)
                                                    ----------        ---------
Net deferred tax assets                              4,201,000        2,710,000
Valuation allowance                                 (4,201,000)      (2,710,000)
                                               ---------------  ---------------
         Net deferred tax asset                $             -  $             -
                                               ===============  ===============

     Due to uncertainty of  realization,  no benefit for deferred tax assets has
been recognized in the accompanying financial statements.

     At February 28, 1997, the Company had net operating loss  carryforwards  of
     approximately  $6,400,000  which may be utilized to reduce  future  taxable
     income through 2011, subject to certain  limitations.  Under the Tax Reform
     Act of 1986, the amounts of and the benefits from net operating losses that
     can be carried forward may be impaired or limited in certain circumstances,
     including  a  cumulative  stock  ownership  change  of more than 50% over a
     three-year  period.  The Company's  initial public  offering and subsequent
     private  placements  have triggered  ownership  changes of greater than 50%
     and,   accordingly,   the  potential   benefits  from  utilization  of  tax
     carryforwards generated through the date of such offerings are limited. 

12.  Commitments and Contingencies

     In conjunction with a fiscal 1994 acquisition,  the Company entered into an
     agreement whereby the Company will pay an 8% royalty through August 5, 2008
     on sales of certain  Instruments and Materials  products with the aggregate
     maximum  royalty  not to  exceed  $800,000.  Additionally,  a  supplemental
     royalty of 3% of sales over  $333,000  of certain  products  is to be paid,
     with the  maximum  supplemental  royalty  limited  to  $150,000.  Aggregate
     royalty expense has not been significant for the 1997 or 1996 fiscal years.

     The Company  leases its facilities and certain  equipment  under  operating
     lease agreements, which expire in various periods through 2002. The Company
     also leases  certain  assets  under  long-term  lease  agreements  that are
     classified as capital  leases.  The total amount of assets  acquired  under
     capital lease  arrangements which are included in property and equipment is
     $406,000 and $252,000 and  accumulated  amortization on such assets totaled
     of $137,000  and  $85,000,  at February  28, 1997 and  February  29,  1996,
     respectively.

     Future minimum lease obligations are payable as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                  Capitalized       Operating
       Year Ending February                                         Leases           Leases          Total

         <S>                                                    <C>             <C>              <C>
         1998 $                                                 140,000     $     875,000     $  1,015,000
         1999                                                   103,000           600,000          703,000
         2000                                                   90,000            555,000          645,000
         2001                                                   33,000            479,000          512,000
         2002                                                   -                 325,000          325,000
              ---------------------------------------------------            ------------      -----------
         Total minimum lease payments                           366,000     $   2,834,000    $   3,200,000
                                                                            =============    =============
         Less amount representing interest                      (45,000)
                                                           ------------
         Present value of minimum lease payments                321,000
         Less current portion                                  (137,000)
                                                          -------------
         Long-term portion of obligations
            under capitalized leases                      $     184,000
                                                          =============
</TABLE>

     Rental  expense for the years ended February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996
was $739,000 and $602,000, respectively.

     In the course of its business, the Company has been named as a defendant in
     a certain action and could incur an uninsured liability.  In the opinion of
     management, the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse
     effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.


13.  Segment Information

     The  Company  groups its  business  into  three  operating  segments  and a
     corporate  segment:  (i) Power Products includes the Company's standard and
     custom AC to DC and DC to DC power supplies; (ii) Instruments and Materials
     includes specialized  materials produced through a patented bonding process
     and  the   Company's   electrostatic   discharge  and  secondary  ion  mass
     spectrometer  measurement  devices;  and (iii) SurgX,  a development  stage
     operation  that utilizes the Company's  patented  technology  that protects
     microchips and related  products from  overvoltage.  Consolidated  business
     segment  information as of February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996, and for
     each of the years then ended is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                                                     1997                1996
       <S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
       Revenues:
         Power Products                                                         $    20,390,000    $     12,014,000
         Instruments and Materials                                                    6,434,000           4,114,000
         SurgX                                                                           36,000               8,000
         Corporate                                                                            -                   -
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                $    26,860,000         $16,136,000
                                                                                ===============         ===========

       Operating income/(loss):
         Power Products                                                         $     2,445,000    $       (544,000)
         Instruments and Materials                                                   (1,311,000)           (915,000)
         SurgX                                                                         (880,000)           (553,000)
         Corporate                                                                   (2,149,000)         (1,623,000)
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                $    (1,895,000)   $     (3,635,000)
                                                                                ===============    ================

       Identifiable assets:
         Power Products                                                         $     7,676,000    $      5,487,000
         Instruments and Materials                                                    4,625,000           2,914,000
         SurgX                                                                          507,000                   -
         Corporate                                                                    2,504,000           3,939,000
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                $    15,312,000    $     12,340,000
                                                                                ===============    ================

       Depreciation and amortization expense:
         Power Products                                                         $       310,000    $        252,000
         Instruments and Materials                                                      218,000             169,000
         SurgX                                                                           13,000                   -
         Corporate                                                                       17,000                   -
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                $       558,000    $        421,000
                                                                                ===============    ================

       Capital expenditures:
         Power Products                                                         $       622,000    $        418,000
         Instruments and Materials                                                      558,000             308,000
         SurgX                                                                          317,000                   -
         Corporate                                                                       56,000                   -
                                                                                ---------------    ----------------
                                                                                $     1,553,000    $        726,000
                                                                                ===============    ================

</TABLE>

     As is more fully  discussed in Note 4, the Power  Products'  1997 loss from
     operations  includes a $670,000  write-off of research and  development  in
     process related to the Company's acquisition of the assets of Power Sensors
     Corporation. Additionally, 1997 Power Products capital expenditures include
     $120,000 for this acquisition.  The 1996  extraordinary  gain of $1,433,000
     resulted from the restructuring of certain  obligations owed by the Company
     related to the acquisition of the Power Conversion Products Group and Power
     Products' subsequent activities.


14.  Subsequent Event

     In May 1997, the Company  entered into a borrowing  facility which included
     an Accounts  Receivable  Revolving  Batch Facility and an Inventory Line of
     Credit with a financial institution.  The Inventory Line of Credit provides
     for  borrowings  of up to $1.5 million  ($750,000 of which is subject to an
     inventory  appraisal).  The Accounts  Receivable  Revolving  Batch Facility
     allows the Company to borrow up to a maximum of $4 million,  provided  that
     any amount in excess of $3.5  million  must be supported by an equal amount
     of  unused  availability  under the  Inventory  Line of  Credit.  Under the
     Facility,  the  Company is  required  to sell on an  undiscounted,  limited
     recourse basis all accounts receivable. In exchange, the Company may borrow
     under  the  Facility  up to 85% of the face  amount  of  eligible  accounts
     receivable (as defined) up to the maximum lending amount of $4 million. The
     interest rate is equal to the greater of the  institution's  base rate plus
     1.25% or 7.0%.


EXHIBIT 10.7

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE - MODIFIED NET
                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION


1. Basic Provisions ['Basic Provisions")

1.1      Parties:  This Lease  ("Lease"),  dated for  reference  purposes  only,
         AUGUST 12, 1996,is made by and between EBJ PARTNERS, L.P., A CALIFORNIA
         LIMITED PARTNERSHIP  ("lessor") and ORYX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION & SURGX
         CORPORATION ("Lessee:)  (collectively the '"Parties," or individually a
         "Party")

1.2(a)   Premises:   That  certain  portion  of  the  Building,   including  ail
Improvements  therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,
commonly known by the street address of 1100 AUBURN STREET , located In the City
of FREMONT  County of ALAMEDA , State Or  CALIFORNIA  , with zip code 94538 , as
outlined  on Exhibit A attached  hereto  ['Premises',.  The  "Building"  is that
certain  building  containing the Premises and generally  described as (describe
briefly the nature of the Building):  Approximately  22,689 square feet of R & D
building and offices of a larger  38,628  square foot  building . In addition to
Lessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified,  Lessee
shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined In Paragraph 2.7
below) as  hereinafter  specified,  but  shall not have any  rights to the roof,
exterior walls or utility  raceways of the Building or to any other buildings In
the Industrial  Center. The Premises,  the Building,  the Common Areas, the land
upon which they are located,  along with all other  buildings  and  Improvements
thereon,  are herein collectively  referred to as the "Industrial Center." (Also
see Paragraph 2.)
      1.2(b)  Parking:  Its prorata  share  unreserved  vehicle  parking  spaces
(Unreserved  Parking Spaces; and Not Applicable  reserved vehicle parking spaces
['Reserved Parking Spaces") (Also see Paragraph 2.6.)

1.3      Term: Five years and O months ("Original Term") commencing September 1,
         1996  (Commencement  Date),  and ending  August 30,  2001  ['Expiration
         Date") (Also see Paragraph 3.)

1.4      Early Possession:  See Addendum ("Early  Possession  Date").  (Also see
         Paragraphs  3.2 and 3.3.) 1.5 Base Rent:  $ 18,151.2D  per month ("Base
         Rent")  payable  on the  first  (  1st)day  of  each  month  commencing
         September 1, 1996 (Also see Paragraph 4.)

If this box is checked, this Lease provides for the Base Rent to be adjusted per
Addendum One, attached hereto.

1.6(a)   Base Rent Paid Upon  Execution:  $18,151.20 as Base Rent for the period
         September 1 through  September 30 1.6(b)  Lessee's Share of Common Area
         Operating  Expenses:  58. 70 percent  (58.70 %)  {'Lessee's  Share") as
         determined by prorate square footage of the Premises as compared to the
         total square  footage of the Building or other criteria as described in
         Addendum .

1.7      Securely Deposit: 18,151.20 ('Security Deposit) (Also see Paragraph 5.)

1.8      Permitted   use:   manufacturing   and  research  and   development  of
         electronics   equipment,   administrative,   and  other  related  uses.
         (Permitted Use-) (Also see Paragraph 6.)

1.9      Insuring Party.  Lessor Is the "Insuring Party.  (Also see Paragraph 8)

1.10(a)  Real Estate Brokers. The following real estate broker(s) (collectively,
         the "Brokers',  and brokerage  relationships  exist in this transaction
         and are consented to by the Parties (check applicable boxes):

BISHOP   HAWK represents Lessor exclusively  ('Lessor's  Broker);  GRUBB & ELLIS
         represents Lessee  exclusively  ['Lessee's Broker 1; or represents both
         Lessor and Lessee (Dual Agency-). (Also see Paragraph 15.)

1.       10(b)  Payment to  Brokers.  Upon the  execution  of this Lease by both
         Parties, Lessor shall pay to said Broker(s) jointly or in such separate
         shares as they may mutually designate In writing, a fee as set forth in
         a  separate  written   agreement  between  Lessor  and  said  Broker(s)
         for-brokerage  services  rendered by said Broker(s) In connection  with
         this transaction.  
1.11 Guarantor.  The Obligations of the Lessee under
         this Lease are to be guaranteed by NOT APPLICABLE  ("Guarantor")  (also
         see  Paragraph  37.) NO. 1 & 2 1.12  Addendum  and  Exhibits.  Attached
         hereto is an Addendum or  Addenda/consisting  of  Paragraphs 49 through
         66, and  Exhibits A through C, all of which  constitute  a part of this
         Lease.

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

      2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from
Lessor,  the Premises,  for the term, at the rental;  and upon all of the terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth in this Lease.  Unless  otherwise  provided
herein,  any  statement of square  footage set forth in this Lease,  or that may
have been used In calculating rental and/or Common Area Operating  Expenses,  is
an approximation  which Lessor and Lessee agree is reasonable and the rental and
Lessee's Share (as defined In Paragraph  1.6(b)) based thereon is not subject to
revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

      2.2 Condition.  Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free
of debris on the  Commencement  Date and  warrants to Lessee  that the  existing
plumbing,  electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, all conditioning
and heating systems and loading doors, inane, in the Premises,  other than those
constructed by Lessee,  shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement
Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date,
Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided In this Lease, promptly under receipt
of written  notice from Lessee  setting  forth with  specificity  the nature and
extent of such non-compliance,  rectify same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does
not give Lessor written  notice of a  non-compliance  with this warranty  within
thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date,  correction of that non-compliance
shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.

      2.3 Compliance  with  Covenants,  Restrictions  and Building Code.  Lessor
warrants that any  improvements  (other than those  constructed  by Lessee or at
Lessee's  direction)  on or In the  Premises  which  have  been  constructed  or
installed  by Lessor or with  Lessor's  consent or at Lessor's  direction  shall
comply with all applicable  covenants or  restrictions  of record and applicable
building codes,  regulations and ordinances in effect on the Commencement  Date.
Lessor  further  warrants to Lessee that  Lessor has no  knowledge  of any claim
having been made by any  governmental  agency that a violation or  violations of
applicable building codes,  regulations,  or ordinances exist with regard to the
Premises as of the  Commencement  Date. Said  warranties  shall not apply to any
Alterations or Utility Installations (defined In Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be
made by Lessee.  If the  Premises  do not comply  with said  warranties,  Lessor
shall,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  promptly  after receipt of
written   notice  from  Lessee  given  within  six  (6)  months   following  the
Commencement  Date and setting forth with  specificity  the nature and extent of
such non-compliance, take such action, at Lessor's expense, as may be reasonable
or appropriate to rectify the non-compliance.  Lessor makes no warranty that the
Permitted Use in Paragraph 1.8 Is permitted  for the Premises  under  Applicable
Laws (as defined In Paragraph 2.4).

      2.4  Acceptance of Premises.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  (a) that it has
been advised by the Broker(s) to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of
the Premises  including  but not limited to the  electrical  and fire  sprinkler
systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and applicable  zoning,  municipal,  county,  state and federal
laws,  ordinances and  regulations  and any covenants or  restrictions of record
(collectively, "Applicable Laws" ) and the present and future suitability of the
Premises for Lessee's intended use; (b) that Lessee has made such  investigation
as It  deems  necessary  with  reference  to such  matters,  if  satisfied  with
reference thereto,  and assume" all responsibility  therefore as the same relate
to Lessee's  occupancy of the Premises  and/or the terms of this Lease;  and (c)
that neither Lessor,  nor any of Lessor's  agents,  has made any oral or written
representations  or  warranties  with respect to said matters  other than as set
forth in this Lease.

      2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant.  The warranties made by Lessor in this
Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect it Immediately  prior to the dale set
forth In Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such
event,   Lessee  shall,   at  Lessee's  sole  cost  and  expense,   correct  any
non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

     2.6  Vehicle  Parking.  Lessee  shall  be  entitled  to use the  number  of
Unreserved  Parking Spaces and Reserved  Parking  Spaces  specified in Paragraph
1.2(b) on those  portions of the Common  Areas  designated  from time to time by
Lessor for parking.  Lessee shall not use more parking  spaces than said number.
Said  parking  spaces  shall be used for  parking  by  vehicles  no larger  than
full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called "Permitted size
Vehicles."  Vehicles  other than  Permitted  Size  Vehicles  shall be parked and
loaded or  unloaded  as  directed  by Lessor  In the Rules and  Regulations  (as
defined in Paragraph 40) Issued by Lessor. (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)

             (a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or
are controlled by Lessee or Lessee's employees,  suppliers, shippers, customers,
contractors  or Invitees to be loaded,  unloaded,  or parked in areas other than
those designated by Lessor for such activities.

             (b) If Lessee  permits or allows any of the  prohibited  activities
described  In this  Paragraph  2.6,  then Lessor  shall have the right,  without
notice,  In  addition to such other  rights and  remedies  that it may have,  to
remove or tow away the  vehicle  Involved  and charge the cost to Lessee,  which
cost shall be Immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

(c) Lessor  shall at the  Commencement  Dale of this Lease,  provide the parking
facilities required by Applicable Law.

      2.7 Common Arena -  Definition.  The term "Common  Areas Is defined as all
areas and facilities  outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line
of the Industrial  Center and Interior utility raceways within the Premises that
are  provided  and  designated  by the Lessor  from time to time for the general
non-exclusive  use of Lessor,  Lessee and other lessees of the Industrial Center
and their respective employees,  suppliers,  shippers, customers contractors and
Invitees,  Including  parking areas,  loading and unloading areas,  trash areas,
roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

      2.8 Common Areas - Lessee's Right. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, for the
benefit of Lessee and Its employees, suppliers, shippers contractors,  customers
and invitees,  during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, In
common with others  entitled  to such use,  the Common  Areas as they exist from
time to time, subject to any rights,  powers, and privileges  reserved by Lessor
under the terms  hereof  or under  the  terms of any  rules and  regulations  or
restrictions  governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances
shall the right herein  granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to Include the
right to store any property,  temporarily or  permanently,  In the Common Areas.
Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written  consent of Lessor
or Lessor's  designated agent,  which consent may be revoked at any time. In the
event that any  unauthorized  storage  shall  occur then  Lessor  shall have the
right, without notice, In addition to such other rights and remedies that It may
have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee,  which cost shall be
immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

      2.9 Common Arena - Rules and  Regulations.  Lessor or such other person(s)
as Lessor may appoint  shall have the  exclusive  control and  management of the
Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish,  modify,
amend and enforce  reasonable  rules and  Regulations  with  respect  thereto In
accordance  with Paragraph 40. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such
Rules  and  Regulations,  and  to  cause  its  employees,  suppliers,  shippers,
customers, contractors and Invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be
responsible for Lessee for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by
other lessees of the Industrial Center.

2.10     Common Area - Changes.  Lessor shall have the right,  In Lessor's  sole
         discretion, from time to time: (a) To make changes to the Common Areas,
         including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and
         number of driveways,  enhances,  parking spaces, parking areas, loading
         and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic,  landscaped
         areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b)      To close  temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance  purposes
         so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c)      To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Industrial Center
         to be a part of the Common Areas

(d)      To add additional buildings and Improvements to the Common Areas;

(e)      To  use  the  Common   Areas   while   engaged  In  making   additional
         Improvements,  repairs or alterations to the Industrial  Center, or any
         portion thereof; and

(f)      To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or
         with respect to the Common Areas and  Industrial  Center as Lessor may,
         In the exercise of sound business Judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term

      3.1 The Commencement Data, Expiration Data and Original Term of this Lease
are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

      3.2  Early  Possession.  If an  Early  Possession  Data  Is  specified  In
Paragraph 1.4 and if Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises alter the
Early Possession Date but prior to the Commencement  Date, the obligation to pay
Base Rent  shall be abated for the  period of such  early  occupancy.  All other
terms of this lease,  however,  (including but not limited to the obligations to
pay Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating  Expenses and to carry the Insurance
required by Paragraph 8) shall be in effect  during such period.  Any such early
possession  shall not affect nor advance  the  Expiration  Date of the  Original
Term.

      3.3  Delay  In  Possession.  If  for  any  reason  Lessor  cannot  deliver
possession  of the Premises to lessee by the Early  Possession  Date,  if one Is
specified In Paragraph 1.4, or if no Early Possession Date is specified,  by the
Commencement Date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability  therefore,  nor
shall such failure  affect the  validity of this Lease,  or the  obligations  of
Lessee hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but In such case, Lessee shall not,
except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  be obligated to pay rent or perform any
other  obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until Lessor  delivers
possession  of the  Premises to Lessee.  If  possession  of the  Premises is not
delivered to Lessee  within sixty (60) days after the  Commencement  Data Lessee
may,  at Its option,  by notice In writing to Lessor  within ten (10) days after
the end of said sixty (60) day period,  cancel  this  Lease,  In which event the
parties shall be discharged from all obligations  hereunder;  provided  further,
however,  that if such written notice of Lessee is not received by Lessor within
said ten (10) day period,  Lessee's right to cancel this Lease  hereunder  shall
terminate  and be of no  further  force or  effect.  Except as may be  otherwise
provided,  and  regardless  of when the Original  Term  actually  commences,  If
possession is not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease and Lessee does
not terminate this Lessee as aforesaid, the period free of the obligation to pay
Base Rent, if any, that Lessee would  otherwise  have enjoyed shall run from the
date of delivery of  possession  and  continue  for a period equal to the period
during which the Lessee would have otherwise enjoyed under the terms hereof, but
minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4. Rent.

      4.1 Base Rent.  Lessee  shall pay Base rent and other rent or charges,  as
the same may be  adjusted  from time to time,  to Lessor in lawful  money of the
United States, without offset or deduction,  on or before the day on which it Is
due under the terms of this Lease.  Base Rent and all other rent and charges for
any period during the term hereof which Is for less than one full month shall be
prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved.

Payment of Base rent and other  charges  shall be made to Lessor at its  address
stated herein or to such other persons or at such other  addresses as Lessor may
from time to time designate in writing to Lessee.

4.2 Common Area Operating  Expenses.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term
hereof, In addition to the Lease Rent,  Lessee's Share as specified In Paragraph
1.6(b)) of all Common Area Operating Expenses,  as hereinafter  defined,  during
each calendar year of the term of this Lease,  In accordance  with the following
provisions:
         (a) "Common Area Operating Expenses" are defined,  for purposes of this
Lease,  as all costs Incurred by Lessor  relating to the ownership and operation
of the Industrial Center, Including, but not limited to, the following:
                  (i) The operation,  repair and  maintenance,  in neat,  clean,
good order and condition, of the following:

                      (aa)  The Common Areas, Including parking areas, loading 
and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways,
sidewalks,  walkways, parkways, driveways,  landscaped areas, striping, bumpers,
Irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators
and roof.

                      (bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

                      (cc) Fire detection and sprinkler systems.

                   (ii) The cost of water,  gas,  electricity  and  telephone to
service the Common Areas.
         
            (iii) Trash disposal, property management and security services and
 the costs of any environmental    inspections.

                  (iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance and repair of Common 
Areas.
                   (v) Real Property  Taxes (as defined in Paragraph  10.2) to
be paid by Lessor for the Building and the Common Areas
under Paragraph 10 hereof.
                   (vi)  The cost of the  premiums  for the  Insurance  policies
                   maintained  by Lessor  under  Paragraph  8 hereof.  (vii) Any
                   deductible portion of an Insured IOSB concerning the Building
                   or the Common Areas.

                   (viii) Any other  services  to be provided by Lessor that are
stated elsewhere In this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expanse.
              (b) Any Common Area  Operating  Expenses and Real  Property  Taxes
that are  specifically  attributable to the Building or to any other building in
the industrial Center or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall
be allocated  entirely to the Building or to such other building.  However,  any
Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically
attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation repair
and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings
In the Industrial Center.
             (c) The Inclusion of the Improvements,  facilities and services set
forth In  Subparagraph  4.2(a) shall not be deemed to Impose an obligation  upon
Lessor to either  have said  Improvements  or  facilities  or to  provide  those
services  unless the  Industrial  Center  already has the same,  Lessor  already
Provides the services,  or Lessor has agreed  elsewhere in this Lease to provide
the same or some of them.
            (d)  Lessee's  Share of  Common  Area  Operating  Expenses  shall be
payable by Lessee within ten (10) days after a reasonably  detailed statement of
actual expenses is presented to Lessee by Lessor.  At Lessor's option,  however,
an amount may be  estimated  by Lessor  from time to time of  Lessee's  Share of
annual Common Area Operating  Expenses and the same shall be payable  monthly or
quarterly,  as Lessor shall designate,  during each 12-month period of The Lease
term, on the same day as the Base rent Is due hereunder. Lessor shall deliver to
Lessee  within  sixty (60) days after the  expiration  of each  calendar  year a
reasonably  detailed  statement showing Lessee's Share of the actual Common Area
Operating  Expenses  Incurred  during the preceding  year. If lessee's  payments
under this Paragraph  4.2(d) during said preceding year exceed Lessee's Share as
Indicated  on said  statement,  Lessor  shall be  credited  the  amount  of such
overpayment  against  Lessee's  Share of Common  Area  Operating  Expenses  next
becoming  due. If Lessee's  payments  under This  Paragraph  4.2(d)  during said
preceding  year were less than  Lessee's  Share as indicated on said  statement,
Lessee  shall pay to Lessor  the amount of the  deficiency  within tan ,10) days
after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of said statement.

5. Security  Deposit.  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon Lessee's  execution
hereof the Security  Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Lessee's
faithful  performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails
to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder,  or otherwise  Defaults
under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Lessor may use, apply or retain
all or any  portion of said  Security  Deposit for the payment of any amount due
Lessor or to reimburse or compensate  Lessor for any liability,  cost,  expense,
loss or damage  (including  attorney's fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by
reason  thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said  Security
Deposit,  Lessee  shall  within ten (10) days alter  written  request  therefore
deposit  monies with Lessor  sufficient to restore said Security  Deposit to the
full amount required by this Lease.  Any time the Base Rent increases during the
term of this Lease,  Lessee  shall,  upon written  request from Lessor,  deposit
additional monies with Lessor as an addition to the Security Deposit so that the
total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion
to the then  current  Base Rent as the  initial  Security  Deposit  bears to the
initial  Base Rent set forth in Paragraph  1.5.  Lessor shall not be required to
keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from Its general accounts.
Lessor shall,  at the  expiration or earlier  termination of the term hereof and
after  Lessees  has  vacated  the  Premises,  return to Lessee  (or, at Lessor's
option, to the last assignee, If any, of Lessee's Interest herein), that portlon
of the  Security  Deposit  not  used or  applied  by  Lessor.  Unless  otherwise
expressly agreed In writing by Lessor,  no part of the Security Deposit shall be
considered to be held in trust, to bear interest of other increment for Its use,
or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6.  Use

6.1 Permitted Use

             (a) Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted
Use set  forth In  Paragraph  1.8,  or any other  legal use which is  reasonably
comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the
use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful,  creates  waste or a nuisance,
or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the Premises or
neighboring premises or properties.

             (b)) Lessor hereby agrees to not unreasonably withhold or delay Its
consent to any written request by Lessee,  Lessee's  assignees or subtenants and
by prospective assignees and subtenants of Lessee, Its assignees and subtenants,
for a  modification  of said  Permitted Use, so long as the same will not Impair
the structural  integrity of the Improvements on the Premises or In the Building
or the mechanical or electrical systems therein,  does not conflict with uses by
other  lessees,  is not  significantly  more  burdensome  to the Premises or the
Building and the Improvements  thereon, and is otherwise permissible pursuant to
this Paragraph 6. If Lessor elects to withhold such content, Lessor shall within
five (5) business days after such request give a written  notification  of same,
which notice shelf Include an explanation of Lessor's  reasonable  objections to
the change In use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

             (a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term "Hazardous Substance.
as used In this Lease shall mean any product,  substance,  chemical, malarial or
waste whose  presence,  nature,  quantify  and/or  intensity of existence,  use,
manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect either by Itself
or In combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either
p)  potentially   Injurious  to  the  public  health,  safety  or  welfare,  the
environment,  or the Premises;  (ii) regulated or monitored by any  governmental
authority;   or  (iii)  a  basis  for  potential  liability  of  Lessor  to  any
governmental  agency or third party under any  applicable  statute or common law
theory.  hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons,
petroleum,  gasoline,  crude oil or any products or by-products thereof.  Lessee
shall not engage In any activity In or about the Premises  which  constitutes  a
Reportable  Use (as  hereinafter  defined) of Hazardous  Substances  without the
express  prior written  consent of Lessor and  compliance in a timely manner (at
Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all Applicable  Requirements (as defined In
Paragraph 6.3).  reportable  use" shall mean (i) the  Installation or use of any
above or below ground storage tank,  pi) the  generation,  possession,  storage,
use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit
from, or with respect to which a report,  notice,  registration or business plan
is required to be filed with, any governmental authority,  and (ii) the presence
In, on or about the Premises o1 a Hazardous  Substance with respect to which any
Applicable Laws require that a notice be given to persons  entering or occupying
the Premises or neighboring propels.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may,
without Lessor's prior consent, but upon notice to Lessor and In compliance with
all Applicable Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably
required to be used by Lessee In the normal course of the permitted Use, so long
as such  use is not a  reportable  Use and  does  not  expose  the  Premises  or
neigboring  properties  to any  meaningful  risk of  contamination  or damage or
expose Lessor to any liability  therefor.  In addition,  Lessor may (but without
any  obligation  to do so) condition  its consent to any  Reportable  use of any
Hazardous  Substance  by Lessee upon  Lessee's  giving  Lessor  such  additional
assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable  discretion,  deems necessary to protect
Itself,   the  public,   the  Premises  and  the  environment   against  damage,
contamination or injury and/or liability therefor,  including but not limited to
the installation (and, at Lessor's option, removal on or before Lease expiration
or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective  modifications to the
Premises  (such as concrete  encasements)  and/or the  deposit of an  additional
Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

             (b) Duty to Inform Lessor, If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause
to believe,  that a Hazardous  Substance has come to be located In, on, under or
about the Premises or the  Building,  other than as  previously  consented to by
Lessor,  Lessee shall  Immediately give Lessor written notice thereof,  together
with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit,
business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from,
any  governmental  authority or private party  concerning  the presence,  spill,
release,  discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous  Substance  including but
not  limited 10 all such  documents  as may be Involved  In any  Reportable  Use
Involving the Premises. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance
to be  spilled  or  released  in, on,  under or about the  Premises  (Including,
without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system).

             (c) Indemnification.  Lessee shall Indemnify,  protect,  defend and
hold Lessor, its agents,  employees,  lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the
Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments,
costs, claims, liens,  expenses,  penalties,  loss of permits and attorneys' and
consultant's fees along out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto
the  Premises by or for Lessee or by anyone  under  Lessee's  control.  Lessee's
obligations  under this Paragraph  6.2(c) shall Include,  but not be limited to,
the  effects  of  any  contamination  or  injury  to  person,  property  or  the
environment  created  or  suffered  by  Lessee,  and the  cost of  investigation
including consultants' and attorneys' fees and testing),  removal,  remediation,
restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination  therein involved,
and shall  survive the  expiration  or earlier  termination  of this  Lease.  No
termination, cancellation or release agreement entered Into by Lessor and Lessee
shall  release  Lessee  from its  obligations  under this Lease with  respect to
Hazardous Substances,  unless specifically so agreed by Lessor In writing at the
time of such agreement.

      6.3 Lessee's Compliance with Requirements.  Lessee shall, a1 Lessee's sole
cost and expense,  fully,  diligently  and In a timely  manner,  comply with all
"Applicable  Requirements;  which  term is used In this  Lease to mean all laws,
rules,   regulations,   ordinances,   directives,   covenants,   easements   and
restrictions  of  record,  permits,  the  requirements  of any  applicable  fire
Insurance  underwriter or rating  bureau,  and the  recommendations  of Lessor's
engineers and/or consultants,  relating In any manner to the Premises (including
but  not  limited  to  matters  pertaining  to  (i)  industrial   hygiene,   (i)
environmental conditions on, In, under or about the Premises, Including soil and
groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture,  production,
installation maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of
any Hazardous Substance), now In effect or which may hereafter come Into effect.
Lessee shall,  within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor's  written  request,
provide Lessor with copies of all documents and  information,  including but not
limited  to  permits,  registrations,   manifests,   applications,  reports  and
certificates,  evidencing Lessee's  compliance with any Applicable  Requirements
specified  by Lessor,  and shall  Immediately  upon  receipt,  notify  Lessor In
writing  (with copies of any  documents  involved) of any  threatened  or actual
claim, notice, citation warning,  complaint or report pertaining to or Involving
failure by Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

      6.4 Inspection;; Compliance with Law:. Lessor, Lessor's agents, employees,
contractors  and designated  representatives,  and the holders of any mortgages,
deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises ['Lenders', shall have the right
to enter the Premises at any time In the case of an emergency,  and otherwise at
reasonable  times,  for the purpose of Inspecting  the condition of the Premises
and for  verifying  compliance  by  Lessee  with this  Lease and all  Applicable
Requirements  (as defined in  Paragraph  6.3),  and Lessor  shall be entitled to
employ experts and/or consultants In connection  therewith to advise Lessor with
respect  to  Lessee's   activities,   Including  but  not  limited  to  Lessee's
Installation,  operation,  use,  monitoring,  maintenance,  or  removal  of  any
Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises.  The costs and expenses of any such
Inspections  shall be paid by the party  requesting  same,  unless a Default  or
Breach of this Lease by Lessee or a violation of  Applicable  Requirements  or a
contamination,  caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, is found to exist
or  to  be  imminent,  or  unless  the  Inspection  requested  or  ordered  by a
governmental  authority as the result of any such existing or Imminent violation
or  contamination.  In such case,  Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor or
Lessor's Lender, as the case maybe, for the costs and expenses/such inspection.

7, Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee's Obligations,

             (a) Subject to the  provisions of Paragraphs 2.2  (Condition),  2.3
(Compliance  with  Covenants,  Restrictions  and Building  Code),  7.2 (Lessor's
Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at
Lessee's sole cost and expense and at all times keep the Premises end every part
thereof In good order,  condition and repair (whether or not such portion of the
Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or
readily  accessible  to Lessee,  and  whether  or not the need for such  repairs
occurs as a result of Lessee's  use,  any prior use,  the elements or the age of
such portion of the Premises), Including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing,  all equipment or facilities  specifically serving the Premises, such
as  plumbing,  heating,  air  conditioning,  ventilating,  electrical,  lighting
facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if
within the Premises,  fixtures,  Interior walls,  Interior  surfaces of exterior
walls,  ceilings,  floors,  windows,  doors,  plate glass,  and  skylights,  but
excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph
7.2 below. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order,  condition and repair,
shall  exercise and perform good  maintenance  practices.  Lessee's  obligations
shall Include restorations,  replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the
Premises and all Improvements thereon or a part thereof In good order, condition
and state of repair.

             (b) Lessee shall,  at Lessee's  sole cost and expense,  procure and
maintain a contract,  with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for
and  with  a  contractor   specializing   and  experienced  In  the  inspection,
maintenance and service of the heating,  air conditioning and ventilation system
for the Premises.  However,  Lessor reserve the right, upon notice to Lessee, to
procure  and  maintain  the  contract  for the  heating,  air  conditioning  and
ventilating  systems,  and If Lessor so elects,  Lessee shall reimburse  Lessor,
upon demand, for the cost thereof.

             (c) If Lessee  fails to  perform  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Paragraph  7.1,  Lessor may enter upon the  Premises  under ten (10) days' prior
written notice to Lessee  (except In the case of an emergency,  In which case no
notice shall be required),  perform such obligations on Lessee's behalf, and put
the Premises In good order  condition and repair,  In accordance  with Paragraph
13.2 below.

      7.2 Lessor's  Obligations.  Sublet to the  provisions  of  Paragraphs  2.2
(Condition),  2.3 (Compliance  with Covenants,  Restrictions and Building Coda),
4.2 (Common Area Operating  expenses),  6. (Use) 7.1 (Lessee's  Obligations),  9
(Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation),  Lessor, subject to reimbursement
pursuant to Paragraph  4.2,  shall keep In good order,  condition and repair the
foundations,  exterior walls,  structural  condition of Interior  bearing walls,
exterior  roof,  fire  sprinkler  and/or  standpipe  and hose (11 located In the
Common Areas) or other automatic fire extinguishing system Including fire alarm

Initials:

  ore,.  -~



<PAGE>


and/or smoke  detection  systems and  equipment,  fire  hydrants,  parking lots,
walkways,  parkways,  driveways,  landscaping,  fences, signs and utility system
serving'  the  Common  Areas and all parts  thereof,  as well as  providing  the
services  for  which  there is a  Common  Area  Operating  Expense  pursuant  to
Paragraph  4.2.  Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or Interior
surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain,  repair or
replace windows,  doors or plate glass of the Premises.  Lessee expressly waives
the benefit of any  statute now or  hereafter  In effect  which would  otherwise
afford Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor's expense or to terminate this
Lease  because of Lessor's  failure to keep the building,  Industrial  Center or
Common Areas In good order, conditlon and repair

7.3 Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, Alterations.

             (a) Definitions; Consent required. The term "Utility Installations"
is used In this  Lease to  refer  to all air  lines,  power  panels,  electrical
distribution,   security,  fire  protection  systems,   communications  systems,
lighting  fixtures,   heating,   ventilating  and  alr  conditioning  equipment,
plumbing,  and fencing In, on or about the Premises.  The term "Trade  Fixtures"
shall mean Lessee's  machinery and equipment  which can be removed without doing
material  damage  to  the  Premises.  The  term  "Alterations"  shall  mean  any
modification  of the  improvements  on the Premises which are provided by Lessor
under  the  terms of this  Lease,  other  than  Utility  Installations  or Trade
Fixtures. "Lessee-Owned Alterations and/or utility installations. are defined as
Alterations  and/or Utility  Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned
by Lessor  pursuant to Paragraph  7.4(a).  Lessee shall not make nor cause to be
made any  Alterations  or  Utility  Installations  in,  on,  under or about  the
Premises  without  Lessor's prior written  consent.  Lessee may,  however,  make
non-structural  Utility Installations to the Interior of the Premises (excluding
the roof) without  Lessor's  consent but upon notice to Lessor,  so long as they
are not  visible  from the outside of the  Premises  do not involve  puncturing,
relocating  or  removing  the  roof  or  any  existing  walls,  or  changing  or
Interfering with the fire sprinkler or fire detection systems and the cumulative
cost  thereof  during  the  term of this  Lease  as  extended  does  not  exceed
$2,500.00.

             (b) Consent.  Any Alterations or Utility  Installations that Lessee
shall  desire to make and which  require  the  consent  of the  Lessor  shall be
presented to Lessor In written form with detailed  plans.  All consents given by
Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent,
shall be deemed  conditioned upon: p) Lessee's  acquiring all applicable permits
required  by  governmental  authorities;  pi) the  furnishing  of copies of such
permits together with a copy of the plans and  specifications for the Alteration
or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work thereon; and
(ii) the  compliance  by Lessee with all  conditions of said permits In R prompt
and  expeditious  manner.  Any  Alterations or Utility  Installations  by Lessee
during the term of this Lease  shall be done In a good and  workmanlike  manner,
with good and sufficient  materials,  and be the compliance  with all Applicable
requirements.  Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with
as-built plans and specifications therefor.  Lessor may, (but without obligation
to do  so)  condition  Its  consent  to  any  requested  Alteration  or  Utility
Installation that costs $2,500.00 or more upon Lessee's  providing Lessor with a
lien and  completion  bond in an  amount  equal to one and  one-half  times  the
estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

             (c) Lien Protection. Lessee shall pay when due all claims for labor
or material  furnished or alleged to have been  furnished to or for Lessee at or
for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or
materialmen's  lien against the Premises or any interest  therein.  Lessee shall
give Lessor not lass than tan (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any
work in,  on, or about the  Premises,  and  Lessor  shall have the right to post
notices of  non-responsibility  In or on the  Premises  as  provided  by law. If
Lessee  shall,  In good faith,  contest the validity of any such lien,  claim or
demand,  then Lessee  shall,  at Its sole  expense,  defend and protect  itself,
Lessor and the  Premises  against  the same and shall pay and  satisfy  any such
adverse  judgement that may be rendered  thereon before the enforcement  thereof
against  the Lessor or the  Premises.  If Lessor  shall  require,  Lessee  shall
furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor In an amount equal to one
and  one-half  times  the  amount  of  such  contested  lien  claim  or  demand,
Indemnifying  Lessor against  liability for the same, as required by law for the
holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition,
Lessor  may  require  Lessee  to pay  Lessor's  attorneys'  fees  and  costs  In
participating  In such action If Lessor shall decide It is to Its best  interest
to do so.

7.4 Ownership, removal, Surrender, and Restoration.

             (a)  Ownership.  Sublet to Lessor's  right to require their removal
and to cause Lessee to become the owner thereof as hereinafter  provided In this
Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by
Lessee  shall be the property of and owned by Lessee,  but  considered a part of
the  Premises.  Lessor may,  at any time and at Its option,  elect In writing to
Lessee  to be  the  owner  of  all or any  specified  part  of the  Lessee-Owned
Alterations  and  Utility   Installations.   Unless  otherwise   Instructed  per
Subparagraph   7.4(b)  hereof,   all   Lessee-Owned   Alterations   and  Utility
Installations  shall,  at the  expiration or earlier  termination of this Lease,
become the property of Lessor and remain upon the  Premises  and be  surrendered
with the Premises by Lessee.

              (b)  removal.  Unless  otherwise  agreed In  writing,  Lessor  may
require that any or all  Lessee-Owned  Alterations or Utility  Installations  be
removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,  notwithstanding
that their Installation may have been consented to by Lessor. Lessor may require
the  removal  at any  time of all or any  part  of any  Alterations  or  Utility
Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

             (c)  Surrender/Restoration.  Lessee shall surrender the Premises by
the end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier terminatlon date, clean
and free of debris and In good operating  order,  condition and state of repair,
ordinary  wear and tear  excepted.  Ordinary wear and tear shall not Include any
damage or  deterioration  that would  have been  prevented  by good  maintenance
practice or by Lessee performing all of Its obligations under this Lease. Except
as otherwise agreed or specified  herein,  the Premises,  as surrendered,  shall
Include the  Alterations  and Utility  Installations.  The  obligation of Lessee
shall  Include  the  repair  of  any  damage  occasioned  by  the  installation,
maintenance or removal of Lessee's Trade f fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and
Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility  Installations,  as well as the removal of
any storage tank Installed by or for Lessee,  and the removal,  replacement,  or
remediation of any soil, material or ground water contaminated by Lessee, all as
may then be required by Applicable  requirements and/or good practice.  Lessee's
Trade  Fixtures  shall  remain  the  property  of Lessee and shall be removed by
Lessee  subject to Its  obligation  to repair and restore the  Premises per this
Lease.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

      8.1  Payment  of  Premiums.  the cost of the  premiums  for the  Insurance
policies  maintained  by Lessor  under this  Paragraph  8 shall be a Common Area
Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof.  Premiums for policy periods
commencing  prior to,  or  extending  beyond,  the term of this  Lease  shall be
prorated to coincide  with the  corresponding  Commencement  Date or  Expiration
Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

             (a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep In force during
the term of this  Lease a  Commercial  General  Liability  policy  of  Insurance
protecting  Lessee,  Lessor and any Lender(s)  whose names have been provided to
Lessee In writing (as  additional  Insured)  agalnst  clalms for bodlly  injury,
personal injury and property damage based upon,  Involving or arising out of the
ownership,  use,  occupancy  or  maintenance  of  the  Premises  and  all  areas
appurtenant  thereto.  Such Insurance shall be on an occurrence  basis providing
single limit coverage In an amount not less than  $1,000,000 per occurrence with
an 'Additional  Insured-Managers or Lessors of premises  endorsement and contain
the Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion  endorsement for damage caused by heat,
smoke  or  fumes  from  a  hostile  fire.  The  policy  shall  not  contain  any
Intra-lnsured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations,  but shall
Include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an "insured contract"
for the  performance of Lessee's  indemnity  obligations  under this Lease.  The
limits of said  insurance  required by this Lease ores  carried by Lessee  shall
not,  however,  limited  liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessesof any obilgatlon
hereunder.  All  Insurance  to be carrled by lessee  shall be prlmary to and not
contrlbutory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall
be considered excess Insurance only.

             (b)  Carried  by  Lessor.  Lessor  shall  also  maintain  liability
Insurance  described In Paragraph  8.2(a) above,  In addition to and not In lieu
of, the Insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named
as an additional Insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance-Buliding, Improvements and Rental Value.

             (a) Building and Improvement. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy or policies  In the name of Lessor,  with
JOBS payable to Lessor and to any Lender(s),  Insuring against loss or damage to
the Premises.  Such Insurance  shall be for full  replacement  cost, as the same
shall exist from time to time, or the amount  required by any Lender(s),  but In
no event more than the  commercially  reasonable and available  Insurable  value
thereof If, by reason of the unique nature or age of the Improvements  Involved,
such later amount Is less than full replacement cost.  Lessee-Owned  Alterations
and Utility  Installations,  Trade Fixtures and Lessee's personal property shall
be Insured by Lessee  pursuant to Paragraph 8.4. H the coverage Is available and
commercially  appropriate,  Lessor's policy or policies shall Insure against all
risks of direct  physical  loss or damage  (except  the  perils of flood  and/or
earthquake unless required by a Lender),  Including  coverage for any additional
costs  resulting from debris removal and reasonable  amounts of coverage for the
enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement
of any undamaged  sections of the Building  required to be demolished or removed
by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as
the result of a covered loss,  but not  including  plate glass  Insurance.  Said
policy or policies shall also contain an agreed  valuation  provision in lieu of
any co-insurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation ',guard protection
causing an Increase In the annual property Insurance coverage amount by a factor
of not less than the adjusted U.S.  Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for
All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.

             (b) Rental Value.  Lessor shall also obtain and keepin force during
the term of this Lease a pollcy or  policies  In the name of  Lessor,  with loss
payable to Lessor and any  Lender(s),  insuring  the loss of the full rental and
other  charges  payable by all  lessees of the  building  to Lessor for one year
including all f teal Property Taxes,  Insurance costs, all Common Area Operating
Expenses and any scheduled rental Increases). Said Insurance may provide that In
the event the Lease 18 terminated  by reason of an Insured  loss,  the period of
indemnity for such coverage shall be extended  beyond the date of the completion
of repairs or replaceme to the Premises,  to provide for one full year's loss of
rental  revenues from the date of any such loss. Said Insurance shall contain an
agreed valuation provision In lieu of any co-insurance clause, and the amount of
coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income, Real
Property Taxes,  insurance premium costs and other expenses,  If any,  otherwise
payable,  for the next 1 2-month  period.  Common Area Operating  Expenses shall
Include any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

             (c)  Adjacent  Premises.  Lessee  shall pay for any Increase In the
premiums for the property  Insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or
other buildings In the Industrial  Center If said Increase Is caused by Lessee's
acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

             (d) Lessee's  Improvements.  Since  Lessor is the  insuring  Party,
Lessor  shall not be required  to insure  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and Utility
installations  unless the Item in  question  has become the  property  of Lessor
under the terms of this Lease.

      8.4 Lessee's Property Insurance.  subject to the requirements of Paragraph
8.5, Lessee at Its cost shall either by separate policy or, at Lessor's  option,
by endorsement to a policy already carried,  maintain  Insurance coverage on all
of Lessee's personal property,  Trade Fixtures and Lessee-Owned  Alterations and
Utility  Installations In, on, or about the Premises similar In coverage to that
carried by Lessor as the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3(a).

Such Insurance shall be full  replacement cost coverage with a deductible not to
exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such Insurance shall be used
by Lessee for the replacement of personal  property and the restoration of Trade
Fixtures and Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility  Installations.  Upon request
from  Lessor,  Lessee  shall  provide  Lessor with  written  evidence  that such
Insurance Is In force.

8.5      Insurance Policies.  Insurance required hereunder shall be In companies
         duly licensed to transact  business In the state where the Premises are
         located, and maintaining during the policy term a General Policyholders
         Rating.  of at least B +, V, or such other rating as may be required by
         a Lender, as set

Initial:



<PAGE>


forth in the most current Issue of "Best's Insurance Guide.. Lessee shall not do
or permit to be d `~,e anything which shall  Invalidate  the insurance  policies
referred to In this  Paragraph  8. Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor,
within  seven p) days  alter the  earlier  of the Early  Possession  Date or the
Commencement Date, certified copies of, or certificates evidencing the existence
and amounts of, the insurance  required under Paragraph  8.2(a) and e.4. No such
policy shall be cancelable or subject to  modification  except after thirty (30)
days' prior  written  notice to Lessor.  Lessee  shall at least thirty (30) days
prior to the  expiration  of such  policies,  furnish  Lessor  with  evidence of
renewals or insurance binders  evidencing  renewal thereof,  or Lessor may order
such  Insurance  and charge the cost  thereof to Lessee,  which  amount shall be
payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.

      8.6 Waiver of Subrogatlon. Without affecting any other rights or remedies,
Lessee and Lessor  each hereby  release  and relieve the other,  and waive their
entire  right to recover  damages  (whether In contract or In tort)  against the
other,  for loss or damage to their  property  arising out of or Incident to the
perils  required to be Insured  against  under  Paragraph  8. The effect of such
releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the
amount of  insurance  carried  or  required,  or by any  deductibles  applicable
thereto.  Lessor and Lessee agree to have their respective  Insurance  companies
issuing  property  damage  insurance  waive any right to  subrogation  that such
companies  may have against  Lessor  Lessee,  as the case maybe,  so long as the
insurance is not invalidated thereby.

      8.7  Indemnity.  Except for Lessor's  negligence  and/or breach of express
warranties,  Lessee  shall  Indemnify,  protect,  de/end and hold  harmless  the
Premises,  Lessor and Its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and
Lenders,  from and  against any and all claims,  loss of rents  and/or  damages,
costs,  liens,  |judgements,   penalties,   loss  of  permits,   attorneys'  and
consultants' fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving,  or In
connection with the occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee's
business,  any act,  omission  or neglect of Lessee,  Its  agents,  contractors,
employees  or  Invitees,  and out of any  Default  or  Breach  by  Lessee In the
performance  In a  timely  manner  of any  obligation  on  Lessee's  part  to be
performed under this Lease. The foregoing shall Include,  but not be limited to,
the  defense  or  pursuit  of any  claim or any  action or  proceeding  Involved
therein,  and  whether  or not  (In the  case of  claims  made  against  Lessor)
litigated  and/or  reduced to  judgement.  In case any action or  proceeding  be
brought  against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing  matters,  Lessee upon
notice  from  Lessor  shall  defend  the same at  Lessee's  expense  by  counsel
reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee In such
defense.  Lessor  need not  have  first  paid  any such  claim In order to be so
Indemnified.

      8.8  Exemption  of Lessor from  Liability.  Lessor shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee,  Lessee's  employees,  contractors,  Invitees,  customers,  or any other
person In or about the  Premises,  whether such damage or injury Is caused by or
results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage,  obstruction  or  other  defects  of  pipes,  fire  sprinklers,  wires,
appliances,  plumbing,  air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause,  whether said injury or damage results from  conditions  arising upon the
Premises or upon other  portions of the  Building  of which the  Premises  are a
part, from other sources or places,  and regardless of whether the cause of such
damage or Injury or the means of repairing the same Is accessible or not. Lessor
shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other
lessee of Lessor nor from the failure by Lessor to enforce the provisions of any
other lease in the Industrial  Center.  Notwithstanding  Lessor's  negligence or
breach of this Lease,  Lessor shall under no  circumstances be liable for Injury
to Lessee's business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

             (a) "Premises  Partial  Damage" shall mean damage or destruction to
the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the
repair cost of which damage or  destruction  is less than fifty percent (50%) of
the then  Replacement  Cost (as  defined In  Paragraph  9.1(d)) of the  Premises
(excluding   Lessee-Owned   alterations  and  utility  installations  and  Trade
fixtures) Immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

             (b) "Premises Total  Destruction.  shall mean damage or destruction
to the Premises,  other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations,
the repair cost of which damage or destruction Is fifty percent (50%) or more of
the then Replacement Cost of the Premises  (excluding  Lessee-Owned  alterations
and utility  Installations and Trade fixtures)  immediately prior to such damage
or destruction.  In addition,  damage or destruction to the building, other than
Lessee-Owned  alterations  and utility  installations  and Trade fixtures of any
lessees  of the  building,  the cost of which  damage  or  destruction  of fifty
percent  (50%)  or more of the then  Replacement  Cost  (excluding  Lessee-Owned
alterations and utility  installations  and Trade fixtures of any lessees of the
Building)  of the  building  shall,  at the  option of  Lessor,  be deemed to be
Premises Total Destruction.

             (c)  "Insured  Loss"  shall  mean  damage  or  destruction  to  the
Premises,  other than  Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility  Installations  and
trade  fixtures was caused by an event  required to be covered by the  Insurance
described In Paragraph B.3(a) irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage
limits Involved.

             (d) "Replacement Cost" shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the
Improvements  owned by Lessor at the time of the  occurrence to their  condition
existing  Immediately prior thereto,  including  demolition,  debris removal and
upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes,  ordinances or
laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

             (e) "Hazardous  Substance  Condition"  shall mean the occurrence or
discovery of a condition  Involving  the presence of, or a  contamination  by, a
Hazardous  Substance  as  deemed  In  Paragraph  6.2(a),  In,  on.  or under the
Premises.

      9.2 Premises  Partial  Damage - Insured Loss. If Premises  Partial  Damage
that is an Insured Loss occurs,  then Lessor shall, at Lessor s expense,  repair
such damage (but not Lessee s Trade  fixtures or  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and
Utility  Installations  as soon as  reasonably  possible  end  the  Lease  shall
continue  In full  force and  effect.  In the  event,  however,  that there Is a
shortage of  Insurance  proceeds and such  shortage is due to the fact that,  by
reason  of  the  unique  nature  of  the  Improvements  In  the  Premises,  full
replacement  cost  Insurance  coverage  was  not  commercially   reasonable  and
available,  Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage In Insurance
proceeds or to fully  restore the unique  aspects of the Premises  unless Lessee
provides  Lessor with the funds to cover same,  or adequate  assurance  thereof,
within ten (10) days  following  receipt of written  notice of such shortage and
request  therefor.  If Lessor receives said funds or adequate  assurance thereof
within  said  ten  (t0)  day  period,  Lessor  shall  complete  them  as soon as
reasonably  possible  and this Lease shall  remain In full force and effect.  If
Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance  within said period,  Lessor may
nevertheless  elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (t0) days  thereafter
to make such  restoration and repair as Is  commercially  reasonable with Lessor
paying any shortage in  proceeds,  In which case this Lease shall remain In full
force and effect. If Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance within such
ten (10) day period, and if Lessor does not so elect to restore and repair, then
this Lease shall  terminate  sixty (60) days  following  the  occurrence  of the
damage or destruction.  Unless otherwise  agreed,  Lessee shall In no event have
any right to  reimbursement  from Lessor for any funds  contributed by Lessee to
repair any such damage or destruction.  Premises  Partial Damage due to flood or
earthquake  shall be  subject  to  Paragraph  9.3  rather  than  Paragraph  9.2,
notwithstanding that there may be some Insurance coverage,  but the net proceeds
of any such insurance  shall be made available for the repairs if made by either
Party.

      9.3 Partial  Damage - Uninsured  Lose. If Premises  Partial Damage that if
not an Insured  Loss  occurs,  unless  caused by a  negligent  or willful act of
Lessee (in which event  Lessee  shall make the  repairs at Lessee's  expense and
this Lease  shall  continue  In full force and  effect),  Lessor may at Lessor's
option, either (1) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's
expense,  In which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect,  or
(ii) give  written  notice to Lessee  within  thirty (30) days after  receipt by
Lessor of  knowledge  of the  occurrence  of such damage of  Lessor's  desire to
terminate  this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days  following the date of such
notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's  intention to
terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the
receipt of such notice to give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment
to pay for the repair of such  damage  totally at  Lessee's  expense and without
reimbursement  from Lessor.  Lessee shall provide Lessor with the required funds
or  satisfactory  assurance  thereof  within  thirty  (30) days  following  such
commitment  form Lessee.  In such event this Lease shall  continue In lull force
and effect,  and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably
possible  after the required  funds are  available.  H Lessee does not give such
notice and provide the funds or  assurance  thereof  within the times  specified
above, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of
termination.

      9.4 Total  Destruction.  Notwithstanding  any other provision  hereof,  if
Premises Total  Destruction  occurs  (including any destruction  required by any
authorized  public  authority),  this  Lease  shall  terminate  sixty  (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage
or destruction Is an insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee.  in the event,  however,  that the damage or  destruction  was caused by
Lessee,  Lessor  shall have the right to recover  Lessor's  damages  from Lessee
except as released and waived In Paragraph 9.7.

      9.5 Damage Near End of Term.  H at anytime  during the last six (6) months
of the term of this Lease  there Is damage for which the cost to repair  exceeds
one month's Base rent,  whether or not an Insured Loss,  Lessor may, at Lessor's
option,  terminate  this Lease  effective  sixty (60) days following the date of
occurrence  of such  damage by  giving  written  notice  to  Lessee of  Lessor's
election to do so within  thirty (30) days after the date of  occurrence of such
damage.  Provided,  however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the  Premises,  then Lessee may  preserve  this
Lease by (a) exercising such option,  and (b)providing  Lessor wlth any shortage
in insurance proceeds (or adequate  assurance/hereof) needed to make the repairs
on or before the  earlier  of 0) the date which is ten (10) days after  Lessee's
receipt of Lessor's  written notice  purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii)
the day  prior to the date upon  which  such  option  expires.  If  Lessee  duly
exercises  such option  during such  period and  provides  Lessor with funds (or
adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds,  Lessor
shall, at Lessor's expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise
such option and provide  such funds or assurance  during such period,  then this
Lease  shall  terminate  as of the date set forth in the first  sentence of this
Paragraph 9.5.

9.6 Abatement  of Rent; Lessee'e Remedies

             (a) In the event of (i) Premises  Partial  Damage or (ii) Hazardous
Substance Condition for which Lessee is not legally responsible,  the Base Rent,
Common Area  Operating  Expenses and other  charges,  if any,  payable by Lessee
hereunder  for the period  during  which such damage or  condition,  Its repair,
remediation  or  restoration  continues,  shall be abated In  proportion  to the
degree to which  Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired,  but not In excess of
proceeds from Insurance required to be canted under Paragraph 8.3(b). Except for
abatement of Base Rent,  Common Area Operating f expenses and other charges,  If
any, as aforesaid,  all other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed
by Lessee, and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage suffered
by reason of any such damage destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.

             (b) The Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises
under  the  provisions  of  this  Paragraph  9  and  shall  not  commence,  In a
substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within
ninety (90) days after such  obligation  shall  accrue,  Lessee may, at any time
prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration,  give written notice to
Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee's election
to terminate  this Lease on e date not less than sixty (60) days  following  the
giving of such  notice.  11 Lessee  gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders
and such repair or  restoration  is not commenced  within thirty (30) days after
receipt of such notice,  this Lease shall  terminate as of the date specified In
said notice.  The Lessor or a Lender  commences the repair or restoration of the
Premises  within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice,  this Lessee
shall  continue In full force and affect.  'Commencement  used In this Paragraph
9.6 shall mean after the  unconditional  authorization of the preparation of the
required plans,  or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises,  whichever
occurs first.

Initial:

9.7 Hazardous  Substance  Condition.  If a Hazardous Substance Condition occurs,
unless  Lessee Is legally  responsible  thereof (In which case lessee shall make
the  investigation and remediation  thereof required by Applicable  requirements
and this Lease shall continue In full force and effect,  but subject to Lessor's
rights under  Paragraph  6.2(c) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor s option
either p)  Investigate  and remediate  such Hazardous  Substance  Condition,  if
required,  as soon as  reasonably  possible at Lessor s expense,  In which event
this Lease shall  continue In full force and  effect,  or (ii) if the  estimated
cost to Investigate  and remediate such condition  exceeds twelve (12) times the
then monthly Base Rent or $100,000 whichever Is greater,  give written notice to
Lessee  within  thirty  (30) days after  receipt by Lessor of  knowledge  of the
occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition of Lessor's desire to terminate
this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice.  In
the event Lessor  elects to give such notice of Lessor's  Intention to terminate
this Lease,  Lessee  shall have the right within ten (10) days alter the receipt
of such notice to give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment  10 pay
for the excess costs of (a)  investigation  end  remediation  of such  Hazardous
Substance Condition to the extent required by Applicable requirements,  over (b)
an amount  equal to twelve (12) times the then  monthly  Base Rent or  S100,000,
whichever 19 greater.  Lessee shall provide  Lessor with the /funds  required of
Lessee or satisfactory  assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following said
commitment by Lessee.  In such event this Lease shall continue In full force and
effect and Lessor shall proceed to make such  Investigation  and  remediation as
soon as reasonably  possible after the required  funds are available.  If Lessee
does not give such notice and provide the required  funds or  assurance  thereof
within the time period  specified  above,  this Lease shall  terminate as of the
data specified In Lessor's notice of termination.

      9.8  Termination  -  Advance  Payments.  Upon  termination  of this  Lease
pursuant to this Paragraph 9, Lessor shall return to Lessee any advance  payment
made by Lessee to Lessor  and so much of  Lessee's  Security  Deposit as has not
been,  or is not then  required  to be,  used by Lessor  under the terms of this
Lease.

      9.9 Waiver of  Statutes  Lessor  and  Lessee  agree that the terms of this
Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to  destruction  of the Premises and
the building with respect to the  termination of this Lease and hereby waive the
provisions  of any  present or future  statute to the extent It Is  inconsistent
herewlth.

10. Real Property Taxes.

      10.1  Payment  ot Taxes.  Lessor  shall pay the Real  Property  Taxes,  as
defined in Paragraph 10.2,  applicable to the Industrial  Center,  and except as
otherwise  provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be Included In the
calculation of Common Area Operating  Expenses In accordance with the provisions
of Paragraph 4.2.

      10.2 Real Property Tax Definition. As used herein, the term "Real Property
Taxes" shall Include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general special,
ordinary  or  extraordinary,   and  any  license  fee,  commercial  rental  tax,
Improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than Inheritance,  personal Income
or estate taxes) Imposed upon the Industrial  Center by any authority having the
direct  or  Indirect  power  to  tax,  Including  any  city,  state  or  federal
government,  or any school,  agricultural,  sanitary, fire, street, drainage, or
other  Improvement  district  hereof,  levied  against  any  legal or  equitable
Interest of Lessor In the  Industrial  Center or any portion  thereof,  Lessor ~
right to rent or other Income therefrom, and/or Lessor's business of leasing the
Premises.  The term Real Property  Taxes" shall also Include any tax, fee, levy,
assessment  or  charge,  or any  Increase  therein,  Imposed by reason of events
occurring,  or changes In Applicable Law taking effect,  during the term of this
Lease,  Including but not limited to a change In the ownership of the Industrial
Canter or In the  improvements  thereon,  the  execution  of this Lease,  or any
modification,  amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by
the Parties.  In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real
Property taxes for any real estate tax year shall be Included In the calculation
of Real Property Taxes hr such calendar year based upon the number of days which
such calendar year and tax year have In common.

      10.3  Additional  Improvements.  Common Area Operating  Expenses shall not
Include  Real  Property  Taxes  specified In the tax assessor s records and work
sheets as being caused by  additional  Improvements  placed upon the  Industrial
Center by other lessees or by Lessor for the  exclusive  enjoyment of such other
lessees.  Notwithstanding  Paragraph 10.1 hereof,  Lessee shall, however, pay to
Lessor at the time Common Area  Operating  expenses are payable under  Paragraph
4.2, the entirety of any increase In f teal Property Taxes If assessed solely by
reason of alterations,  Trade fixtures or Utility  installations placed upon the
Premises by Lessesor at lessee's request.

      10.4 Joint Assessment.  If the Buliding is not separately  assessed,  Peal
Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the
Real Property Taxes for all of the land and Improvements Included within the tax
parcel assessed,  such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective
valuations  assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other  Information as
maybe reasonably available.  Lessor's reasonable  determination thereof, In good
faith, shall be conclusive.

      10.5 Lessee's  Properly  Taxes.  Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all
taxes  assessed  against and levied upon  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and Utility
installations,  Trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property
of Lessee contained In the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center. When
possible,   Lessee  shall  cause  Its   Lessee-Owned   Alterations  and  Utility
Installations,  Trade  fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment and all other personal
property to be assessed and billed  separately from the real property of Lessor.
If any of Lessee's said property  shall be assessed with Lessor's real property,
Lessee shall pay lessor the taxes  attributable to Lessee's  property within ten
(10) days after recelpt of written  statement setting forth the taxes applicable
to Lessee's property.

11. Utilities. Lessee shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied
to the Premises, Including but not limited to electricity,  telephone, security,
gas and cleaning of the Premises,  together with any taxes thereon.  If any such
utilities or services are not  separately  metered to the Premises or separately
billed to the Premises, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a reasonable proportion to be
determined  by Lessor of all such charges  jointly  metered or billed with other
premises In the Building, In the manner and within the time periods set forth In
Paragraph 4.2(d).

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor's Consent Required.

             (a) Lessee  shall not  voluntarily  or by  operation of law assign,
transfer,  mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber collectively,  assign.) or
sublet all or any part of  Lessee's  Interest  in this Lease or in the  Premises
without  Lessor's prior written  consent given under and subject to the terms of
Paragraph 36.

             (b)  A  change  In  the  control  of  Lessee  shall  constitute  an
assignment requiring Lessor's consent.  The transfer,  on a cumulative basis, of
twenty-five  percent  (25%)  or more  of the  voting  control  of  Lessee  shall
constitute a change In control for this purpose.

             (c) The Involvement of Lessee or Its assets In any transaction,  or
series  of  transactions  (by  way  of  merger,  sale,  acquisition,  financing,
refinancing,  transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal
assignment  or  hypothecatlon  of this Lease or Lessee's  assets  occurs,  which
results or will result In a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee, as hereinafter
defined,  by an amount equal to or greater than  twenty-five  percent  (2516) of
such Net  Worth of Lessee  as It was  represented  to Lessor at the time of full
execution  and  delivery  of  this  Lease  or at the  time  of the  most  recent
assignment to which Lessor has consented,  or as It exists  immediately prior to
said  transaction or transactions  consulting such reduction,  at whichever time
said Net Worth of Lessee was or Is greater, shall be considered an assignment of
this Lease by Lessee to which Lessor may reasonably  withhold Its consent.  "Net
Worth of Lessee  for  purposes  of this  Lease  shall be the net worth of lessee
(excluding any  Guarantors)  established  under  generally  accepted  accounting
principles consistently supplied.

             (d) An assignment or subletting of Lessee's  interest in this Lease
without Lessor specific prior written consent shall,  at Lessor's  option,  be a
Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1, or a non-curable Breach without
the  necessity of any notice and grace  period.  If Lessor  elects to treat such
unconsented  to assignment or subletting as a non-curable  Breach,  Lessor shall
have the right to either:  p) terminate this Lease, or 01) upon thirty (30) days
written  notice  {'Lessor's  Notice',,  Increase  the monthly  Base Rent for the
Premises to the greater of the then  fairmarket  rental value of the Premises as
easonably  determined  by Lessor,or one hundred ten percent (1 t016) of the Base
Rent then In effect.  Pending  determination of the new fair market rental value
if disputed by Lessee, Lessee shall pay the amount set forth In Lessor's Notice,
with any  overpayment  credited  against  the next  Installment(s)  of Base Rent
coming due, and any underpayment  for the period  retroactively to the effective
date of the adjustment being due and payable  immediately upon the determinatlon
thereof.  Further,  in the  event of such  Breach  and  rental  adjustment,  the
purchase  price of any option to purchase the  Premises  held by Lessee shall be
subject  to  similar  adjustment  to the then fair  market  value as  reasonably
determined by Lessor  (without the Lease being  considered an encumbrance or any
deduction for depreciation or obsolescence,  and considering the Premises at Its
highest and best use and in good condition) or one hundred ten percent  (110%)of
the  price  previously  in  effect,  pi)  any  lndex-orlented  rental  or  price
adjustment  formulas  contained  In this Lease shall be adjusted to require that
the base Index be determined with reference to the index  applicable to the time
of such adjustment,  and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the
remainder  of the Lease  term  shall be  Increased  In the same ratio as the new
rental  bears to the Base Rent in  effect  Immediately  prior to the  adjustment
specified in Lessor's Notice.

(e)      Lessee's  remedy for any breach of this  Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall
         be Itemized to compensatory damages and/or Injunctive relief.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

             (a)  regardless of Lessor's  consent,  any assignment or subletting
shall not (i) be  effective  without  the  express  written  assumption  by such
assignee or  sublessee  of the  obligations  of Lessee  under this  Lease,  (ii)
release  Lessee  of any  obligations  hereunder,  nor (iii)  alter  the  primary
liability  of Lessee  for the  payment  of Base Rent and other  sums due  Lessor
hereunder or for the  performance  of any other  obilgatlons  to be performed by
Lessee under this Lease.

             (b)  Lessor  may  accept  any  rent  or   performance  of  Lessee's
obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of
an assignment. Neither a delay In the approval or disapproval of such assignment
nor the  acceptance  of any rent for  performance  shall  constitute a waiver or
estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by
Lessee of any of the terms covenants or conditions of this Lease.

             (c) The consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not
constitute a consent with any  subsequent  assignment or subletting by Lessee or
to any  subsequent  or  successive  assignment  or subletting by the assignee or
sublessee. However, Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments
of the sublease or any amendments or  modifications  thereto  without  notifying
Lessee or anyone  else  liable  under this  Lease or the  sublease  and  without
obtaining  their  consent,  and such action  shall not relieve such persons from
liability under this Lease or the sublease.

             (d) In the event of any  default or Breach of  Lessee's  obligation
under this Lease,  Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or
anyone else  responsible for the performance of the Lessee's  obligations  under
this Lease, Including any sublessee,  without first exhausting Lessor's remedies
against  any other  person or entity  responsible  therefor  to  Lessor,  or any
security held by Lessor.

             (e) Each request for consent to an assignment  or subletting  shall
be In writing,  accompanied by Information relevant to Lessor's determination to
the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed
assignee or  sublessee,  Including  but not limited to the  Intended  use and/or
required  modificatlon of the Premises,  If any,  together wlth  anon-refundable
deposit of $1,000 or ten percent  (10%) of the monthly base rent  applicable  to
the portion of the Premises  which Is the Subject of the proposed  assignment or
sublease,  whichever  is  greater,  as  reasonable  consideration  for  Lessor's
considering  and  processing  the request for consent.  Lessee agrees to provide
Lessor with such other or additlonal  Information and/or  documentatlon as maybe
reasonably requested by Lessor.

             (f) Any  assignee  of, or sublessee  under,  this Lease  shall,  by
reason of accepting such  assignment or entering Into such  sublease,  be deemed
for the benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with
each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or
performed by Lessee during the term of said  assignment or sublease,  other than
such  obligations  as are  contrary to or  Inconsistent  with  provisions  of an
assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented In writing.

Initials:





<PAGE>


(9) The  occurrence of a transaction  described In Paragraph  12.2(c) shall give
Lessor the right (but not the  obligation) to require that the Security  Deposit
be Increased by an amount equal to six (6) times the then monthly Base Rent, and
Lessor may make the actual receipt by Lessor of the Security  Deposit increase a
condition to Lessor's consent to such transactlon.

             (h) Lessor,  as a condition to giving its consent to any assignment
or subletting,  may require that the amount and adjustment  schedule of the rent
payable  under this Lease be  adjusted to what is then the market  value  and/or
adjustment  schedule for property similar to the Premises and then  constituted,
as determined by Lessor.

      12.3  Additional  Terms  and  Conditions  Applicable  to  Subletting.  The
following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or
any part of the Premises  and shall be deemed  Included In all  subleases  under
this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

             (a) Lessee  hereby  assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's
Interest In all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion
of the Premises  heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee,  and Lessor may collect
such rent and income  and apply  same  toward  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease;  provided,  however,  that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph  13.1)
Shall occur In the performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease, Lessee
may, except 8B otherwise provided In this Lease, receive,  collect and enjoy the
rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing
provision or any other  assignment of such sublease to Lessor,  nor by reason of
the collection of the rents from a sublessee,  be deemed liable to the sublessee
for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations
to such sublessee under such Sublease.  Lessee hereby Irrevocably authorizes and
directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating
that a Breach  exists in the  performance  of  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease,  to pay to Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under
the  sublease.  Sublessee  shall rely upon any such  statement  end request from
Lessor  and  shall  pay such  rents and other  charges  to  Lessor  without  any
obligation   or  right  to  inquire  as  to  whether  such  Breach   exists  and
notwithstanding  any notice  from or claim from Lessee to the  contrary.  Lessee
shall have no right or claim  against such  sublessee,  or, until the Breach has
been cured, against Lessor, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said
sublessee to Lessor.

             (b) In the event of a Breach by  Lessee in the  performance  of its
obligations  under this Lease,  Lessor, at its option and without any obligation
to do so, may require any  sublessee to attorn to Lessor,  in which event Lessor
shall  undertake the  obligations of the sublessor  under such sublease from the
time of the  exercise  of  said  option  to the  expiration  of  such  sublease;
provided,  however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security
deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior defaults
or breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

             (c) Any matter or thing  requiring the consent of the sublessor 
under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

             (d) No sublessee under a sublease  approved by Lessor shall further
assign or sublet and or any part of the Premises  without Lessor's prior written
consent.

             (e) Lessor shall  deliver a copy of any notice of Defaultor  Breach
by Lessee to the  sublessee,  who shall  have the right to cure the  Default  of
Lessee within the grace period, If any,  specified In such notice. The sublessee
shall have a right of  reimbursement  and offset from and against Lessee for any
such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

      13.1  Default;  Breach.  Lessor and Lessee  agree that If an  attorney  Is
consulted  by  Lessor  In  connection  with  a  Lessee  Default  or  Breach  (as
hereinafter  defined),  $350.00 Is a reasonable  minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal  services  and costs in the  preparation  and  service  of a notice of
Default, and that Lessor may Include the cost of such services and costs In said
notice as rent due and payable to cure said  default.  A "Default"  by Lessee is
defined as a failure by Lessee to  observe,  comply  with or perform  any of the
terms,  covenants,  conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A
"Breach"  by  Lessee  Is  defined  as the  occurrence  of any one or more of the
following Defaults, and, where a grace period for cure after notice Is specified
herein,  the failure by Lessee to cure such Default  prior to the  expiration of
the applicable grace period, and shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set
forth in Paragraphs 1 3.2 and/or 13.3:

(a)      The vacating of the Premises without the intention to reoccupy same, or
         the abandonment of the Premises.

(b)Except as expressly  otherwise  provided in this Lease, the failure by Lessee
to make any  payment  of Base  Rent,  Lessee's  Share of Common  Area  Operating
Expenses,  or any other monetary payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder
as and when due,  the  failure  by  Lessee to  provide  Lessor  with  reasonable
evidence of Insurance or surety bond required  under this Lease,  or the failure
of Lessee to  fulfill  any  obligation  under  this  Lease  which  endangers  or
threatens life or property,  where such failure  continues for a period of three
(3) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

             (c) Except as  expressly  otherwise  provided  In this  Lease,  the
failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable  written evidence given duly
executed  original  form,  If  applicable)  to (i)  compliance  with  Applicable
Requirements  per Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the  Inspection,  maintenance  and service
contracts   required  under  Paragraph  7.1(b),   {ill)  the  rescission  of  an
unauthorized  assignment  or  subletting  per  Paragraph  12.1,  (iv) a  Tenancy
Statement per Paragraphs 16 or 37, {v) the subordination or non-subordination of
this Lease per  Paragraph 30, (vi) the guaranty of the  performance  of Lessee's
obligations under this Lease if required under Paragraphs 1.11 and 37, (vii) the
execution of any document  requested under  Paragraph 42 (easements),  or (viii)
any other  documentation or Information  which Lessor may reasonably  require of
Lessee  under the terms of this lease,  where any such failure  continues  for a
period of ten (10) days  following  written  notice by or on behalf of Lessor to
Lessee.

             (d) A Default by Lessee en to the terms,  covenants,  conditions or
provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof that
are to be  observed,  complied  with or  performed  by Lessee,  other than those
described  In  Subparagraphs  13.1(a),  (b) or (c),  above,  where such  Default
continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee;  provided,  however,  that if the nature of Lessee's
Default Is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably  required for its
cure,  then it shall not be  deemed  to be a Breach  of this  Lease by Lessee If
Lessee  commences  such cure within  said thirty (30) day period and  thereafter
diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

             (e) The occurrence of any of the following events: 0) the making by
Lessee of any general  arrangement  or assignment  for the benefit of creditors;
{ii) Lessee's  becoming a debtor.  as defined In 11 U.S. Code Section 101 or any
successor  statute  thereto  (unless,  in the case of a petition  filed  against
Lessee, the same 1s dismissed within sixty (60) days); (vii)) the appointment of
a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,  where possession
is not  restored  to Lessee  within  thirty (30) days;  or liv) the  attachment,
execution or other  judicial  seizure of  substantially  all of Lessee's  assess
located at the  Premises  or of  Lessee's  Interest  In this  Lease,  where such
seizure is not discharged  within thirty (30) days;  provided,  however,  In the
event  that any  provision  of this  Subparagraph  13.t(e)  Is  contrary  to any
applicable  law, such  provision  shall be of no force or effect,  and shall not
affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

             p) The discovery by Lessor that any  financial  statement of Lessee
or of any Guarantor,  given to Lessor by Lessee or any Guarantor, was materially
false.

             (g) If the performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease is
guaranteed:  (~) the death of a Guarantor, (11) the termination of a Guarantor's
liability  with respect to this lease other than In accordance  with the term of
such  guaranty,  (iii) a  Guarantor's  becoming  insolvent  or the  subject of a
bankruptcy  filing,  (iv) a Guarantor's  refusal to honor the guaranty,  or (v)a
Guarantor's breach of Its guaranty  obilgation on an anticipatory  breach basis,
and Lessee's  failure,  within sixty(60) days following  written notice by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event,  to provide  Lessor  with  written
alternative  assurances of security,  which, when coupled with the then existing
resources  of Lessee,  equals or exceeds the  combined  financial  resources  of
Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

      13.2  Remedies.  If  Lessee  fails  to  perform  any  affirmative  duty or
obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice
to Lessee (or In case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at Its option
(but without  obligation to do so),  perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's
behalf, Including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds,
Insurance policies, or governmental  licenses,  permits or approvals.  The costs
and  expenses  of any such  performance  by Lessor  shall be due and  payable by
Lessee to Lessor upon  invoice  therefor.  N any check given to Lessor by Lessee
shall not be  honored  by the bank upon  which It is drawn,  Lessor,  at its own
option, may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to
be made only by  cashier's  check.  In the  event of a Breach  of this  Lease by
Lessee (as defined In Paragraph 13.1), with or without further notice or demand,
and without  limiting Lessor In the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor
may have by reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

             (a) Terminate  Lessee's  right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means,  In which case this Lease and the term hereof shall  terminate and
Lessee shall Immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such
event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time
of the  award  of the  unpaid  rent  which  had  been  earned  at  the  time  of
termination;  (ii) the  worth at the time of award of the  amount  by which  the
unpaid rent which would have been earned a  termination  until the time of award
exceeds the amount of such rental  loss that the Lessee  proves  could have been
reasonably avoided;  (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which
the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award  exceeds the
amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be  reasonably  avoided;
and (iv) any other amount  necessary to compensate  Lessor for all the detriment
approximately  caused by the Lessee's  failure to perform Its obligations  under
this Lease or which In the  ordinary  course of things would be likely to result
therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the
Premises,  expenses of reletting,  including necessary renovation and alteration
o/ the Premises,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  and that portion of any leasing
commission  paid by  Lessor In  connection  with this  Lease  applicable  to the
unexpired  term of this  Lease.  The  worth in the  time of award of the  amount
referred to In provision  f~lH) of the Immediately  preceding  sentence shall be
computed by discounting  such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve
Bank of San Francisco or the Federal Reserve Bank District In Which the Premises
are  located at the time of award plus one  percent  (1%).  Efforts by Lessor to
mitigate  damages  caused by Lessee's  Default or Breach of this Lease shall not
waive  Lessor's  right  to  recover   damages  under  this  Paragraph  13.2.  If
termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful
detainer,  Lessor shall have the right to recovering  such proceeding the unpaid
rent and damages as are recoverable  therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to
recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages.
If a notice and grace period  required under  Subparagraph  13.1 (b), (c) or (d)
was not  previously  given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit,
as the case may be, given to Lessee under any statute authorizing the forfeiture
of leases for unlawful  detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for
grace period  purposes  required by  Subparagraph  13.1 (b), (c) or (d). In such
case, the applicable  grace period under the unlawful  detainer statue shall run
concurrently  after the one such statutory notice,  and the failure of Lessee to
cure the  default  within the  greater of the two (2) such grace  perlods  shall
constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor
to the remedial provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

             (b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's  right to  possession In effect
in California  under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's Breach
and recover the rent as It becomes due,  provided Lessee has the right to sublet
or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations.  Lessor and Lessee agree that
the limitations on assignment and subletting in this Lease are reasonable.  Acts
of  maintenance  or  preservation,  efforts  to  reflect  the  Premises,  or the
appointment  of a receive to protect  the  Lessor's  Interest  under this Lease,
shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

          (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

Initials:



<PAGE>


          (d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination
of Lessee B right to  possession  shall  not  relieve  Lessee  from  liability  
under  any indemnity  provisions of this Lease as to matters  occurring or 
accruing  during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the 
Premises.

      13.3 Inducement  recapture In Event of Breach. Any agreement by Lessor for
free or abated rent or other  charges  applicable  to the  Premises,  or for the
giving  or  paying  by  Lessor  to or for  Lessee  of any cash or  other  bonus,
inducement or consideration  for Lessee's entering Into this Lease, all of which
concessions  are  hereinafter  referred to as "Inducement  Provisions"  shall be
deemed  conditioned  upon Lessee s full and faithful  performance  of all of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended.  Upon the  occurrence
of a Breach (as  defined in  Paragraph  13.1)on  this Lease by lessee,  any such
Inducement  Provision shall  automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease end
of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus,  Inducement or
consideratlon  therefore  debated,  given  or  pald  by  Lessor  under  such  an
Inducement  Provision  shall be Immedlately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor,
and   recoverable  by  Lessor,   as  additional   rent  due  under  this  Lease,
notwithstanding  any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee, The acceptance by
Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which  initialed  the operation of this
Paragraph  13.3 shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this
Paragraph 13.3 unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of
such acceptance.

      13.4 Late Charges.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder  will cause Lessor to Incur costs
not  contemplated  by this Lease,  the exact  amount of which will be  extremely
difficult to ascertain.  Such costs Include,  but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be Imposed upon Lessor by the
terms of any ground  lease,  mortgage or deed of trust  covering  the  Premises.
Accordingly,  If any  Installment of rent or other sum due from Lessee shall not
be  received  by Lessor or  Lessor's  designee  within  ten (10) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee,  Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late  charge  equal to six  percent  (6%) of such  overdue
amount.  The parties  hereby  agree that such late charge  represents a fair and
reasonable  estimate of the costs Leasor will Incur by reason of late payment by
Lessee.  Acceptance o/ such late charge by Lessor shall In no event constitute a
waiver of Lessee's  Default or Breach with respect to such overdue  amount,  nor
prevent  Lessor from  exercising  any of the other rights and  remedies  granted
hereunder. In the event that a late charge Is payable hereunder,  whether or not
collected,   for  three  (3)   consecutive   Installments  of  Base  Rent,  then
notwithstanding  Paragraph  4.1 or any  other  provision  of this  Lease  to the
contrary,  Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly
In advance.

      13.5 Breach by Lessor.  Lessor shall not be deemed In breach of this Lease
unless Lessor fails within a reasonable  time to perform an obligation  required
to be performed by Lessor.  For  purposes of this  Paragraph  13.5, a reasonable
time shall In no event be less than  thirty  (30) days after  receipt by Lessor,
and by any Lender(s)  whose name and address shall have been furnished to Lessee
In  writing  for  such  purpose,  of  written  notice  specifying  wherein  such
obligation  of Lessor has not been  performed:  provided,  however,  that if the
nature of Lessor's obligation Is such that more then thirty (30) days after such
notice arer easonably required for its performance,  then Lessor shall not be In
breach of this Lease If  performance  is  commenced  within such thirty (30) day
period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

14.  Condemnation.  K the  Premises or any  portion  thereof are taken under the
power of eminent  domain or sold under the threat of the  exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called condemnation.), this Lease shall terminate as to
the  part so  taken  as of the date  the  condemning  authority  taken  title or
possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (1096) of the floor
area of the Premises,  or more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the portion of
the Common Areas  designated  for Lessee's  parking,  Is taken by  condemnation,
Lessee may, at Lessee's option,  to be exercised In writing within ten (10) days
after Lessor shall have given  Lessee  written  notice of such taking (or In the
absence of such  notice,  within ten (10) days  after the  condemning  authority
shall have taken possession)  terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning
authority  takes such  possession.  If Lessee does not  terminate  this Lease In
accordance with the foregoing,  this Lease shall remain In full force and effect
as to the portion of the Premises remaining,  except that the Base Rent shall be
reduced In the same  proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken
bears to the total  rentable  floor area of the  Premises.  No reduction of Base
Rent  shall  occur If the  condemnation  does not  apply to any  portion  of the
Premises.  Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the
power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such
power  shall be the  property  of Lessor,  whether  such award  shall be made as
compensation  for  diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the
fee, or as severance damages:  provided,  however, that Lessee shall be entitled
to any  compensation,  separately  awarded  to Lessee  for  Lessee's  relocation
expenses and/or loss of Lessee's Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease Is
not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of Its
net severance damages  received,  over and above Lessee's Share of the legal and
other expenses Incurred by Lessor In the condemnation matter,  repair any damage
to  the  Premises  caused  by  such  condemnation  authority.  Lessee  shall  be
responsible  for the  payment  of any  amount In  excess  of such net  severance
damages required to complete such repair.

15. Brokers Fees.

15.1     Procuring  Cause.  The  Broker(s)  named In  Paragraph  1.10 Is/are the
         procuring cause of this Lease.

      15.2 Additional  Terms.  Unless Lessor and broker(s) have otherwise agreed
In writing,  Lessor agrees that: (a) If Lessee  exercises any option (as defined
In Paragraph 39.1) granted under this Lessor any Option subsequently granted, or
(b) If Lessee  acquires  any rights to the  Premises or other  premises in which
Lessor has an Interest,  or (c) If Lessee  remains In possession of the Premises
with the consent of Lessor alter the  expiration of the term of this Lease alter
having  failed to exercise an Option,  or (d) If said Brokers are the  procuring
cause of any other lease or sale entered Into between the Parties  pertaining to
the Premises  and/or any adjacent  property In which Lessor has an Interest,  or
(e) If  Base  Rent  Is  Increased,  whether  by  agreement  or  operation  of an
escalation clause herein,  then as to any of said  ransactlons,  Lessor shall be
said Broker(s) a fee in accordance with the schedule of said Broker(s) In effect
at the time of the execution of this Lease.

      15 3  Assumption  of  Obligations.  Any  buyer or  transferee  of Lessor s
Interest In this Lease, whether such transfer Is by agreement or by operation of
law, shall be deemed to have assumed  Lessor's  obligation  under this Paragraph
15. Each Broker shall be an Intended  third party  benificiary of the provisions
of Paragraph  1.10 and of this Paragraph 15 to the extent of its interest in any
commisslon  arising from this Lease and may enforce that right directly  agalnst
Lessor and Its successors.

      15.4  Representation and Warranties.  Lessee and Lessor each represent and
warrant to the other that It has had no dealings with any person, firm broker or
finder  other  than as  named  In  Paragraph  1.10(a)  In  connection  with  the
negotiation  of  this  Lease  and/or  the   consummation   of  the   transaction
contemplated  hereby,  and that no broker or other person,  firm or entity other
than said named  Broker(s)  Is entitled  to any  commission  or finder's  fee in
connection  with said  transaction.  Lessee and Lessor do each  hereby  agree to
Indemnify,  protect,  defend  and  hold the  other  harmless  from  and  against
liability for  compensation  or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed
broker,  finder or other  similar  party by reason of any dealings or actions of
the indemnifying Party,  Including any costs,  expenses,  and/or attorneys' fees
reasonably Incurred with respect thereto.

16. Tenancy and Financial Statements.

      16.1 Tenancy Statement.  Each Party (as "Responding  Party',  shall within
ten (10) days after written notice from the other Party (the "Requesting Party',
execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement In writing
In a form similar to the then most current tenancy  Statement" form published by
the  American   industrial  Real  Estate   Association,   plus  such  additional
Information,  confirmation  and/or statements as may be reasonably  requested by
the Requesting Party.

      16.2 Financial Statement. If Lessor decides to finance, refinance, or sell
the Premises or the  Building,  or any part thereof,  Lessee and all  Guarantors
shall  deliver to any  potential  lender or purchaser  designated by Lessor such
financial statements of Lessee and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required
by such lender or  purchaser,  including  but not limited to Lessee's  financial
statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial  statements shall be
received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser In confidence  and shall be used
only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Lessor's Liability. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or
owners at the time In question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of
a transfer  of  Lessor's  title or  Interest  In the  Premises or In this Lease,
Lessor  shall  deliver to the  transferee  or assignee on cash or by credit} any
unused  Security  Deposit  held  by  Lessor  at the  time of  such  transfer  of
assignment.  Except as provided Paragraph 15.3, upon such transfer or assignment
and delivery of the Security  Deposit,  as aforesaid,  the prior Lessor shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under
this Lease  thereafter to be performed by the Lessor.  Subject to the foregoing,
the  obligations  and/or  covenants  In this Lease to be performed by the Lessor
shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove  defined. 18. Severabillty.
The  Invalidity  of any  provision of this Lease,  as  determined  by a court of
competent  jurisdiction,  shall  in no way  affect  the  validity  of any  other
provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligation.  Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder,
other than late charges,  not received by Lessor within ten (10) days  following
the date on which It was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime
rate  charged  by the  largest  state  chartered  bank in the state In which the
Premises are located plus four percent  (496) per annum,  but not  exceeding the
maximum rate allowed by law, In addition to the potential  late charge  provided
for In Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the  performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Partied under this Lease.

21. Rent Defined . All monetary  obilgatlons of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or other  Agreement;  Broker  Disclaimer.  This Lease  contains all
agreements  between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and
no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.
Lessor and Lessee each  represents and warrants to the Brokers that It has made,
and Is relying  solely upon,  its own  investigaton  as to the nature,  quality,
character and financial  responsibillty  of the other Party to this Lease and as
to  the  nature,  quality  and  character  of  the  Premises.  Brokers  have  no
responsibility  wlth  respect  thereto or wlth  respect to any default or breach
hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneflclary
of the provislons of this Paragraph 22.

23. Notices.

      23.1 Notice requirements.  All notices required or premitted by this Lease
shall be In writing and may be  delivered  In person (by hand or by messenger or
courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S.
Postal Service Express Mall, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile  transmission
during normal business hours, and shall be deemed  sufficiently  given if served
In a manner  specified In this  Paragraph 23. The addresses  noted adjacent to a
Party's  signature on this Lease shall be that  Party's  address for delivery or
mailing of notice  purposes.  Either  Party may by  written  notice to the other
specify a different  address  for notice  purposes,  except  that upon  Lessee's
taking  possession  of the  Premises,  the Premises  shall  constitute  Lessee's
address for the purpose of mailing or  delivering  notices to Lessee.  A copy of
all  notices  required or  permitted  to be given to Lessor  hereunder  shall be
concurrently  transmitted  to such party or parties at such  addresses as Lessor
may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Lessee.

23.2 Date of Notice.  Any notice sent by  registered or certified  mall,  return
receipt  requested,  shall be deemed given on the date of delivery  shown on the
receipt card, or If no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon.  If sent by
regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given  forty-eight (48) hours after the
name is addressed as required  herein and mailed with postage  prepaid.  Notices
delivered by United  States  Express Mail or overnight  courier that  guarantees
next day

Initials::

delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same
to the United States Postal Service or courier.  If any notice Is transmitted by
facsimile  transmission  or similar  means,  the same shall be deemed  served or
delivered   upon  telephone  or  facsimile   confirmation   of  receipt  of  the
transmission thereof, provided a copy Is also delivered via delivery or mail. If
notice Is  received on a Saturday  or a Sunday or a legal  holiday,  it shall be
deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.  No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant
or  condition  hereof by  Lessee,  shall be  deemed a waiver of any other  term,
covenant or condition hereof,  or of any subsequent  Default or Breach by Lessee
of the same or any other term,  covenant or condition  hereof.  Lessor's consent
to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary  the
obtaining of Lessor's  consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act
by Lessee,  or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision
or  provisions  of this Lease  requiring  such  consent.  regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of a Default or breach at the time of accepting  rent,  the acceptance
of rent by Lessor  shall not be a waiver of any  Default  or Breach by Lessee of
any  provision  hereof.  Any payment  given  Lessor by Lessee may be accepted by
Lessor  on  account  of  moneys  or  damages  due  Lessor,  notwithstanding  any
qualifying  statements  or conditions  made by Lessee In  connection  therewith,
which statements  and/or  conditions  shall be of no force or effect  whatsoever
unless  specifically  agreed to In  writing  by Lessor at or before  the time of
deposit of such payment.

25.  Recording.  Wither  Lessor or Lessee  shall,  upon  request  of the  other,
execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to the other a short form  memorandum of this
Lease  for  recording  purposes.  The  Party  requesting  recordation  shall  be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26.  No Right To  Holdover.  Lessee  has no right to  retain  possession  of the
Premises or any part thereof  beyond the  expiration or earlier  termination  of
this Lease.  In the event that Lessee holds over In violation of this  Paragraph
26 then the Base  Rent  payable  from and after  the time of the  expiration  or
earlier  termination  of this Lease shall be  Increased  to two hundred  percent
(20016) of the Base Rent applicable during the month Immediately  preceding such
expiration or earlier  termination.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed
as a consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27.  Cumulative  Remedies  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be  deemed
exclusive but shall,  wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remediesat
law or In equity.

28.  Covenants  and  Conditions.  Ml  provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties,
their  personal  representatives,  successors and assigns and be governed by the
laws of the State In which the Premises are located.  Any litigation between the
Parties hereto  concerning  this Lease shall be Initiated In the county In which
the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

      30.1  Subordination.  This Lease and any Option  granted  hereby  shall be
subject and subordinate to any ground lease,  mortgage,  deed of trust, or other
hypothecatlon  or security  device  (collectively,  "Security  Device"),  now or
hereafter  placed by Lessor upon the real  property of which the  Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications,  consolidations,  replacements  and  extensions  thereof.  Lessee
agrees that the Lenders  holding any such  Security  Device  shall have no duty,
llabillty or obligation to perform any of the  obligations  of Lessor under this
Lease  but that In the  event  of  Lessor's  default  with  respect  to any such
obligation,  Lessee  will  give any  Lender  whose  name and  address  have been
furnished Lessee In writing for such purpose notice of Lessor's default pursuant
to  Paragraph  13.5.  If any Lender  shall  elect to have this Lease  and/or any
Optlon granted hereby superior to the lien of Its Security Device and shall give
written  notice  thereof to Lessee,  this Lease and such Options shall be deemed
prior  to such  Security  Device,  notwithstanding  the  relative  dates  of the
documentation or recordation thereof.

      30.2 Attornment.  Subject to the  non-disturbance  provisions of Paragraph
30.3,  Lessee  agrees to attorn  to a Lender  or any  other  party who  acquires
ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security  Device,  and
that In the event of such  foreclosure,  such new owner shall not: (i) be liable
for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events  occurring
prior to  acquisition  of  ownership,  (ii) be sublet to any offsets or defenses
which  Lessee  might  have  against  any  prior  lessor,  or  (iii)  be bound by
prepayment of more than one month's rent.

      30.3  Non-Disturbance.  With respect to Security  Devices  entered into by
Lessor after the execution of this lease,  Lessee's  subordination of this Lease
shall be subject to receiving assurance (a non-disturbance  agreement") from the
Lender that Lessee's possession and this Lease,  including any options to extend
the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee Is not In Breach hereof
and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

      30.4  Self-Executing.  The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall
be effective without the execution of any further  documents,  provided however,
that upon  written  request from Lessor or a Lender In  connection  with a sale,
financing or  refinancing  of Premises,  Lessee and Lessor shall  execute;  such
further writings as may be reasonably  required to separately  document any such
subordination or non-subordination,  attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement
as is provided for herein.

31.  Attorneys'  Fees.  If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the Prevailing Party (as
hereafter defined) In any such proceeding,  action, or appeal thereon,  shall be
entitled to  reasonable  Attorneys'  fees.  Such fees may be awarded In the same
suit or recovered In a separate  suit,  whether or not such action or proceeding
Is pursued to decision or judgment.  The term "Prevailing  Party" shall Include,
without limitation,  a Party or Broker who substantially  obtains or defeats the
relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgement,
or the  abandonment  by the other Party or Broker of its claim or  defense.  The
attorneys'  fee award  shall not be computed  In  accordance  with any court fee
schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably
Incurred.  Lessor  shall be  entitled to  attorneys'  fees,  costs and  expenses
Incurred In preparation and service of notices of Default and  consultations  In
connection therewith, whether or not a legal action Is subsequently commenced in
connection  with such Default or resulting  Breach.  Broker(s) shall be Intended
third party beneficiaries of this Paragraph 31.

32. Lessor's Access; Showing Premise;  Repairs. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time,  In the case of an  emergency,
and  otherwise  at  reasonable  times for the  purpose  of  showing  the same to
prospective  purchasers,  lenders,  or  lessees,  and making  such  alterations,
repairs, Improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Lessor
may  reasonably  deem  necessary.  Lessor  may at any time place on or about the
Premises or Building  any  ordinary  "For Sale" signs and Lessor may at any time
during the last one hundred  eighty  (180) days of the term  hereof  place on or
about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease" signs.  As such activities of Lessor
shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33.  Auctions.  Lessee shall not  conduct,  nor permit to be  conducted,  either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained  Lessor's  prior  written  consent.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary In this Lease,  Lessor  shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness In determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs.  Lessee shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or
the  Building,  except that Lessee may, with  Lessor's  prior  written  consent,
install (but not on the roof)such signs as are reasonably  required to advertise
Lessee's  own  business so long  assuch  signs are in a location  designated  by
Lessor  and  comply  with  Applicable  requirements  and  the  signage  criteria
established for the Industrial Center by Lessor. The Installation of any sign on
the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to the  provisions of Paragraph 7
(Maintenance,  Repairs, Utility Installations,  Trade Fixtures and Alterations).
Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein,  Lessor reserves all rights to the use
of the roof of the Building,  and the right to Install  advertising signs on the
Building,  Including  the roof,  which do not  unreasonably  interfere  with the
conduct of Lessee's business; Lessor shall be entitled to all revenues from such
advertising signs.

35.  Termination;  Merger.  Unless  specifically  stated otherwise In writing by
Lessor,  the  voluntary or other  surrender of this Lease by Lessee,  the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee,  shall  automatically  terminate any sublease or lesser estate In the
Premises:  provided,  however, Lessor shall, In the event of any such surrender,
termination or  cancellation,  have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancles.  Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such
event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder
of any such lesser  Interest,  shall constitute  Lessor's  election to have such
event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents.

             (a) Except  for  Paragraph  33 hereof  (Auctions)  or as  otherwise
provided herein, wherever In this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an
act by or for the other Party,  such consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld
or delayed.  Lessor's actual  reasonable  costs and expenses  (Including but not
limited to  architects',  attorneys',  engineers' end other  consultants'  fees)
Incurred In the  consideration  of, or response  to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor  consent  pertaining  to this Lease or the  Premises,  Including  but not
limited to consents to an  assignment a  subletting  or the presence or use of a
Hazardous  Substance,  shall be paid by  Lessee  to Lessor  upon  receipt  of an
invoice  and  supporting  documentation  therefor.  In  addition  to the deposit
described in Paragraph  12.2(e),  Lessor may, as a condition to considering  any
such  request by Lessee,  require  that Lessee  deposit with Lessor an amount of
money (In addition to the Security  Deposit held under  Paragraph 5)  reasonably
calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will Incur in considering  and
responding  to Lessee's  request.  Any unused  portion of said deposit  shall be
refunded to Lessee without interest.  Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of
this Lease or  subletting  of the  Premises by Lessee  shall not  constitute  an
acknowledgment  that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this  Lease  exists,  nor
shall such  consent be deemed a waiver of any then  existing  Default or Breach,
except as may be otherwise  specifically stated In writing by Lessor at the time
of such consent.

             (b) All conditions to Lessor's consent authorized by this Lease are
acknowledged  by Lessee as being  reasonable.  The failure to specify herein any
particular  condition to Lessor's  consent shall not preclude the impositions by
Lessor at the time of consent of such  further or other  conditions  as are then
reasonable  with reference to the  particular  matter for which consent is being
given.

37. Guarantor.

      37.1 Form of Guaranty. If there are to be any Guarantors of this Lease per
Paragraph  1.11 the form of the  guaranty to be executed by each such  Guarantor
shall be In the form most  recently  published by the American  Industrial  Real
Estate  Association,  and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as
Lessee under this lease,  Including but not limited to the obligation to provide
the Tenancy Statement and Information required In Paragraph 16.

      37.2 Additional Obligations of Guarantor. It shall constitute a Default of
the  Lessee  under  this  Lease If any such  Guarantor  fails or  refuses,  upon
reasonable  request by Lessor to give:  (a) evidence of the due execution of the
guaranty called for by this Lease, Including the authority of the Guarantor (and
of the party signing on  Guarantor's  behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said
guaranty,  and  resolution of Its board of directors  authorizing  the making of
such guaranty,  together with a certificate of incumbency  showing the signature
of  the  persons  authorized  to  sign  on its  behalf,  (b)  current  financial
statements  of Guarantor as may from time to time be requested by Lessor,  (c) a
Tenancy  Statement,  or (d) written  confirmation  that the guaranty is still In
effect.

38.  Quite  Possession.  Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and
the  performance of all of the covenants,  conditions and provisions on Lessee's
part to be observed  and  performed  under this Lease,  Lessee  shall have quiet
possession  of the  Premises  for the entire term  hereof  subject to all of the
provisions of this Lease.

Initials:



<PAGE>


39. Optlons.

  39.1  Dentition.  As used In this Lease,  the word  "Option" has the following
  meaning: (A) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease
  or to extend or renew any lease that  Lessee has on other  property of Lessor;
  (b) the right of first  refusal  to lease the  Premises  or the right of first
  offer to lease the  Premises  or the  right of first  refusal  to lease  other
  property  of Lessor or the right of first  offer to lease  other  property  of
  Lessor; (c) the right to purchase the Premises,  or the right of first refusal
  to  purchase  the  Premises,  or the  right of first  offer  to  purchase  the
  Premises,  or the right to purchase other property of Lessor,  or the right of
  first  refusal to purchase  other  property  of Lessor,  or the right of first
  offer to purchase other property of Lessor.

      39.2 Options Personal 10 Original Lease.  Each Option granted to Lessee In
the Lease is personal to the original Lessee named In Paragraph 1.1 hereof,  and
cannot be  voluntarily or  involuntarily  assigned or exercised by any person or
entity other than said original  Lessee while the original Lessee Is In full and
actual  possession  of the  Premises  and without the  Intention  of  thereafter
assigning or subletting.  The Options,  If any, herein granted to Lessee are not
assignable,  either as a part of an  assignment  of this Lease or  separately or
apart  therefrom,  and no Option may be separated from this Lease In any manner,
by reservation or otherwise.

      39.3 Multiple  Options.  In the event that Lessee has any multiple options
to extend or renew the Lease,  a later  option  cannot be  exercised  unless the
prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

             (a)   Lessee   shall   have  no  right  to   exercise   an  option,
notwithstanding any provision In the grant of option to the contrary: (1) during
the period  commencing  with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph
13.1 and continuing until the noticed Default Is cured, or (i) during the period
of time any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without regard
to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), or (ii) during the time Lessee Is In
Breach of this tease,  or ~v) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of separate  Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during the twelve
(12) month period Immediately  preceding the exercise of the Option,  whether or
not the Defaults are cured.

             (b) The  period of time  within  which an Option  may be  exercised
shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a)

             (c) All rights of Lessee  under the  provisions  of an option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely  exercise of the Option,  If, after such  exercise and during the term of
this Lease, 0) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee for
a period of thirty  (30) days after such  obligation  becomes due  (without  any
necessity  of Lessor to give notice  thereof to Lessee),  or (i) Lessor gives to
Lessee  three (3) or more  notices of separate  defaults  under  Paragraph  13.1
during any twelve (12) month period,  whether or not the Defaults are cured,  or
(ii) If Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40.  Rules and  Regulation  Lessee  agrees  that It will  abide by, and keep and
observe all reasonable  rules and regulations  (-Rules and  Regulations.)  which
Lessor  may  make  from  time to time  for the  management,  safety,  care,  and
cleanliness  of the  grounds,  the parking  and  unloading  of vehicles  and the
preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or
tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.

4t. Security  Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that the rental payable to
Lessor  hereunder  does not Include the cost of guard service or other  security
measures,  and that Lessor shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises Lessee, Its
agents and Invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42.  Reservations.  Lessor  reserves  the  right,  from time to time,  to grant,
without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights of way, utility
raceways,  and  dedications  that  Lessor  deems  necessary,  and to  cause  the
recordation of parcel maps and restrictions,  so long as such easements,  rights
of way, utility raceways,  dedications,  maps and restrictions do not reasonably
Interfere  with the use of the  Premises  by Lessee.  Lessee  agrees to sign any
documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights,
dedication, map or restriction.

43.  Performance  Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money Is asserted shall
have the right to make payment  under  protest.  and such  payment  shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of
said Party to  Institute  suit for recovery of such sum. If It shall be adjudged
that there was no legal  obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or
any part  thereof,  said Party shall be entitled to recover  such sum or so much
thereof  as It was not  legally  required  to pay under the  provisions  of this
Lease.

44.  Authority.  If either Party hereto Is a corporation,  trust,  or general or
limited  partnership,  each  individual  executing  this Lease on behalf of such
entity  represents and warrants that he or she Is duly authorized to execute and
deliver  this  Lease  on its  behalf.  If  Lessee  Is a  corporation,  trust  or
partnership,  Lessee  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after  request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten  provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46.  Offer.  Preparation  of this Lease by either  Lessor or Lessee or  Lessor's
agent or Lessee's  agent and submission of same to Lessee or Lessor shall not be
deemed  an offer to  lease.  This  Lease is not  Intended  to be  binding  until
executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47. Amendment. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties
In interest at the time of the modification.  The Parties shall amend this Lease
from time to time to reflect any  adjustments  that are made to the Base Rent or
other rant payable under this Lease.  AB long as they do not  materially  change
Lessee's   obligations   hereunder,   Lessee  agrees  to  make  such  reasonable
non-monetary  modifications  to this Lease as may be  reasonably  required by an
Institutional  Insurance  company or pension plan Lender In connection  with the
obtaining  of normal  financing  or  refinancing  of the  property  of which the
Premises are a part.

48. Multiple  Parties.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, If more
than one  person or entity is named  herein  as  either  Lessor or  Lessee,  the
obligation   of  such   multiple   parties   shall  be  the  joint  and  several
responsibility of all persons or entitles named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

Initials:


<PAGE>


         ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE -
       MODIFIED NET DATED AUGUST 1996 BY AND BETWEEN EBJ PARTNERS, L.P., A
         CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AS ~LESSOR. AND ORYX TECHNOLOGY
         CORPORATION AND SURGX CORPORATION AS "LESSEE" FOR THE PREMISES
            COMMONLY KNOWN AS 1100 AUBURN STREET, FREMONT, CALIFORNIA

49. CONTINGENT UPON TERMINATION OF EXISTING LEASE: This Lease is contingent upon
the early  termination  of the lease  dated  June 2, 1994 with  Concept  Systems
Design, Inc. on terms acceptable to Lessor and Lessor's counsel.

50.  REFER TO LEASE  AGREEMENT.  PARAGRAPH  1.4  [EARLY  POSSESSION1:  The Early
Possession  date shall commence upon the  occurrence of Lessor's  receipt of the
following:  (i) a fully  executed  Lease,  (ii) all required  deposits under the
Lease, and (iii) Lessee's  liability  insurance  endorsement naming Lessor as an
additional  insured party.  Additionally,  Lessee will change all utilities into
Lessee's name as of the Early Possession Date.

51. BASE RENT  SCHEDULE:  The following  monthly Base Rent Schedule  shall apply
during the term of this Lease:

Months 01 - 30: $18,151.20
Months 31 - 60: $19,285.65

52. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS BY LESSOR:  Prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Lessor
shall, at Lessor's sole cost and expense:

A. Professionally shampoo and clean all carpets.

B. Repaint or touch-up interior office walls as needed as agreed

by Lessor and Lessee during inspection.

C. Professionally clean and wax all VCT tile.

53. LOADING DOCK:  Lessee  acknowledges that the loading dock to the rear of the
Premises is common to the entire  building and Lessee  agrees to cooperate  with
other  Lessee's  of the  building  regarding  the use of the loading  dock.  The
loading dock may not be used by persons and/or entities which are not tenants of
the building.

54. HVAC  MAINTENANCE:  Lessor will contract for the HVAC quarterly  maintenance
and will pass  through the  expenses  and any repairs to Lessee as an  operating
expense.

55. OPERATING EXPENSES: Lessor estimates that the 1996/97 Operating Expenses are
approximately  $.13 per square foot per month and Lessee  agrees to pay Lessee's
pro rate share of  Operating  Expenses  monthly as  provided  herein  commencing
September 1, 1996.  Lessee's share of Operating  Expenses shall be $2,949.57 per
month  commencing  on September 1, 1996 which shall be payable in advance on the
first day of each and every month. Lessor shall guarantee that Lessee's pro rata
share of  Operating  Expenses  shall not exceed  $.13 per square  foot per month
through  December 31, 1997.  The  Operating  Expenses  shall be  determined on a
calendar year basis in a detailed statement of the actual expenses, and shall be
delivered to Lessee  within  ninety (90) days after  expiration of each calendar
year as set forth in the Lease.

56.  OPTION TO EXTENT):  Provided  that Lessee has not been in default of any of
the provisions of this Lease during the then current term, Lessee shall have the
right to extend the initial term hereof for one (1)  additional  period of three
(3) years upon the same terms and  conditions as stated  herein,  except for the
Minimum  Monthly  Rent.  Such  extension is herein  referred to as the "Extended
Term".  Lessee must exercise its right, if at all, by written  notification (the
"Notice of Exercise-) to Lessor not less than twelve (12) months,  nor more than
fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the initial term hereof.

                   The  option  to extend  granted  herein  is  personal  to the
original  Lessee  executing this Lease and is not assignable or  transferable by
such original  Lessee.  Lessor grants the rights  contained  herein to Lessee in
consideration  of  Lessee's  strict  compliance  with  the  provisions   hereof,
including, without limitation, the manner of exercise of this option.

                   If Lessee  exercises  the  right to extend  the term then the
Minimum  Monthly  Rent shall be adjusted  to equal the Fair  Market  Rental (the
~Newly  Established  Base  Rent.)  for  the  premises  as of  the  date  of  the
commencement of such Extended Term,  pursuant to the procedures  hereinafter set
forth.  The term ~Fair Market Rental.  means the Minimum Monthly Rent chargeable
for the Premises based upon the following factors  applicable to the Premises or
any comparable premises:

A. Rental rates being charged for comparable  premises in the same  geographical
location.

B. The relative locations of the comparable premises.

C. Yearly rental adjustments

D. Services and utilities provided or to be provided.

E. Any other relevant Lease terms or conditions.

                   In no event.  however.  shall the Newly Established Base Rent
be less  than  the  Minimum  Monthly  Rent in  effect  immediately  prior to the
commencement  date of the Extended Term. The Fair Market Rental evaluation shall
include  provision for yearly rent adjustments  during the Extended Term if such
adjustments are common in the market place similar types of leases.

Upon exercise of the right to extend the term, and included within the Notice of
Exercise,  Lessee  shall notify  Lessor of its opinion of Fair Market  Rental as
above  defined for the Extended  Term. If the parties are unable to agree upon a
Minimal  Monthly  Rent for the  Extended  Term  within  thirty  (30) days  after
exercise  of the  right to  extend  the term,  within  ten (10)  days  after the
expiration  thereof,  either  party at its own cost and  expense  and by  giving
notice to the other  party in writing,  may appoint a MAI real estate  appraiser
(.Qualified  Appraiser.) to set the Minimum  Monthly Rent for the Extended Term.
The terms  ~Minimum  Monthly  Rent.  and "Fair  Market  Rental"  as used in this
paragraph shall be interchangeable.

                   If a party does not appoint a Qualified  Appraiser within ten
(10) days after the first  party has given  notice of the name of its  Qualified
Appraiser,  the single Qualified Appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser
and shall set the Fair Market Rent for the Extended Term.

                   If two  Qualified  Appraisers  are  appointed by the parties,
they shall meet promptly,  on ten (10) days' notice to the parties, to take such
evidence and other  information as the parties may deem  reasonable to submit to
the  Qualified  Appraisers.  Within  thirty (30) days after the selection of the
last of the  two  Qualified  Appraisers  to be  appointed  by the  parties,  the
Qualified  Appraisers  shall render their  opinions of the Fair Market Rental of
the premises as above  qualified.  If the two valuations are within five percent
(5%) of each other  (using the lower  valuation as the basis for  computing  the
5%),  they shall be  averaged  and the  average of the two shall be the  Minimum
Monthly Rent for the Extended  Term. If only one  appraisal is timely  submitted
that appraisal shall constitute the Minimum Monthly Rent for the Extended Term.

                   If the two valuations are separated by more than five percent
(5%), then the two Qualified  Appraisers  shall,  within ten (10) days following
the last  date for  submission  of the two  appraisals  of Fair  Market  Rental,
appoint a third  Qualified  Appraiser.  If they are unable to agree upon a third
Qualified  Appraiser  within such ten (10) day period,  either of the parties to
this  Lease,  by giving  five (5) days'  notice to the other  party,  may demand
arbitration as specified below. If neither party applies for Arbitration  within
the ten (10) day period herein  specified,  the two appraisals of value shall be
averaged as stated above.

                   In the event the parties are unable to mutually  agree upon a
Minimum  Monthly Rent for the Extended  Term,  and in such event  proceed to the
Appraisal or  Arbitration  procedures  herein  specified,  both parties shall be
bound to submit the matter for such  determination.  The procedure  specified in
this paragraph for appointment of Qualified Appraisers,  delivery of appraisals,
appointment of an Arbitrator, and determination of Fair Market Value thereby, is
herein  collectively  referred to as  ~Arbitration..  The  Arbitration  shall be
conducted and determined in the County where the Leased Premises are situated.

If the  Arbitration is not concluded  before  commencement of the Extended Term,
Lessee  shall pay Minimum  Monthly Rent to Lessor in an amount equal to the Fair
Market Rental set forth in the appraisal by Lessor's  Qualified  Appraiser until
the Fair  Market  Rental  is  determined  in  accordance  with  the  arbitration
provisions  hereof.  If the Fair  Market  Rental as  determined  by  Arbitration
differs from that stated by Lessor's  Qualified  Appraiser,  then any adjustment
required  to  correct  the  amount  previously  paid by Lessee  shall be made by
payment by the appropriate party within thirty (30) days after the determination
of Fair Market Rental by Arbitration  has been  concluded,  as provided  herein.
Lessee shall be obligated to make payment during the entire Extended Term of the
Minimum Monthly Rent  determined in accordance  with the Arbitration  procedures
hereunder.

                   A party demanding Arbitration hereunder shall make its demand
in writing (-Demand  Notice.) within ten (10) days after delivery of the last of
the two appraisals  presented by the Qualified  Appraisers as specified above. A
copy of the  Demand  Notice  shall be sent to the local  office of the  American
Arbitration  Association,  or any successor  thereto,  for the appointment of an
arbitrator  satisfactory  to both  parties  to render a final  determination  as
hereinafter  provided.  If agreement regarding selection of an arbitrator is not
reached within ten (10) days,  then a copy of the Demand Notice shall be sent to
the  Presiding  Judge of the highest trial court in such county for the state in
which the premises are located.  The Presiding Judge is hereinafter  referred to
as the ~Appointer-.  The Appointer shall appoint within ten (10) days thereafter
a Arbitrator.  The Arbitrator  shall be qualified to serve as an expert witness,
over objection,  to give opinion testimony  addressed to the issue in a court of
competent jurisdiction.

                   As  used  herein,  the  term  Arbitrator  refers  to a  third
Qualified  Appraiser,  selected by any of the methods  heretofore set forth. The
Arbitrator  shall,  within  ninety  (90) days  after his  appointment,  state in
writing his  determination of the Fair Market Rental.  The Arbitrator shall have
the right to consult experts and competent  authorities with factual information
or evidence  pertaining to a determination  of Fair Market Rental,  but any such
consultation  shall be made in the  presence of both  parties with full right to
cross examine.  If the  Arbitrator's  determination  of Fair Market Rental is an
amount which falls between the respective values stated by Lessor's and Lessee's
Qualified  Appraisers,  the value of the Qualified Appraiser which is closest to
that of the  Arbitrator  shall be averaged with that of the  Arbitrator  and the
resultant  amount shall be the Fair Market Rental for the Extended  Term. If the
Arbitrator's  valuation is exactly between that of the two Qualified Appraisers,
the  Arbitrator's  valuation  shall be the Fair Market  Rental for the  Extended
Term. If, however,  the Arbitrator's  valuation is either higher than the higher
valuation  posed  by the two  Qualified  Appraisers  or  lower  than  the  lower
valuation of the two Qualified  Appraisers,  then the valuation of the Qualified
Appraiser  which is closest to that of the  Arbitrator  shall be the Fair Market
Rental for the Extended  Term.  The Fair Market  Rental so  determined  shall be
subject  to  increase  both  as to  manner  and  time(s)  as  determined  by the
Arbitrator,  based on then prevailing  market  conditions.  The Arbitrator shall
render a decision and award in writing,  with counterpart  copies to each party.
Judgment may be entered thereon in any court of competent jurisdiction.

                   In  the  event  of  failure,  refusal,  or  inability  of the
Arbitrator to act in a timely manner, a successor shall be appointed in the same
manner as such Arbitrator was first chosen  hereunder.  The fees and expenses of
the Arbitrator and for the administrative  hearing fee, if any, shall be divided
equally  between the parties.  Each party shall bear its own attorneys' fees and
other expenses  including fees of witness in presenting  evidence,  and the fees
and cost of its own Qualified Appraiser.


57.  CONDITION UPON  TERMINATION:  Upon termination or expiration of this Lease,
Lessee  shall  surrender  the  premises  to Lessor,  broom clean and in the same
condition as received,  except for ordinary wear and tear.  For purposes of this
Lease,  items which are not ~ordinary wear and tear.  shall include,  but not be
limited to, the  following  items,  which shall be the  Lessee's  obligation  to
repair or  correct:  (i) damage to or  defacement  of  partitions,  woodwork  or
plaster  or any  portion  of the  Premises  from any cause  (including,  without
limitation,  from nails or screws);  (ii) soiled carpet or woodwork  through the
over-watering  of plants or other  misuse;  (iii)  defacement  to the  warehouse
floor:  (iv)  damage  to the  Premises  not  caused by the  passage  of time and
ordinary  use; (v)  excessive  wear to carpeting  from  Lessee's  failure to use
carpet protectors under desk chairs; and (vi) any disrepair in the Premises that
is capable of being repaired and which is Lessee's obligation to repair pursuant
to the Lease (for  example,  light  fixtures,  door  knobs,  ceiling  panels and
interior walls.)


                         [Signatures on Following Pages]



<PAGE>








READ AND APPROVED:

LESSEE: ORYX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

By: /s/ Andrew Wilson

By:

LESSEE: SURGX CORPORATION
By: /s/ Andrew Wilson

By:

LESSOR: EBJ PARTNERS L.P.
                 A CALIFORNIA Limited PARTNERSHIP

By: SEE ATTACHED EXHIBIT "B"


                                                       EXHIBIT "A"

LESSOR:  EBJ PARTNERS, L.P., A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: RICHARD LEVIN
RICHARD LEVIN,  GENERAL PARTNER

By:  /s/ ALAN J.LEVIN
       ALAN J. LEVEN, his Co-Attorney In Fact

 By:  /s/ SYDNEY LEVIN
        SYDNEY LEVIN, his Co-Attorney In Fact

            UNDER DURABLE ATTORNEY POWER OF ATTORNEY
            EXECUTED DECEMBER 4, 1991

 By: EMILY LEVIN
        EMILY LEVIN, GENERAL PARTNER

         By:  /s/ ALAN J. LEVIN
                ALAN J. LEVIN, her Co-Attorney In Fact

         By:  /s/ SYDNEY LEVIN
               SYDNEY LEVIN, her Co-Attorney In Fact


 UNDER DURABLE POWER OF ATTORNEY
 EXECUTED FEBRUARY 17, 1992



<PAGE>







                                                       EXHIBIT "B"

LESSOR:  EBJ PARTNERS, L.P., A CALIFORNIA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: RICHARD LEVIN
RICHARD LEVIN,  GENERAL PARTNER

By:  /s/ ALAN J.LEVIN
       ALAN J. LEVEN, his Co-Attorney In Fact

 By:  /s/ SYDNEY LEVIN
        SYDNEY LEVIN, his Co-Attorney In Fact

            UNDER DURABLE ATTORNEY POWER OF ATTORNEY
            EXECUTED DECEMBER 4, 1991

 By: EMILY LEVIN
        EMILY LEVIN, GENERAL PARTNER

         By:  /s/ ALAN J. LEVIN
                ALAN J. LEVIN, her Co-Attorney In Fact

         By:  /s/ SYDNEY LEVIN
               SYDNEY LEVIN, her Co-Attorney In Fact


 UNDER DURABLE POWER OF ATTORNEY
 EXECUTED FEBRUARY 17, 1992



<PAGE>











ADDENDUM II TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERICAL  MULTI-TENANT LEASE - MODIFtED NET
DATISD  AUGUST 1996 BY AND  BETWEEN  EBJ  PARTNERS,  L.P.,  A CALIFORMA  LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP  ("LESSOR") ~`{D ORYX TECHNOLOGY  CORPORATION AND SURGX  CORPORATION
("LESSEE")  FOR THE  PREMISES  COMMONLY  KNOWN AS 1lOO AUBURN  STREET,  FREMONT,
CALIFORNIA

58. Tenant  Improvement by Lessor: In addition to Addendum ~ Paragraph S2, prior
    to Lease Commencement Date. Lessor shall, at Lessor's 501e cost and expense:

A. Replace cracked or damaged VCT tiles as needed.

B. Clean and punt building' exterior wall' &s indicated on Exhibit "C"

C.  Retexture  and repaint  planter box, as shown on Exhibit ~C".  Additionally,
    existing  plants  shall be removed and  replaced  with new plants to be 
    mutually acceptable by Lessor and Lessee.

59.   Early  Possession;  Lessee's  early  possession as described in Addendum I
      Paragraph 50 shall be free from base rent and CAM charge.

60.  Operating  Expenses:  In addition to  Addendum I  Paragraph  S5,  operating
     expense increases shall not exceed 1S% annually.

61.   Signage: Lessee shall have the right to use one-half (1/2) of the existing
      monument  sign.  Lessee will initially use the entire sign until such time
      that the Tenant at 1120 Auburn  Street opts to use their one half (l/2) of
      the existing monument sign, at which time Lessee shall reduce their use of
      the sign to one-half (1/2).

62.   Hazardous  Materials:  Lessee  shall have no  obligation  to clean up., to
      comply with any law regulating,  or to reimburse,  release,  indemnify, or
      defend  lessor  with  respect to any  hazardous  materials  or waste which
      Lessee did not store, dispose, or transport in, use, or cause to be on the
      Premises  in  violation  of  applicable  law.  However,  Lessee  shall  be
      obligated to clean up. to comply with any law regarding,  or to reimburse,
      release,  indemnify  or  defend  Lessor  with  respect  to  any  hazardous
      materials or waste which Lessee, its agents, or future subtenants, if any,
      does store,  dispose,  or transport in, use or cause to be on the Premises
      in violation of applicable  law.  Lessee also agrees not to use or dispose
      of any toxic waste or hazardous  materials on the premises  without  first
      obtaining  Lessor's  consent.  In the event  consent is granted by Lessor,
      Lessee agrees to complete  compliance with governmental  regulations,  and
      Lessee also  agrees to install  such toxic  waste or  hazardous  materials
      monitoring device as Lessor deems necessary.

63. ADA  Compliance:  Paragreph  2.3  shall  also  apply to the  Americans  with
    Disabilites Act ("ADA")

64. Assignment and Subletting:

64.1 Paragraph  12.1 (b) of Lease  shall be changed  from 2S % or more of voting
     control to 50% or more of voting control.

64.2 Paragraph  12.2 (c) shall be changed from "... a non-refundable  deposit of
     S1,000..." to "...a non-refundable deposit of $500...".



<PAGE>


65. Holding  Over:  Paragraph 26 shall be changed from "...two  hundred  percent
    (200%) of the base rent" to "...one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the base
    rent".

66. Additional  Security Deposit:  Upon execution of the Lease, Lessee shall pay
    to Lessor a sum equal to two  month's  rent  (S36,302.40)  as an  additional
    security  deposit and shall be refundable to Tenant upon  fulfillment of all
    terms and conditions of the Lease after twelve (12) months.  This additional
    security deposit shall bear interest at five percent (5%) if Tenant fulfills
    all terms and conditions of Lease during the first twelve (12) months.


Read and Approved:

 Lessee: ORYX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION             Lessor: EBJ PARTNERS, L.P.,
                                                 A CALFORNIA LIMIT PARTNERSIflP

 By: /s/ Andrew Wilson                           By:   See attached Exhibit "B1"

 Date:  8/15/96                                  Date:

Lessee: SURGX CORPORATION

By:  /s/ Andrew Wilson

Date:  8/15/96






EXHIBIT 10.8

                                October 28, 1996


Mr. Andrew Wilson
29 Moore Court
Alameda, California 94502


Re:      Separation Agreement

Dear Andrew:

         As you are aware,  Oryx  Technology  Corp.  ("Oryx"  or "the  Company")
determined to terminate its employment  relationship  with you (also referred to
as "Wilson").  This letter agreement ("Agreement")  summarizes the understanding
that we have reached  regarding  your  departure as CFO  (including  all related
positions  held by you in various  subsidiaries)  and the  resolution of certain
claims arising out of that decision, which claims the Company expressly denies.

1. Your last day of active employment with the Company was October 14, 1996. You
have been paid for all unused  accrued  vacation  and time worked  through  that
date.  Upon  execution of this  Agreement and the  expiration of the  revocation
period  set  forth in  paragraph  11,  below,  you will  receive  the  following
payments:

         Four months  severance  payments in the amount of your ordinary monthly
salary  (less  all  applicable  withholdings)  at the same  rate as prior to the
termination, payable in the course of the Company's ordinary payroll date(s), to
begin once the Agreement  revocation  period described below has ended. You will
receive six months of Company medical, dental, and life insurance benefits, paid
by the Company on the same terms,  counted from your  separation date of October
14, 1996. You acknowledge  that these payments in this paragraph 1 are in excess
of any to which you would be entitled under Company policy.

2. You will continue to vest in Oryx stock options  previously granted to you by
the  Board of  Directors  until  October  14,  1997.  All such  options  will be
considered   "statutory"   options  after  the  October  14,  1996,   employment
termination date. The Company hereby extends the period of time within which the
vested options may be exercised until September 15, 1999.

3. You may continue to keep the computer and cellular telephone you have in your
possession, identified as __________________ and ______________________________,
however you acknowledge that are personally responsible for all bills or charges
incurred  with  respect to the use of such items.  You further  acknowledge  and
agree to maintain the  confidentiality of any Company  information  contained on
the computer.

4. You will make  yourself  available  to the  company  for  consultation  on an
as-needed basis at a rate of $75.00 per hour.

5. (a) In consideration for the promises made by Oryx in this Agreement,  you on
behalf of yourself, your agents,  assignees,  attorneys,  heirs, executors,  and
administrators,  hereby  fully and forever  release and  discharge  Oryx and its
respective successors,  assigns, parents, subsidiaries,  divisions,  affiliates,
officers, directors, shareholders, employees, heirs, agents and representatives,
from any and all claims  (which  term  includes  demands,  actions and causes of
action) of every kind or nature whatsoever, past, present or future, arising out
of or in connection  with your employment or termination of such employment with
Oryx.  These  claims  include,  but are not  limited  to, any claims of personal
injury and charges of employment  discrimination in violation of state,  federal
or local law, including, but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act,
Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers' Benefit Protection Act,
and  Title VII of the  Civil  Rights  Act,  and any  other  claims  of  wrongful
termination under state or federal law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  nothing
in this paragraph  shall preclude you from bringing any claim in the future with
respect to your retirement benefits or for  indemnification  sought by you as an
officer  of the  Company  for  claims  brought  against  you on  account of your
position as an officer of Oryx under Delaware law.

         (b) In  consideration  for the promises made by you in this  Agreement,
Oryx  on  behalf  of  itself,  its  respective  successors,   assigns,  parents,
subsidiaries,   divisions,   affiliates,   officers,  directors,   shareholders,
employees, heirs, agents and representatives,  hereby fully and forever releases
and discharges you and your agents, assignees,  attorneys, heirs, executors, and
administrators from any and all claims (which term includes demands, actions and
causes of action) of every kind or nature  whatsoever,  past, present or future,
arising out of or in  connection  with your  employment or  termination  of such
employment with Oryx, excluding those claims for intentional misconduct.

6.  Except  as  qualified  above in  sub-paragraphs  5 (a) and (b),  each  party
respectively  expressly waives all rights and remedies under Section 1542 of the
Civil Code of the State of California which provides as follows:

                  A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor
                  does not know or  suspect to exist in its favor at the time of
                  executing  the  release,  which  if  known  by  it  must  have
                  materially affected its settlement with the debtor.

Each party understands that if the facts with respect to which this Agreement is
executed are found hereafter to be different from the facts which such party now
believes to be true, each party  expressly  accepts and assumes the risk of such
possible  differences in facts and agree that this Agreement shall be and remain
effective notwithstanding such differences in facts.

7.  Each  party  covenants  and  agrees  that  it (he)  will  not  ever,  either
individually, or with any person or in any way, commence, aid in any way, except
as required by due legal  process,  prosecute or cause or permit to be commenced
or  prosecuted  against  any  of the  persons  released,  any  action  or  other
proceeding based upon any claim which is the subject of the Agreement.

8.  Wilson  further  understands  and  agrees  that  during  the  course  of his
employment he executed a confidentiality  and trade secret agreement and that he
has had access to  proprietary  or  confidential  information  belonging to Oryx
including,  but not limited to, technical data, research and development,  plans
and results,  sales and customer data, overall marketing and sales programs, and
financial and planning data. Wilson acknowledges that his obligation to maintain
the confidentiality of such information continues after his employment with Oryx
ends, and that he will not disclose,  transfer, publish or otherwise use, either
directly or indirectly,  any of such information that is proprietary to Oryx and
maintained by it as confidential,  for so long as such information is not in the
public domain.  Wilson  understands that a breach of his obligations  under this
Paragraph  could  cause the Company  irreparable  harm for which the Company may
seek injunctive  relief.  Wilson further understand that if there is a violation
of this Paragraph during the period of salary continuation, all further payments
shall cease and Wilson shall have no further entitlement to such payments.

9. Both Wilson and Oryx agree that neither of them shall  disparage the other to
any third party. In the event that the Company receives any inquiries concerning
Wilson's  employment,  it shall not release any information  other than Wilson's
dates of employment,  job title, last salary. Wilson further agrees that he will
not discuss any of Oryx's  personnel or business with any third party or parties
excluding that which is necessary in connection with his job search.

10. This  Agreement is entered into by Oryx without any  admission of liability,
but  solely for the  purpose  of  avoiding  uncertainty,  controversy  and legal
expense.

11. By entering into this Agreement,  Wilson  understands that he is not waiving
any  rights  that  he  may  have  under  either  the  California   Labor  and/or
Corporations  Codes with respect to  indemnification  for acts or omissions that
occurred within the course and scope of his employment.

12. If any  withholding  or income tax liability is imposed upon Wilson based on
the sums  provided  herein,  Wilson  understands  that  Wilson  shall be  solely
responsible for paying any such determined  liability from any government agency
(including any penalties and surcharges  assessed  against  Wilson),  other than
those taxes that are ordinarily owed by the employer, such as FICA.

13. Wilson  acknowledges  that he is aware that under the Older Workers' Benefit
Protection  Act, he has twenty-one (21) calendar days to decide whether to enter
into this  Agreement,  which was  originally  provided  to Wilson on October 25,
1996. Wilson further acknowledges that he is aware that under the Older Workers'
Benefit  Protection Act he may revoke this  Agreement  within seven (7) calendar
days after it is signed.  Wilson further agrees that this Agreement shall not be
effective  until after this  revocation  period has expired and that he is aware
that in the event Wilson  timely  exercises his right of rescission he will have
no rights under this Agreement.

14. This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on each of the
parties hereto and on their successors, heirs and assigns.

15. This Agreement shall in all respects be  interpreted,  enforced and governed
under the laws of the State of California.

16. The parties  agree that with  respect to any  controversy  arising out of or
relating to this  Agreement,  or the subject matter  thereof,  such  controversy
shall be settled before a single arbitrator by final and binding  arbitration in
San  Francisco,  California,  in accordance  with the  then-existing  rules (the
"Rules") of the American  Arbitration  Association ("AAA") and judgment upon the
award  rendered  by  the   arbitrators  may  be  entered  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction  thereof;  provided,  however,  that  the  law  applicable  to  any
controversy  shall  be  the  law  of  California,   regardless  of  its  or  any
jurisdiction's choice of law principles.  In any such arbitration,  no discovery
shall be permitted and the maximum  number of hearing days shall be two (2). The
award or decision  shall be rendered  within  fourteen  (14) days after the last
hearing date.  The arbitrator  shall be appointed by the AAA in accordance  with
the Rules.  Any award made in  Wilson's  favor shall be limited to a recovery of
contract damages limited to foreseeable  damages which are a direct  consequence
of a  breach  of this  Agreement;  the  arbitrator  is not  empowered  to  award
compensatory or punitive damages.  The arbitrators are empowered to award to the
prevailing  party  or  parties  all  expenses  of  said  arbitration,  including
reasonable attorneys' fees.

17. If any party hereto shall commence any other legal  proceedings  against any
other  party  hereto  with  respect  to any of the terms or  conditions  of this
Agreement, the non-prevailing party or parties shall pay to the prevailing party
or parties all  expenses of said  litigation,  including  reasonable  attorneys,
fees.

18. This Agreement  contains the entire Agreement and  understanding  concerning
the  subject   matter   between  us  and   supersedes  and  replaces  all  prior
negotiations.

EACH PARTY  AGREES  THAT IT (HE) HAS HAD THE  OPPORTUNITY  TO  CONSULT  WITH THE
ADVISOR(S)  OF ITS (HIS) CHOICE AND IS ENTERING INTO THIS  AGREEMENT  FREELY AND
VOLUNTARILY.




ANDREW WILSON, an individual               ORYX TECHNOLOGY CORP.

/s/ Andrew Wilson                          By: /s/ Arvind Patel ________________
                                                               (Signature)

Dated:  10/31/96                           Title: CEO _______________________

                                           Dated: 10/28/96___________________





EXHIBIT 10.9

Offer of Employment -Mitchel Underseth

4

                                ORYX CONFIDENTIAL
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]


November 1, 1996



Mr. Mitchel Underseth
1776 Alameda Diablo
Diablo, CA. 94528

Dear Mitch:

I am pleased to present the following offer of regular full-time employment with
Oryx Technology Corporation:

1.    Title:                        Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

2.    Starting Date:                Two weeks after acceptance of offer or a 
                                    negotiated start date.

3.    Agreements
      Needed:                       None at this time

4.    Starting Salary:              $120,000/year paid semi-monthly

                                     $25,000  one time hire on bonus  paid after
                                     30 days of  employment.  Should  you  leave
                                     Oryx Technology Corporation for any reason,
                                     prior to completing one year of employment,
                                     this amount is to be reimbursed on a pro 
                                     rata basis based on the months of service
                                     completed.

5.    Incentives:                    You will receive 90,000 shares of stock in 
                                     Oryx Technology Corporation's  stock
                                     option  plan,  subject  to  approval  by 
                                     the Board of Directors. The shares are
                                     vested over a period of five years.

                                     You will be eligible to participate in the 
                                     Oryx Technology Corporation bonus plan that
                                     is currently being developed.

6. Benefits:                      o Major  medical plan as per Oryx
                                    in-house   policy  for  you,   plus   family
                                    dependents.  There is a contributory  amount
                                    paid  for you or your  dependents  depending
                                    upon  the  elected  HMO  or  PPO   coverage.
                                    Benefit coverage will begin the first of the
                                    month  following  completion  of 30  days of
                                    employment. You may opt out of the Oryx plan
                                    and receive a $300/month cash allowance (opt
                                    out     credit)     for     your     entire,
                                    self-administered coverage.

                              o     Vacation:   Two  weeks  after  one  year  of
                                    continuous  service.
                              o     Holidays:  Selected statutory  holidays as  
                                    observed by Oryx.  
                              o     401K  plan  employee   participation   to  a
                                    maximum  of  $9,500.00  a year.  
                              o     Optional participation   in  a  FSA  
                                    deferred  income account.  
                              o     Participation  in the  employee stock plan.

7.    Assignment of                 As per Oryx corporate policy, any patents, 
      Intellectual                  trade secrets, etc. will be
      Property:                     assigned to Oryx.
      

8.    Confidential Informa-         To be signed consistent with Oryx policy of 
      tion Agreement:               information protection.

9.    Business Conduct:             As per Oryx Published guidelines for all 
                                    employees and associates.

10.   Severance:                    Should your employment terminate
                                    for  any  reason,  other  than  a  voluntary
                                    resignation,  you are  guaranteed to receive
                                    six (6) months of  severance  pay.  Payments
                                    are  made  semi-monthly  during  the  normal
                                    paycheck distribution.

11.   Working conditions:          As per Oryx policies

12.   Performance Plan/
      Evaluation:                  There is an annual performance review cycle.

          Job  Description:  You  will be Oryx  Technology  Corporation's  Chief
Financial  Officer (CFO),  responsible for the Finance function of the corporate
holding company as well as direct and indirect  responsibility for the financial
operations in each of the subsidiaries.  Responsibilities  include  consolidated
reporting of several locations,  press releases,  and working with the corporate
and subsidiary Board of Directors.  As CFO, you will provide corporate financial
strategy and work with the financial community to improve the shareholders ROI.

Until  each  subsidiary  is  an  independent   operation,   you  will  have  the
responsibility for finance and controller activities including accounts payable,
accounts  receivable,  general ledger,  and the functions of Human Resources and
Administration.

All employment offers at Oryx Technology Corp. are contingent upon the applicant
completing  documentation  and providing  verification of eligibility to work in
the United States per the Public Law, the Immigration  Reform and Control Act of
1986.  Employment  is also  subject to your  completion  of an  application  for
employment and the company's proprietary information agreement; and agreement to
comply with the company's rules and policies.

I am  pleased  to make this  offer of  employment  and look  forward to a highly
successful  working  relationship.  If you have  any  questions,  please  do not
hesitate to contact me or any of the other  appropriate  executive  staff in the
corporation.  If you accept this offer,  please sign and return at your earliest
convenience

Sincerely,

/s/ Arvind Patel
Arvind Patel
President & CEO
Oryx Technology Corporation

Date: November 1, 1996




I accept this offer of full-time  regular  employment.  I understand  that I may
voluntarily   terminate  my  employment  at  any  time;  and  acknowledge  that,
correspondingly,  the  foregoing  does  not in any way  limit  the  right of the
company to terminate my employment at any time, for any reason.


                                                          Agreed to by:





                                                      /s/ Mitchel Underseth
                                                          Mitchel Underseth

  Date                                                    November 1, 1996
                                     



EXHIBIT 10.10

Offer of Employment -Philip Micciche

                                ORYX CONFIDENTIAL
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]


April 25, 1997



Mr. Philip Micciche
220 Alexander Ave.
Los Gatos, CA. 95030

Dear Philip:

I am pleased to present the following offer of regular full-time employment with
Oryx Technology Corporation:

1.    Title:                CEO

2.    Starting Date:        April 25, 1997

3.    Agreements
      Needed:               N/A

4.    Starting Salary:      $150,000/year paid semi-monthly

5.  Benefits:               o Major  medical  plan as per  Oryx
                              in-house  policy for you, plus family  dependents.
                              There  is a  contributory  amount  paid for you or
                              your dependents  depending upon the elected HMO or
                              PPO  coverage.  Benefit  coverage  will  begin the
                              first of the month following completion of 30 days
                              of  employment.  You may opt out of the Oryx  plan
                              and receive a $300/month  cash  allowance (opt out
                              credit)   for   your   entire,   self-administered
                              coverage.

                            o Vacation:  Ten days per year.

                            o Holidays: Selected statutory holidays as observed 
                              by Oryx.

                            o 401K plan employee participation to a maximum of
                              $9,500.00 a year.

                            o Optional participation in a FSA deferred income 
                              account.
                           
                            o Participation in the employee stock plan.




6.    Assignment of            As per Oryx corporate policy, any patents, trade 
      Intellectual             secrets, etc. will be assigned to Oryx.
      Property:

7.    Confidential Informa-    To be signed consistent with Oryx policy of 
      tion Agreement:          information protection.

8.    Business Conduct:       As per Oryx Published guidelines for all employees
                              and associates.

9.    Incentives:            Board of Directors will issue a stock option award 
                             in the next few weeks.

10.   Severance:              Oryx may offer severance pay in certain 
                              circumstances.  Such offers will be solely at the 
                              discretion of management.

11.   Working conditions:     As per Oryx policies

12.   Performance Plan/
      Evaluation:             Every 6 months, if applicable.

          Job Description:    All normal CEO duties.

All employment offers at Oryx Technology Corp. are contingent upon the applicant
completing  documentation  and providing  verification of eligibility to work in
the United States per the Public Law, the Immigration  Reform and Control Act of
1986.  Employment  is also  subject to your  completion  of an  application  for
employment and the company's proprietary information agreement; and agreement to
comply with the company's rules and policies.

If you accept this offer,  please sign and return at your earliest  convenience.
If you have any questions, please let me know.

Sincerely,

/s/ Andrew Intrater
Andrew Intrater
Director
Oryx Technology Corporation

Date: April 25, 1997







I accept this offer of full-time  regular  employment.  I understand  that I may
voluntarily   terminate  my  employment  at  any  time;  and  acknowledge  that,
correspondingly,  the  foregoing  does  not in any way  limit  the  right of the
company to terminate my employment at any time, for any reason.


                                                              Agreed to by:


                                                             /s/ Philip Micciche
                                                             Philip Micciche

                                 Date                        April 25, 1997
                                     



EXHIBIT 10.20


                          INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
                                LICENSE AGREEMENT
                                     between
                                SURGX CORPORATION
                                   (LICENSOR)
                                       and
                              MCGRAW-EDISON COMPANY
                                   (LICENSEE)
                                Dated July_, 1996




<PAGE>


                 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS LICENSE AGREEMENT

                  THIS  AGREEMENT,  is  made  on  July  ~  1996,  between  SurgX
Corporation, a Delaware corporation having its principal office at 47341 Bayside
Parkway,  Fremont,  California 94538 (hereinafter  "Licensor") and McGraw-Edison
Company, a Delaware corporation having a principal office at 114 Old State Road,
Ellisville, Missouri 63178 (hereinafter "Licensee").

                  WHEREAS,  Licensor  has been  engaged  in the  development  of
products,  with  respect  to which it is  possessed  of  proprietary  rights and
engineering  production  knowledge essential to or helpful in the manufacture of
the  Licensed  Products  as defined  herein,  and owns or has the right to grant
licenses with respect to certain  inventions,  copyrights,  and other industrial
and intellectual  property,  technical and production data, and other secret and
confidential  information  relating to the manufacture of the Licensed Products;
and

                  WHEREAS,  Licensee  desires to obtain  from  Licensor  certain
patent rights,  technical  assistance,  technical and production  know-how,  and
services  of  technical  representatives,   including  drawings,   designs,  and
specifications,  formulae, data, information and engineering assistance relating
to Licensed  Products,  to the extent the same is  possessed  by  Licensor,  and
Licensor has the right to grant the same,  to assist  Licensee in  manufacturing
and selling the Licensed Products as hereinafter set forth; and

                  WHEREAS,  Licensor  is willing to  provide  Licensee  with the
technical  assistance,  technical  and  production  know-how,  and  services  of
technical  representatives,  in  connection  with  the  manufacture  and sale of
Licensed  Products  hereunder,  to the extent and upon the terms and  conditions
hereinafter set forth.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the
mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Licensor and Licensee covenant and agree
as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS.

                   1.1 "Affiliate" means any person  controlling,  controlled by
(either  directly  or  indirectly)  or under  common  control  with  Licensee or
Licensor as applicable.

                   1.2  "Agreement"  means  this  Intellectual  Property  Rights
License Agreement between Licensee and Licensor.

                   1.3  "Confidential  Information" has the meaning set forth in
Section 12.1.

                   1.4  "Disclosing  Party"  shall mean a Party  that  discloses
Confidential Information to the other Party.

                                                
1
                   1.5  "Gross  Profit"  means  under  United  States  generally
accepted accounting  principles:  (i) the aggregate sum of revenue recognized by
Licensee, its Affiliates and any sublicensee from sales or other dispositions of
Licensed Products to unaffiliated  third parties net of freight out, returns and
credits allowed and taken ("Net Sales");  (ii) minus Licensee's cost of sales at
standard  costs  including  direct  and  indirect  labor and  associated  fringe
benefits,  scrap, perishable tooling,  supplies and maintenance on machinery and
equipment (only costs associated with the manufacture of Licensed  Products will
be included in standard  costs);  (iii) plus or minus, as applicable,  operating
variances from standard costs of sales; (iv) minus  semi-variable costs equal to
5~o of Net Sales for  selling  commissions  and  distribution  costs;  (v) minus
amortization  associated  with  incremental  machinery and equipment used in the
manufacture  of the Licensed  Products  (using a 10 year useful life);  and (vi)
minus  amortization  associated with development  costs incurred by Licensor and
reimbursed  by  Licensee  as  described  in Section  3.3  hereof  using a 5-year
amortization period.

                   1.6  "Improvements"  shall mean those  supplements,  changes,
revisions,  updates,   advancements,   corrections,  and  modifications  to  the
Technical   Information  or  Licensed  Intellectual  Property  Rights  including
manufacturing  process improvements made during the term of this Agreement which
are necessary or useful for the manufacture, use or sale of Licensed Products.

                   1.7 "Licensee Components" means the materials, components and
processes  of  Licensee  which  are not  covered  by the  Licensed  Intellectual
Property Rights and which, in combination with the Liquid Polymer Material, form
the Licensed Products.

                   1.8 "Licensed  Intellectual Property Rights" means Licensor's
interest  in  any  patents,  patent  applications,   inventions  (including  the
inventions  and patent  applications  listed on Attachment  1.5),  the "Surging"
trademark  and  trade  name,   Technical   Information  and  copyrights   owned,
controlled, applied for or obtained by Licensor at any time before or during the
term of this  Agreement to the extent such rights are necessary or essential for
the manufacture,  use and sale of the Licensed  Products.  Wherever used in this
Agreement,  Licensed  Intellectual  Property  Rights  includes  any such  rights
relating to Improvements of Licensor.

                   1.9  "Licensed   Products"  means  discrete   components  and
connector  products  described  on  Attachment  1.6 which  utilize the  Licensed
Intellectual Property Rights and incorporate the Liquid Polymer Material.

                   1.10 "Liquid Polymer Material" means a polymeric  provided in
a solvated liquid form that can be used to provide  electrical  overstress (EOS)
or electrostatic  discharge (ESD) protection for integrated circuits (IC's). The
Liquid Polymer material can be applied between signal lines and the ground plane
of an electrical board assembly, a connector and other applications where it can
be positioned between signal lines and ground. The Liquid Polymer material has a
high impedance, and low leakage state during normal circuit operation. During an
EOS or an ESD event,  the Liquid Polymer material has a low impedance state that
shunts the offending  charge to the ground plane. The capacitance of the devices
using Liquid Polymer Material is typically less than 1 picofarad. The mechanical
flexibility  and  the  semiconducting  characteristics  of  the  Liquid  Polymer
material  allow for a wide variety of packaging  concepts,  including  arrays in
which a common ground is used with  multiple  signal  lines.  Specifically,  the
Liquid  Polymer  material  is  covered  by the  patent  applications  listed  on
Attachment  1.5. The Liquid Polymer  material shall  specifically  exclude other
SurgX products,  such as, without limitation,  the family of products identified
by Licensor as SurgTape, SurgX Epoxy Packages, or custom SurgX applications such
as a layer in a panted  circuit  board and  novel  packaging,  including  hybrid
designs and multichip modules.

                   1.11 "Minimum Annual Royalties" has the meaning set forth in 
Section 5.2.

                   1.12 "Parties" shall mean McGraw-Edison Company and SurgX 
Corporation.

                   1.13 "Receiving Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 
12.2.

                   1.14  "Royalty  Year"  means a period  of 12  months  used to
measure the royalties  payable to Licensor.  The "First  Royalty Year" is the 12
month period which commences on the first day of the month in which the Licensee
makes its initial sale of the Licensed  Products,  the "Second  Royalty Year" is
the 12 month period which immediately follows the "First Royalty Year", etc.

                   1.15 "Technical  Assistance"  means providing the appropriate
Licensor  personnel to assist  personnel of Licensee in becoming  trained in the
use of Technical Information to be delivered or provided hereunder to the extent
such Technical Information is necessary or essential for the manufacture, use or
sale of Licensed Products and Improvements thereto.

                   1.16 "Technical  Information" means trade secrets,  know-how,
drawings,  designs,  specifications  and  industrial,  commercial and scientific
information  controlled  by  Licensor  and  disclosed  to  Licensee  under  this
Agreement.  Whenever used in this Agreement,  Technical Information includes any
information relating to Improvements of Licensor.

                   1.17 "Territory" means worldwide.

2. GRANT OF LICENSE.

                  2.1  Licensor  grants  to  Licensee  a  license,   within  the
Territory,  to use (i) the Licensed  Intellectual  Property Rights; and (ii) the
Technical  Information  solely to manufacture,  use, and sell Licensed Products;
provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 11 hereof,  Licensee
shall have no right to  manufacture  the Liquid Polymer Material.

                  2.2  Subject to Section 5.2  hereof,  the  license  granted to
Licensee under the terms of this Agreement is an exclusive  license with respect
to the manufacture,  use and sale of Licensed  Products for a period of 10 years
commencing  on the first day of the month in which  Licensee  makes its  initial
sale of the Licensed  Products,  but in no event shall the period of exclusivity
extend  beyond  a date  which  is 12 years  after  the  date of this  Agreement.
Thereafter  the  license  granted to  Licensee  hereunder  shall  continue  on a
nonexclusive basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee will permit Licensor
to grant a nonexclusive license to Iriso Electronics  Company,  Ltd., a Japanese
corporation  ("Iriso")  allowing  Iriso  to  manufacture,  use and sell in Japan
products  incorporating the Licensed Intellectual Property Rights and to utilize
the Technical  Information,  provided that Iriso shall have no right to sell any
such products (a) outside of Japan or (b) to a  distributor  that would sell any
such products outside of Japan.  However,  Licensor may grant Iriso the right to
sell any such  products to an  original  equipment  manufacturer  or to an added
value reseller in Japan that may  incorporate  any such products into goods that
are sold outside of Japan.

                  2.3 Licensee is not  authorized  to grant a sublicense  to any
third party without Licensor's prior written consent;  provided,  however,  that
Licensee may grant a sublicense to any of its  Affiliates  without prior written
consent. No Affiliate or sublicensee may be granted a sublicense pursuant to the
terms of this  Agreement  unless it shall  first agree in writing to be bound by
all of the terms of this  Agreement.  The revenues and costs of any Affiliate or
sublicensee,  directly related to any sublicense  granted  hereunder and falling
within the definition of Gross Profit, shall be aggregated with the revenues and
costs of  Licensee  for the  purpose of  determining  the  royalties  payable to
Licensor pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

3. DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF THE LICENSED PRODUCTS AND PRODUCT 
   MODIFICATIONS.

                  3.1 In  consideration  for  granting  the  license to Licensee
hereunder and the development of the Licensed Products and product modifications
and  enhancements  as described in this Section 3, Licensee has previously  paid
Licensor  $100,000.  In  addition,  Licensee  shall pay  Licensor an  additional
$650,000 by check delivered by courier next day delivery  contemporaneously with
the execution and delivery of this Agreement by both Parties.

                  3.2 Upon  execution  of the  Agreement  both  Parties will use
their good faith reasonable  efforts to develop the Licensed  Products and bring
them to commercialization as soon as feasible. In connection therewith, Licensor
will provide Licensee with the following:

                           3.2.1  During the term of this  Agreement,  Training,
Technical  Information  and Technical  Assistance  required to allow Licensee to
manufacture the Licensed Products in its facilities;

                           3.2.2 As soon as reasonably  possible, a final report
documenting all processing requirements and procedures necessary for Licensee to
manufacture the Licensed Products; and

                           3.2.3 As soon as reasonably possible,  the technology
necessary to improve the Licensed  Products for broader  product  application as
follows:

                                            (a) Trigger voltage = 200 V.
                                            (b) Clamping voltage = 25 V.

- - 3.3 To the extent that Licensor  specifically  undertakes any Licensed Product
modifications  or  enhancements  at Licensee's  written  request (other than-the
product  modifications  and enhancements  described in Section 3.2.3 above which
will be undertaken by Licensor at its sole expense),  Licensee  shall  reimburse
Licensor  for its  development  costs  as  described  below in  conducting  such
modifications or enhancements,  including any additional  capital equipment that
Licensee  requires  to  perform  such   modifications   and  enhancements.   The
development  costs  incurred  by  Licensor to be  reimbursed  by Licensee  shall
consist  of  direct  and  indirect  labor  and  associated  fringe  benefits  of
Licensor's  employees and  independent  contractors as allocated to the project,
scrap,  perishable  tooling,  supplies,  maintenance on machinery and equipment,
capital equipment costs,  material costs and travel costs. The development costs
incurred  by  Licensor  will be  amortized  over a period of 5 years and capital
equipment  cost incurred by Licensee will be amortized over a period of 10 years
and the  annual  amortization  will be  included  in the cost  structure  of the
Licensed Products for the purpose of determining annual royalties based on Gross
Profits (or if annual  royalties are based on net sales,  the royalties based on
net sales  will be  reduced by an  equivalent  amount to account  for the annual
amortization).

                  3.4 All inventions or other intellectual property conceived or
reduced to practice  jointly by the employees or independent  contractors of the
Parties,  as a  result  of  this  collaboration  and  during  the  term  of this
Agreement,  shall be jointly  owned by the  Parties and shall be included in the
license  without  charge to Licensee.  Licensee  shall not grant a sublicense in
such jointly owned inventions or intellectual property without the prior written
consent of Licensor.

                  3.5 Licensee  shall  utilize the SurgX trade name or trademark
in connection with the sale and promotion of the Licensed Products. Licensee may
also utilize its trade names or trademarks in  conjunction  with the SurgX trade
name or  trademark  in  connection  with the sale and  promotion of the Licensed
Products.  Licensor and Licensee shall enter into a Trademark  License Agreement
in the form attached hereto as Attachment 3.5.

4. DISCLOSURE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION.

                  4.1  Licensor  shall  disclose  and  furnish to  Licensee  all
Technical  Information  necessary or essential for the  incorporation and use of
Liquid  Polymer  Material  in the  manufacture,  use and  sale  of the  Licensed
Products.  Disclosure  of Technical  Information,  to the extent such  Technical
Information is in documentary or fixed form,  shall be by delivery of two copies
of the most recent versions thereof.  Delivery of Technical Information shall be
completed in compliance with the schedule of Attachment 4.1.

                  4.2 To the extent that Technical  Information is not available
in  documentary  or fixed form,  disclosure  shall be made by  Licensor,  at its
expense,  providing  Technical  Assistance to Licensee,  including  training and
consultation  normally  sufficient  to  demonstrate  the  practical  use  of the
Technical Information, and to communicate information applicable thereto in such
detail as to reasonably  permit Licensee to understand and make full use thereof
in the  establishment  and  operation  of a production  capability  for Licensed
Products, and to exercise the rights and licenses granted herein. Such Technical
Assistance  will be performed at the request of  Licensee,  consistent  with the
Technical Information delivery schedule of Attachment 4.1, by qualified Licensor
technical personnel,  at Licensee's  manufacturing plants and locations.  During
such visits,  Licensor personnel shall observe such rules and regulations as are
applicable to employees of Licensee,  and Licensor shall indemnify Licensee from
any liability which might be asserted or claimed against  Licensee,  arising out
of said visits by Licensor's personnel, including personal injury to or property
damage caused by such personnel.  Licensee will provide, at no cost to Licensor,
reasonable  facilities  for such  training and Technical  Assistance,  including
access to office  space,  secretarial  support and local phone use for  Licensor
personnel  engaged in such  training and Technical  Assistance.  Notwithstanding
Section 2.3 hereof,  Licensee may not  sublicense  the rights  contained in this
Section 4.2 without the specific prior written approval of Licensor.

                  4.3  By  arrangement  with  Licensor,  Licensee  may,  at  its
expense,  send qualified personnel to Licensor's  establishment for training for
the purpose of enabling  Licensor to  demonstrate  and  Licensee's  employees to
observe,  the manufacturing  and engineering  operations and the application and
use of Technical Information  pertaining to the Licensed Products.  The identity
and number of any such  personnel,  and the date and duration of each such visit
shall be such as Licensor  and  Licensee  mutually  agree.  During such  visits,
Licensee's  personnel shall observe such rules and regulations as are applicable
to  employees  of  Licensor,  and Licensee  shall  indemnify  Licensor  from any
liability  which might be asserted or claimed  against  Licensor  arising out of
said visits by Licensee's  personnel,  including  personal injury to or property
damage caused by such personnel.  Licensor will provide, at no cost to Licensee,
reasonable  facilities  for such  training,  including  access to office  space,
secretarial support and local phone use for Licensee's personnel engaged in such
training.

                  4.4 After  delivery of the Technical  Information  pursuant to
Attachment  4.1,  Licensee's  personnel may direct  correspondence  or telephone
inquiries to Licensor's

personnel  requesting  reasonable  amounts  of  Technical  Assistance  and  oral
explanation concerning Licensor's method of manufacturing, Technical Information
or operation of the Licensed  Products,  and Licensor agrees to promptly respond
to such  inquiries  and to supply  such  assistance  to the  extent it is in the
possession of, or known to, Licensor,  and at the place and times upon which the
Parties may mutually agree.

                  4.5 Licensor  agrees to promptly notify Licensee of any defect
or error discovered in the Technical Information,  and of any corrective action,
revisions or customer notice made by Licensor with regard thereto.

                  4.6 During the term of this Agreement, Licensor shall promptly
disclose  and  deliver to  Licensee  any  Improvements  conceived  or reduced to
practice  in whole or in part by  Licensor.  Licensor  also  agrees to  promptly
deliver   sufficient   information  to  allow   Licensee  to  incorporate   such
Improvements  into the  Licensed  Products.  During the term of this  Agreement,
Licensee  shall  promptly  deliver to Licensor  any  Improvements  conceived  or
reduced to practice  in whole or in part by  Licensee.  Licensee  also agrees to
promptly  deliver  sufficient  information to allow Licensor to incorporate such
Improvements into the Licensed Products.

5. ROYALTIES.

                  5.1 Commencing with the First Royalty Year, Licensee shall pay
to Licensor an annual royalty for the license granted herein equal to 25% of the
Gross Profit  recognized by Licensee,  its Affiliates and any sublicensee on the
sale of  Licensed  Products  during  the  relevant  Royalty  Year.  The  Parties
acknowledge  that it is their  desire to  ultimately  convert  this royalty to a
royalty based upon net sales of the Licensed  Products (instead of Gross Profit)
but  they  do  not  have  sufficient   experience  to  currently  calculate  the
appropriate royalty rate. Therefore, the Parties agree that after two years from
the date of this  Agreement,  they shall  discuss  in good faith a royalty  rate
based on net sales which provides the same economic  allocation as that intended
by the royalty  based on Gross  Profit.  Unless both  Parties  execute a written
amendment to this Agreement  setting forth the terms of the royalty based on net
sales,  any promises,  agreements or  understandings  made by the Parties during
their  discussions and negotiations  will not be binding on the Parties.  If the
Parties do not execute a written  amendment to this Agreement  setting forth the
terms of the royalty  based on net sales,  then Licensee  shall  continue to pay
Licensor an annual royalty based on Gross Profit as described above.

                  5.2 In order to maintain the  exclusive  nature of the license
for the 10 year  exclusivity  period  described in Section 2.2,  Licensee  shall
insure  that the  annual  royalties  payable  to  Licensor  are no less than the
following amounts ("Minimum Annual Royalties"):

Royalty Year                                    Minimum Annual Royalties
1st                                                       $0
2nd                                                 $200,000
3rd                                                 $500,000
4th-5th                                           $1,000,000 (each Royalty Year)
6th-lOth                                          $2,500,000 (each Royalty Year)

If in any Royalty Year,  the royalties  based on Gross Profit (or net sales,  if
applicable) are less than the Minimum Annual Royalties, Licensee, at its option,
has the  right to pay up the  difference  to a total  equalling  the  respective
year's Minimum Annual  Royalty.  If Licensee elects not to pay up the difference
to a total  equalling the respective  year's Minimum  Annual  Royalty,  then the
license granted hereunder shall become a non-exclusive license for the remaining
term of this  Agreement  subject to the rights of the Licensor to terminate this
Agreement as set forth in Section  14.4.  In the event the license  reverts to a
nonexclusive  license  because  Licensee  elects not to pay the  Minimum  Annual
Royalties,  the Licensee shall no longer be liable for payment of Minimum Annual
Royalties  but shall  continue  to be liable  for  royalties  based on the Gross
Profit (or net sales, if applicable) of Licensed Products sold.

                  5.3 As a matter of convenience, to protect Licensor's Licensed
Intellectual  Property  Rights and as an  acknowledgment  that  Licensee  is not
currently in the business of producing any  resettable  electrostatic  discharge
protection  products  or products  incorporating  any  resettable  electrostatic
discharge  protection  products,  Licensee  agrees that the  royalty  under this
Section  5 shall  apply to all  resettable  electrostatic  discharge  protection
products which are covered by (a) the Licensed  Intellectual  Property Rights or
(b) Improvements of Licensee.

                  5.4 Subject to Section 5.3, nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed to prohibit Licensee from conceiving,  reducing to practice,  developing,
making,  using,  marketing  or  otherwise  distributing  or  promoting  products
competitive  with  the  Licensed  Products  produced  hereunder,  provided  that
Licensee  does not breach any  provision of Section 12 or disparage the Licensed
Products produced hereunder in doing so.

6. PAYMENTS.

                  6.1 Royalties (including Minimum Annual Royalties) are due and
payable for each  quarter of each Royalty Year within 45 days after each quarter
of each such Royalty Year.

                  6.2 All payments payable by Licensee to Licensor shall be paid
in U.S. dollars to Licensor at the address set out in Section 19.

7. RECORDS. REPORTS AND INSPECTION.

                  7.1  Licensee  shall at all times  keep  complete  and  proper
records of all Licensed  Products  manufactured,  used or sold by Licensee,  its
Affiliates and any sublicensee.

Sales or dispositions  shall be considered as made on the date of the invoice or
shipment, whichever occurs first.

                  7.2  Within 45 days after each  quarter of each  Royalty  Year
during  the term of this  Agreement,  Licensee  shall  send to  Licensor  a full
statement in writing  identifying  separately the total number of pieces in each
product category of Licensed  Products sold by Licensee,  its Affiliates and any
sublicensee  during the preceding quarter of such Royalty Year,  together with a
computation of royalties due Licensor.

                  7.3  Licensor  shall have the right,  upon  giving at least 30
days' advance  notice,  at any time during normal  business  hours, to audit the
records of Licensee,  any  sublicensee  and any Affiliate to which  Licensee has
granted a  sublicense  by having an  independent  auditor  examine the books and
records of Licensee,  any  sublicensee  and any Affiliate to which  Licensee has
granted a sublicense  relating to the  computation  of royalties on the Licensed
Products.  Licensee,  any  sublicensee  and any Affiliate to which  Licensee has
granted a sublicense  shall keep the records  available for inspection for three
years after expiration of the Royalty Year in which they are made and Licensor's
right to audit the records of Licensee,  any  sublicensee  and any  Affiliate to
which Licensee has granted a sublicense  shall not extend beyond such three year
period. Licensor shall, and shall cause its independent auditor to, maintain the
confidentiality  of all  information,  books and  records  examined  during such
audit.  Licensor  will bear the expense of any such audit unless the audit shows
an  underpayment  of more  than 5% for the  applicable  period,  in  which  case
Licensee shall bear the expense of the audit.

8. WARRANTY.

                  8.1  Licensor  warrants  that it has the  right to  grant  the
rights  licensed  hereunder and there are no  outstanding  assignments,  grants,
licenses, encumbrances or obligations inconsistent with this Agreement.

                  8.2 To the knowledge of Licensor and its Affiliates,  Licensor
warrants that the Licensed  Intellectual  Property Rights do not interfere with,
infringe  upon,  misappropriate  or  otherwise  conflict  with any  intellectual
property  rights of third  parties and  Licensor and its  Affiliates  have never
received any charge, complaint,  claim or notice alleging any such interference,
infringement,  misappropriation  or violation.  To the knowledge of Licensor and
its   Affiliates,   no  third  party  has  interfered   with,   infringed  upon,
misappropriated  or  otherwise  come  into  conflict  with  any of the  Licensed
Intellectual Property Rights.

9 INDEMNIFICATION.

                   9.1  Licensor  agrees  to  indemnify  Licensee,  its  agents,
employees,  officers,  directors  and  representatives  (the  "Licensee  Group")
against  any and all losses  and  expenses  arising  from any  claims,  demands,
actions, suits, or prosecution  (collectively,  a "Claim") that may be initiated
against  the  Licensee  Group  by  an  unaffiliated   third  party  relating  to
infringement  claims  (specifically  including  claims  that may arise  from the
patents  described in Attachment  9.1 hereof) which are the result of the Liquid
Polymer  Material or the  incorporation  or  combination  of the Liquid  Polymer
Material with Licensee Components in the Licensed Products manufactured, used or
sold by  Licensee  in the  Territory  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement.
Licensor  will have no such  obligation  (i) unless it is  promptly  notified by
Licensee  of any Claim or threat of a Claim  provided,  however,  that  delay or
failure to so notify  shall not relieve  Licensor of its  indemnity  obligations
unless  and  to the  extent  Licensor  is  thereby  damaged,  (ii)  unless  upon
Licensor's  request and  expense,  Licensee  cooperates  reasonably  in any such
Claim,  (iii) to the  extent  the  Claim  involves  specifications  provided  by
Licensee  or  any  change  or  addition  to or  modification  of  such  Licensed
Intellectual  Property Rights or any use or application  thereof  different from
the  commercial  uses  and  applications  of  Licensor  as of the  date  of this
Agreement  or (iv) for any  settlement  Licensor  does not approve in advance in
writing.  Licensee,  at its sole cost and expense, may elect to join Licensor to
defend such Claim so long as Licensee is an exclusive licensee hereunder. If any
resolution  of such a Claim results in the payment of a royalty by Licensee to a
third party as necessary to make, use, or sell Licensed  Products,  such royalty
shall be allocated  to Gross  Profit to the extent such  royalty  accrues on the
manufacture,  use or sale of the Licensed Products (or if royalties are based on
net sales rather than Gross Profit,  25% of such third party  royalties shall be
deducted from and credited against any royalties otherwise due to Licensor under
this Agreement).

                  9.2  Licensee  agrees  to  indemnify  Licensor,   its  agents,
employees,  officers,  directors  and  representatives  (the  "Licensor  Group")
against  any and all losses  and  expenses  arising  from any  claims,  demands,
actions,  suits or prosecution  (collectively,  a "Claim") that may be initiated
against  the  Licensor  Group  by  an  unaffiliated   third  party  relating  to
infringement  claims  which  are the  result  of the  use or  sale  of  Licensee
Components which are incorporated in the Licensed Products manufactured, used or
sold by  Licensee  in the  Territory  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement.
Licensee  will have no such  obligation  (i) unless it is  promptly  notified by
Licensor  of any Claim or threat of a Claim  provided,  however,  that  delay or
failure to so notify  shall not relieve  Licensee of its  indemnity  obligations
unless  and  to the  extent  Licensee  is  thereby  damaged,  (ii)  unless  upon
Licensee's request and expense Licensor cooperates  reasonably in any such Claim
and (iii) for any  settlement  Licensee  does not approve in advance in writing.
Licensor,  at its sole cost and  expense,  may elect to join  Licensee to defend
such  Claim.  If any  resolution  of such a Claim  results  in the  payment of a
royalty by Licensor to a third party as necessary to make,  use or sell Licensed
Products (other than the patent rights specified in Attachment 1.5 to the extent
such patent  rights are  incorporated  in the Licensed  Products),  such royalty
shall be allocated  to Gross  Profit to the extent such  royalty  accrues on the
manufacture,  use or sale of the Licensed Products (or if royalties are based on
net sales rather than Gross Profit,  25% of such third party  royalties shall be
deducted from and credited against any royalties otherwise due to Licensor under
this Agreement).

10. IMPROVEMENTS.

                   10.1 Licensor agrees to disclose to Licensee any Improvements
made  by  Licensor  relating  to  the  Licensed   Intellectual  Property  Rights
developed,  conceived or reduced to practice by Licensor during the term of this
Agreement  and to  grant  Licensee  the  right  to use the  Improvements  in the
manufacture,  use and sale of the Licensed  Products at no additional cost under
the same terms and conditions of this Agreement for the term of this Agreement.

                   10.2 Licensee agrees to disclose to Licensor any Improvements
made by Licensee,  its  Affiliates or any  sublicensee  relating to the Licensed
Intellectual  Property  Rights  developed,  conceived  or reduced to practice by
Licensee  during the term of this  Agreement and to grant  Licensor a worldwide,
royalty-free license to any such Improvements for the term of this Agreement. To
the extent that any such  Improvement  as made by  Licensee  can only be used or
sold with reference to the Licensed Products or such Improvement  constitutes an
enhancement or improvement to the Liquid Polymer  Material,  Licensor shall have
the full right to sublicense  such  Improvement.  Conversely,  to the extent any
such Improvement has uses both with reference to the Licensed Products and other
products of Licensee,  Licensor shall have no right to sublicense  such Licensee
Improvement without the prior written consent of Licensee.

11. MANUFACTURE AND SUPPLY OF LIQUID POLYMER MATERIAL.

                   11.1  Pursuant  to the  terms  of a  Supply  Agreement  to be
negotiated and entered into by the Parties, Licensor shall manufacture,  or have
manufactured  for it, and shall sell to Licensee  all of  Licensee's  forecasted
requirements for the Liquid Polymer Material at a price equal to Licensor's cost
for such  material as defined on  Attachment  11.1. In the event the Parties are
unable in good faith to negotiate and enter into a Supply  Agreement,  the terms
and conditions of the supply arrangement will be governed by this Section 11. At
least four months prior to each delivery date, Licensee shall deliver a forecast
to Licensor of Licensee's quantity requirements for the Liquid Polymer Material.
Licensee shall act in a  commercially  reasonable  manner to schedule  orders to
avoid creating  production  capacity  problems for Licensor.  The Liquid Polymer
Material delivered to Licensee shall be F.O.B. Licensee's manufacturing facility
in the  Continental  United States.  Licensor  shall use  reasonable  commercial
efforts to deliver the Liquid Polymer Material by the applicable  delivery date.
All customs, duties, costs, taxes, insurance premiums and other expenses related
to transportation and delivery shall be at Licensee's  expense.  Licensor agrees
to deliver Liquid  Polymer  Material to Licensee in conformity  with  Licensee's
forecast,  free of material  and  workmanship  defects and meeting the  Parties'
mutually agreed upon quality control requirements.

11.2  Licensee  shall have the right,  upon  giving at least  thirty  (30) days'
advance notice,  at any time during normal  business hours, to audit  Licensor's
records  by having an  independent  auditor  examine  the books and  records  of
Licensor  relating to the cost of the Liquid  Polymer  Material.  Licensor shall
keep the records  available  for  inspection  for three years after each date of
delivery of the Liquid Polymer Material and Licensee's right to audit Licensor's
records  shall not extend  beyond such three year period.  Licensee  shall,  and
shall cause its  independent  auditor to,  maintain the  confidentiality  of all
information,  books and records examined during such audit.  Licensee shall bear
the expense of any such audit unless the audit shows an overpayment of more than
5% for the applicable  period, in which case Licensor shall bear the cost of the
audit.

                   11.3 Licensee  shall have the right to  self-manufacture  the
Liquid  Polymer  Material  i(pound) (i) Licensor  fails to meet its  obligations
under the Supply  Agreement,  or under this  Section 11 if the Parties  have not
entered into a Supply-Agreement, with regard to delivering Licensee's forecasted
requirements  for the Liquid Polymer  Material under the terms and conditions of
the Supply  Agreement,  or under this Section 11 if the Parties have not entered
into a  Supply  Agreement  (unless  such  failure  is a result  of a  breach  or
anticipatory  breach of this Agreement by Licensee),  and such failure continues
for a period of 60 days  after  written  notice  thereof  to  Licensor,  or (ii)
Licensor becomes insolvent, or a case or proceeding under bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar law is commenced by or against  Licensor and is not dismissed  within
45 days or Licensor makes an general assignment for the benefit of creditors. If
Licensee has the right to self-manufacture  the Liquid Polymer Material pursuant
to  Section  11.3(i)  or (ii)  hereof,  Licensee  shall  exercise  its  right to
self-manufacture the Liquid Polymer Material by giving written notice thereof to
Licensor and  immediately  upon receipt of such notice  Licensor  shall  provide
Licensee with any and all  Technical  Information  and  Technical  Assistance to
allow Licensee to manufacture the Liquid Polymer Material. If any event of force
majeure  disrupts  the  supply of Liquid  Polymer  Material  to  Licensee  which
disruption  continues  for a period of 60 days,  then,  notwithstanding  Section
22.2,  Licensor  shall find an  alternate  source to supply  the Liquid  Polymer
Material  to Licensee or shall  allow  Licensee to  self-manufacture  the Liquid
Polymer Material;  provided, however, that the foregoing shall apply only during
the time period that the disruption in the supply of Liquid Polymer  Material as
a result of an event of force majeure continues.

                   11.4 Upon  execution of this  Agreement,  as a  precautionary
measure to insure all  information  relating  to the  manufacture  of the Liquid
Polymer  Material is available to Licensee in the event  Licensee  exercises its
right to  self-manufacture  the Liquid Polymer Material,  Licensor shall deliver
all of the documents  relating to the manufacture of the Liquid Polymer Material
that are necessary for Licensee to self-manufacture  the Liquid Polymer Material
to an escrow agent  mutually  agreed to by the  parties.  The escrow agent shall
hold  all of such  documents  in  escrow  pursuant  to the  terms  of an  Escrow
Agreement  between the  parties.  The Escrow  Agreement  shall  provide that the
escrow  agent will not  disclose  such  documents  to Licensee  unless and until
Licensee issues its written notice to both Licensor and the escrow agent that it
is exercising  its right to  self-manufacture  the Liquid  Polymer  Material and
Licensor  has not  provided  the  escrow  agent  with  notice  within  ten  days
thereafter that it is disputing  Licensee's right to self-manufacture the Liquid
Polymer Material.  Licensor and Licensee shall enter into an Escrow Agreement in
the form attached hereto as Attachment 11.4.

12. NONDISCLOSURE.

                   12.1  Prior to and  during  the term of this  Agreement,  the
Parties  have made and will make  certain  disclosures  to each other  regarding
information  which is proprietary and  confidential to them in their  businesses
(the   "Confidential   Information").   In  order  to  constitute   Confidential
Information, information being disclosed must either be in writing and marked as
being  proprietary or  confidential  or, if given orally,  must be identified as
proprietary  when stated and  confirmed in writing to be  proprietary  within 30
days of the original oral disclosure. In particular Licensee recognizes that the
Licensed  Intellectual Property Rights (and the confidential nature thereof) are
critical to the business of Licensor and that Licensor would not enter into this
Agreement  without  assurance that such technology and information and the value
thereof will be  protected as provided in this Section 12 and  elsewhere in this
Agreement. Accordingly, each party agrees as follows:

                   12.2 The party  receiving such  information  (the  "Receiving
Party") agrees (i) to hold the Disclosing  Party's  Confidential  Information in
confidence and to take all reasonable  precautions to protect such  Confidential
Information (including,  without limitation, all precautions the Receiving Party
employs with  respect to its  confidential  materials),  (ii) not to divulge any
such Confidential  Information or any information derived therefrom to any third
person,  (iii) not to make any use  whatsoever at any time of such  Confidential
Information  except as expressly  authorized in this Agreement,  and (iv) not to
remove or export  from the  United  States or  re-export  any such  Confidential
Information or any direct product thereof (e.g.,  Licensed  Products by whomever
made) to Afghanistan,  the Peoples' Republic of China or any Group Q, S, W, Y or
Z country (as  specified in Supplement  No. 1 to Section 770 of the U.S.  Export
Administration  Regulations,  or a  successor  thereto) or  otherwise  except in
compliance  with and with all licenses and approvals  required under  applicable
export laws and regulations,  including  without  limitation,  those of the U.S.
Department  of  Commerce.  Any employee  given  access to any such  Confidential
Information  must have a legitimate  "need to know" and shall have  executed the
standard form of the confidentiality  agreement of the Receiving Party.  Without
granting any right or license,  the  Disclosing  Party agrees that the foregoing
clauses  (i),  (ii) and (iii) shall not apply with  respect to  information  the
Receiving  Party  can  document  (i) is in or  (through  no  improper  action or
inaction  by  the  Receiving  Party  or any  Affiliate,  sublicensee,  agent  or
employee) enters the public domain,  or (ii) was rightfully in its possession or
known by it prior to receipt from the Disclosing  Party, or (iii) was rightfully
disclosed to it by another person without restriction, (iv) was disclosed by the
Disclosing Party to a third party on an unrestricted  nonconfidential  basis, or
(v) was independently developed by the Receiving Party by persons without access
to such  information  and without  use of any  Confidential  Information  of the
Disclosing  Party.  If the  Receiving  Party  believes that  information  that a
Disclosing  Party  has  identified  as  Confidential  Information  is no  longer
Confidential  Information due to the circumstances in the immediately  preceding
sentence,  the  Receiving  Party shall  establish  same by clear and  convincing
evidence  prior  to  making  a  disclosure  of such  information.  Each  party's
obligations  under this  Section  12.2  (except  under  clause (iv) of the first
sentence)  shall  terminate  five  (5)  years  after  the  termination  of  this
Agreement.

                   12.3  Immediately  upon any  termination or expiration of the
Receiving  Party's  license under Section 13, the Receiving Party will turn over
to the Disclosing Party all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party and
all documents or media containing any such Confidential  Information and any and
all copies or extracts thereo(pound)

                   12.4  Licensor  recognizes  that  Licensee may have a need to
furnish  Technical  Information  received  hereunder  to  third  parties  in the
exercise of rights granted hereunder, and to customers (e.g., OEM) incorporating
Licensed  Products into other  equipment.  Licensee may disclose such  Technical
Information  to any such third  party for its use in the  exercise of the rights
granted by Licensor hereunder, solely for the benefit of Licensee, provided such
disclosure is made to such third parties  under a written  agreement  containing
restrictions on disclosure and use equivalent to those contained in this Section
12.

13. TERM.  This  Agreement  shall begin on the date first above  written.  This-
Agreement shall remain in effect,  unless terminated at an earlier date pursuant
to Section 14 herein,  for a period of 15 years or until the  expiration  of the
last issuing patent which is included in Licensed  Intellectual Property Rights,
whichever is greater.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Licensee shall have the
option to extend the term of this Agreement on a year-to-year basis by providing
written  notice of its  election  to extend the term within 60 days prior to the
expiration  of the initial  term or any  extended  term.  Any  extension of this
Agreement  shall be subject to all terms and  conditions  herein,  provided that
Licensee  shall be obligated to pay only 75% of the royalties that it would have
been obligated to pay during the initial term of this Agreement.

14. TERMINATION.

                   14.1 This  Agreement  may be  terminated at any time prior to
the  expiration  of its  normal  term by the  mutual  written  agreement  of the
Parties.

                   14.2  This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by  Licensor  upon
written  notice to  Licensee  if  Licensee  fails to make any  payment  when due
hereunder  and such payment is not remedied  within 30 days from written  notice
thereof.  However,  the Licensor may not  terminate  the Agreement to the extent
there is a bona fide  dispute as to the amount of  royalties  due  provided  the
amount of royalties  not in dispute are paid by Licensee  within the 30 day cure
period.

                   14.3 This  Agreement  may be  terminated by either party upon
written notice to the other party:

                           14.3.1 immediately, if the other party defaults under
or breaches any of the terms of this Agreement and such default or breach is not
remedied within a period of 60 days after written  notification  thereof (except
breach of the payment obligation, as set out above); or
14.3.2 immediately, if a material provision of this Agreement is held invalid or
unenforceable by the determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.

                  14.4 This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by Licensor  upon 30
days' prior notice to Licensee  given within the one-year  period  following the
applicable Royalty Year and the payment of $750,000 to Licensee in the event:

                           14.4.1  Licensee has failed to pay the Minimum Annual
Royalties  applicable  to the  Second  or Third  Royalty  Year and has not cured
within the 30 day notice period; or

                           14.4.2  Licensee  has  failed  to  pay a  minimum  of
$1,000,000 in royalties to Licensor each year during the Fourth  through  Tenth,
inclusive,  Royalty Year and has not cured such default within the 30 day notice
period.
                   14.5 If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 14.4
above,  the  Licensee  shall retain a license to  manufacture,  use and sell the
Licensed  Products under the Licensed  Intellectual  Property  Rights,  but such
license shall be limited to the manufacture,  use and sale of Licensed  Products
to those customers of Licensee who have previously  purchased  Licensed Products
(such customers to be derived by a  customer/product  sales history and Licensee
may sell to any  such  existing  customer  only  those  pieces  in each  product
category of the Licensed Products that such customer had purchased from Licensee
prior to the  termination  of this  Agreement).  During the term of such limited
license and until the expiration of the term of this Agreement  under Section 13
hereof:  (i) Licensee  shall continue to pay Licensor  royalties  based on Gross
Profit (or net sales,  if  applicable)  as  provided  in Section  5.1;  and (ii)
Licensee may continue to obtain Liquid Polymer  Material  according to the terms
of Section 11.

15. RIGHTS AFTER TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION.

                 15.1 Except to the extent  necessary  for  Licensee to exercise
its rights under Section 14.5,  upon the  termination  of this  Agreement  under
Sections 14.1,  14.2, 14.3 or 14.4,  Licensee shall:  (i) immediately  cease all
further use of Technical  Information and manufacture of Licensed Products,  but
shall be allowed to continue to use or sell Licensed Products manufactured prior
to the date of termination of this Agreement provided, Licensee continues to pay
Licensor any royalties  relating to such use or sales; (ii) Licensee shall cease
all use of the Licensed Intellectual Property Rights; (iii) Licensee will return
to Licensor or destroy and  provide  Licensor a complete  list of all  Technical
Information, including all specifications and drawings, and all copies thereof.

<PAGE>


                   15.2  Termination  or expiration of this  Agreement (i) shall
not  release  Licensee  from  its  obligation  to  make  payment  in full of all
royalties  which have  accrued to that date,  (ii) shall not relieve the Parties
from all other  obligations or liabilities  under this Agreement which expressly
extend beyond the  termination or expiration and (iii) shall not be construed as
a waiver of any rights,  claims (including  claims for damages),  or obligations
that have accrued up to and including the date of termination or expiration.  In
particular,  it is  understood  that Sections 3.4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 12, 15, 16 and 20
hereof shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

16. LITIGATION AND FILING MATTERS.

                   16.1 Licensor  retains the sole right and  discretion to file
and prosecute patent  applications,  maintain patents and apply for intellectual
property rights in the Territory relating to the Licensed  Intellectual Property
Rights or any  Improvements.  At Licensee's  request while  Licensee  remains an
exclusive  licensee  hereunder,  Licensor  will  discuss  its  decision on these
matters with  Licensee,  but Licensee  will not attempt to file or prosecute any
such patent applications or maintain any such patent (i) except as Licensor may,
in its sole  discretion,  approve in writing and (ii) except that  Licensee  may
continue  maintenance  of licensed  patents  issued in the Territory if Licensor
elects  not  to  do  so.   Licensor's   existing  relevant  patents  and  patent
applications in the Territory are listed on Attachment 1.5.

                   16.2 If Licensee  becomes aware of any product or activity of
any  third  party  that  involves  infringement  or  violation  of any  Licensed
Intellectual  Property  Right in the  Territory,  then Licensee  shall  promptly
notify Licensor in writing of such  infringement  or violation.  Licensor may in
its discretion take or not take whatever  action it believes is appropriate;  if
Licensor elects to take action,  Licensee will reasonably cooperate therewith at
Licensor's expense. Licensor will indemnify Licensee for any damages,  expenses,
costs and fees in connection with Licensor's actions under this Section 16.2.

If Licensor does not,  within 90 days after receipt of such a notice of a patent
infringement  within the scope of Licensee's license hereunder,  commence action
directed towards restraining or enjoining such patent infringement, Licensee, so
long as it is an exclusive licensee hereunder, may take such legally permissible
action as it deems necessary or appropriate to enforce  Licensor's patent rights
and restrain such infringement.  Licensor agrees to cooperate  reasonably in any
such action  initiated by Licensee  including  supplying  essential  documentary
evidence and making essential witnesses then in Licensor's employment available.
As part of such cooperation,  Licensee may join Licensor as a party, if the need
arises, although such joinder shall be entirely at Licensee's expense.  Licensee
will indemnify Licensor for any damages,  expenses, costs and fees in connection
with  Licensee's  actions  under this  Section 16.2 Nothing in this Section 16.2
allows  Licensee or requires  Licensor to  disclose  the  Licensed  Intellectual
Property Rights except the patent rights set forth in Attachment 1.5.

                   If  Licensor  solely  initiates  and  prosecutes  any such an
action under this Section  16.2,  all legal expense  (including  court costs and
attorneys' fees) shall be for Licensor's account and it shall be entitled to all
amounts awarded by way of judgment, settlement or compromise.

                   Licensee  may  join,  solely  at its own  expense,  an action
prosecuted  by  Licensor  and any amounts  awarded by way of  judgment  shall be
allocated  between Licensor and Licensee as the court shall determine each party
has been damaged.

                   In the event  Licensor  elects  not to  initiate  suit and if
Licensee  solely  initiates and  prosecutes  such an action,  all legal expenses
(including court costs and attorneys' fees) shall be for Licensee's  account and
it shall be entitled to all amounts awarded by way of judgment,  settlement,  or
compromise.

                   16.3  Licensee  understands  that  Licensor has not conducted
comprehensive patent searches in all of the countries in the Territory.

                   16.4 INCIDENTAL AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. NEITHER PARTY WILL
BE LIABLE UNDER ANY CONTRACT,  NEGLIGENCE,  STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER THEORY FOR
ANY  INCIDENTAL OR  CONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF
THIS  AGREEMENT  EXCEPT A BREACH OF SECTION 12.  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE FOREGOING,
THIS SECTION 16.4 SHALL NOT LIMIT THE INDEMNITY  OBLIGATION OF THE PARTIES UNDER
SECTION 9 WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES.

                 16.5 LIMITATION OF OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITY. LICENSOR

WILL NOT BE LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT  MATTER OF THIS  AGREEMENT  UNDER
ANY  CONTRACT,  NEGLIGENCE,  STRICT  LIABILITY  OR  OTHER  THEORY  FOR  COST  OF
PROCUREMENT  OF  SUBSTITUTE  GOODS,  SERVICES,  TECHNOLOGY  OR RIGHTS OR FOR ANY
AMOUNTS AGGREGATING IN EXCESS OF AMOUNTS PAID TO IT HEREUNDER.

17.  WAIVER OF DEFAULT.  The  failure of either  party at any time to enforce or
require  performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement,  or to exercise
any right or option herein provided, shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of that or any other  provision of this Agreement or to affect the right of such
party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision.  All waivers shall be
in writing and signed by the  waiving  party.  No waiver by either  party of any
default  of the  other  party  shall  be held to be a  waiver  of any  other  or
subsequent default.

18.  RELATIONSHIP  OF PARTIES.  It is agreed  that the  Parties are  independent
contractors and not partners,  joint venturers or otherwise affiliated.  Neither
party has any right or  authority  to assume,  create or incur any  liability or
obligation  of any kind,  express  or  implied,  against,  in the name of, or on
behalf of the other party.

19. NOTICE.  Any notice pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall
be deemed given (i) when  delivered by hand or mail,  (ii) when  transmitted  by
telecopier,  with confirmation of receipt; provided that a copy is sent at about
the same time by registered or certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  or
(iii)  three days after  being sent by Express  Mail,  Federal  Express or other
express  delivery  service,  to the  addressee  at the  following  addresses  or
telecopier numbers (or to such other address or telecopier number as a party may
specify from time to time by notice):

 If to Licensor:           SurgX Corporation -
                           Attention: President
                           47341 Bayside Parkway
                           Fremont, CA 94538
                           Facsimile: (510) 249-1150
 if to Licensee:           Bussmann Division of McGraw-Edison Company
                           Attention: President
                           114 Old State Road
                           Ellisville, MO 63178
                           Facsimile: (314) 527-1497
 with copy to:             Cooper Industries, Inc.
                           Attention: General Counsel
                           P.O. Box 4446
                           Houston, Texas 77210 USA
                           Facsimile: (713) 209-8991

20.  Dispute  RESOLUTION.  Any dispute or claim arising out of, or in connection
with,  this  Agreement  which is not settled to the mutual  satisfaction  of the
Parties within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as may be mutually agreed
upon) from the date that either  party  informs  the other in writing  that such
dispute or disagreement  exists,  shall be submitted to mediation conducted by a
mediator  mutually  acceptable to the Parties.  In the event the Parties  cannot
resolve the dispute or claim through mediation,  then the claim or dispute shall
be finally settled by binding arbitration in the counties of Alameda,  San Mateo
or  Santa  Clara,  California  in  accordance  with the  rules  of the  American
Arbitration  Association by three (3)  arbitrators  appointed in accordance with
said rules in effect on the date that such notice is given.  The decision of the
arbitrators  shall be final and binding upon the Parties and  judgment  upon any
award  rendered  by all or a majority of the  arbitrators  may be entered in any
court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the cost of preparing its
case.  The cost of the  arbitration,  including  the fees  and  expenses  of the
arbitrators, will be shared equally by the Parties unless the arbitrators' award
otherwise  provides.  The Parties agree that,  any  provision of applicable  law
notwithstanding,  they  will not  request,  and the  arbitrators  shall not have
authority to award punitive  damages against any party or Parties.  Either party
may request a court to provide interim or provisional  relief and such a request
shall not be deemed  incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or as a waiver
of that agreement.

21.  ASSIGNMENT.  This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon the  Parties and their
permitted  successors  and  assigns.  Licensor may assign or delegate any of its
rights or  obligations  under this  Agreement  to an  Affiliate  with  notice to
Licensee  provided the Licensor  remains liable for its  performance  under this
Agreement.  Licensee  may assign or  delegate  any of its rights or  obligations
under this Agreement to an Affiliate with notice to Licensor  provided  Licensee
remains liable for its performance under this Agreement.  Except for assignments
to Affiliates as described above,  neither party may assign any of its rights or
obligations  to a third  party  without the prior  written  consent of the other
party which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

22. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  22.1 Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed in  accordance  with the  substantive  laws of Delaware and the United
States without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof and without regard
to the United  Nations  Convention  on Contracts for the  International  Sale of
Goods. Subject to Section 20 and unless otherwise elected by Licensor in writing
for the  particular  instance  (which  Licensor may do at its option),  the sole
jurisdiction and venue for actions related to the subject matter hereof shall be
the U.S.  federal  courts  having  within  their  jurisdiction  the  location of
Licensor's principal place of business. Both parties consent to the jurisdiction
of such  courts and agree  that  process  may be served in the  manner  provided
herein for giving of notices or  otherwise as allowed by  California  or federal
law. In any action or proceeding  to enforce  rights under this  Agreement,  the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover costs and attorneys' fees.

                  22.2 Force Majeure.  Neither party hereto shall be responsible
for any  failure to perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement  (other than
obligations  to pay money or  obligations  under  Sections  9, 12 or 16) if such
failure is caused by acts of God, war, strikes,  revolutions, lack or failure of
transportation  facilities,  laws or  governmental  regulations  or other causes
which are beyond the reasonable  control of such party.  Obligations  hereunder,
however,  shall in no event be  excused  but shall be  suspended  only until the
cessation  of any cause of such  failure.  In the event that such force  majeure
should  obstruct  performance  of this Agreement for more than three (3) months,
the parties  hereto  shall  consult  with each other to  determine  whether this
Agreement  should be modified.  The party facing an event of force majeure shall
use its best  endeavors in order to remedy that situation as well as to minimize
its  effects.  A case of force  majeure  shall be notified to the other party by
telex or  telefax  within  five (5)  days  after  its  occurrence  and  shall be
confirmed by a letter.

                 22.3 Export  Control.  Each party hereby  agrees to comply with
all export laws and  restrictions  and regulations of the Department of Commerce
or other  United  States or foreign  agency or  authority,  and not to knowingly
export, or allow the export or re-export of any Licensed  Intellectual  Property
Rights or Licensed Products or derivative of the Licensed  Intellectual Property
Rights or the Licensed  Products or any direct  product  thereof in violation of
any such  restrictions,  laws or regulations,  or, without all required licenses
and authorizations,  to Afghanistan, the Peoples' Republic of China or any Group
Q, S, W, Y or Z  country  specified  in the  then  current  Supplement  No. 1 to
Section 770 of the U.S.  Export  Administration  Regulations  (or any  successor
supplement or regulations).

                  22.4 Severabilitv.  If any provision of this Agreement is held
illegal,  invalid or  unenforceable by a court of competent  jurisdiction,  that
provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent  necessary so that
this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable.

                 22.5 Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire
agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements,  negotiations
or discussions between them regarding the subject matter.
 
                 22.6 No Third-Party  Beneficiaries.  This  Agreement  shall not
confer any rights or remedies  upon any person or entity  other than the Parties
and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
                  22.7  Headings.   The  section  headings   contained  in  this
Agreement and in the attachments are inserted for convenience only and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

                  22.8 Amendments and Waivers.  No amendment of any provision of
this Agreement or any Attachments  hereto shall be valid unless it is in writing
and signed by each party.

                  22.9  Severabilitv.  Any provision of this  Agreement  that is
invalid or unenforceable  in any situation in any jurisdiction  shall not affect
the validity or  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions or the validity or
enforceability of the offending provision in any other situation or in any other
jurisdiction.

                  22.10 Incorporation of Schedules.  The attachments  identified
in  this  Agreement  are  incorporated  by  reference  and  made a part  of this
Agreement.

                  22.11  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed in any
number  of  counterparts  with  the same  effect  as if the  signatures  to each
counterpart were upon a single  instrument,  and all such counterparts  together
shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.

                  On the date first above  written,  each party by an authorized
representative  executes  this  Agreement in  duplicate,  each of which shall be
considered an original.

 SURGX CORPORATION
/s/Karen Shrier
Name: Karen Shrier
Title: V.P.Operations

McGRAW-EDISON COMPANY

Name:
Title:


<PAGE>






                                                   ATTACHMENT 1.5
                                        Invention: Licensed Polymer Material

The  inventions  constituting  the Liquid  Polymer  Material  are covered by the
following patent applications and any continuations,  divisionals, continuations
in part, as well as foreign  counterparts which may be assigned to Licensor,  it
being understood that these patents and applications  cover inventions which may
be broader than those used solely in the Liquid Polymer Material:

 Patent Application             File Date
 020327-002                     07/14/94                   SurgX Devices
 020327-003                     07/14/94                   SurgX Manufacturing- 
                                                           and ESD Devices

 020327-005                     01/22/96                  Printed Circuit Board 
                                                          Designs for ESD


                                 ATTACHMENT 1.6

The term  "Licensed  Products"  shall mean:  Discrete  products to be mounted on
printed  circuit  boards for the  purpose of  providing  ESD  protection,  which
discrete  products are  manufactured by depositing  Liquid Polymer Material on a
rigid  substrate  such as a FR-4 printed  circuit board or a ceramic  substrate.
Examples of such  discrete  products  include  1206,  0805,  0603 surface  mount
packages and board mounted network array packages.  Such discrete products shall
also  include  discrete  arrays for  placement on or in  connectors  such as RJ,
D-subminiature and other connectors.

Licensed  Products shall not include any other SurgX products,  such as, without
limitation,  the family of products  identified by SurgX as SurgTape  (including
discrete  components  and  connector  arrays  made from  SurgTape),  SurgX Epoxy
Packages,  or custom  SurgX  applications  such as a layer in a printed  circuit
board and novel packaging, including hybrid designs and multichip modules.



                                 ATTACHMENT 3.5
                          Trademark License Agreement


                           TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

         This Trademark License Agreement  ("Agreement") is effective as of this
_ day of  June,  1996  ("Effective  Date"),  by and  between  SurgX  Corporation
("Licensor"),  a Delaware corporation,  having offices at 47341 Bayside Parkway,
Fremont,  California 94538, and McGraw-Edison Company  ("Licensee"),  a Delaware
corporation, having offices at 114 Old State Road, Ellisville, Missouri 63178. -

         In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein,
the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

         a.  "Affiliate"  means any person  controlling,  controlled  by (either
directly or indirectly) or under common control with Licensee.

         b. "License  Agreement"  shall mean the  Intellectual  Property  Rights
License Agreement, of even date herewith, entered into by the parties hereto.

         c. "Licensed Mark" shall mean solely the trademark SurgX(R);  provided,
however,  that the appearance  and/or style of the SurgX(R) mark may change from
time to time in  Licensor's  sole  discretion.  As of the  Effective  Date,  the
Licensed  Mark is the  subject  of the  following  trademark  registrations  and
pending applications: 74/461054

         d.  "Product"  shall  mean the  "Licensed  Products"  as defined in the
License Agreement.

         e. "Territory" shall mean the world.

2. License Right Granted.

          a. In  partial  consideration  of the  consideration  set forth in the
License  Agreement,  Licensor hereby grants to Licensee,  and Licensee  accepts,
upon  the   terms   and   conditions   set  forth   herein,   a   non-exclusive,
non-transferable  (subject to Section 9 herein),  non-sublicensable  (subject to
Section  9  herein),  royalty-free  license  to use  the  Licensed  Mark  in the
Territory solely in connection with the Product.

b. Licensee  hereby  acknowledges  and agrees that,  except as set forth herein,
Licensee has no rights,  title or interest in or to the  Licensed  Mark and that
all use of the Licensed Mark by Licensee shall inure to the benefit of Licensor.
Licensee  shall not have the  right to use the  Licensed  Mark as a trade  name,
company name, trade style or fictitious business name.

         c. Licensee  understands  and agrees that it does not have the right to
use the Licensed Mark in any manner that  conflicts with the rights of any third
party. If, in Licensor's sole determination, Licensee's use of the Licensed Mark
infringes the rights of any third party or weakens or impairs  Licensor's rights
in the Licensed Mark,  then Licensee  agrees to immediately  terminate or modify
such use in accordance with Licensor's instructions. In the event Licensee fails
to terminate or modify such use as directed by Licensor,  Licensor may terminate
this Agreement.

         d. Licensee  acknowledges  that it is often difficult,  particularly in
foreign countries, to obtain clear, registered title to trademarks. Accordingly,
Licensee  agrees that the rights  granted  herein  exist only to the extent that
Licensor owns such rights,  and (except as  specifically  set forth herein or in
the License  Agreement)  no warranty,  express or implied,  is made with respect
thereto  or to the  Licensed  Mark or with  respect  to the  rights of any third
parties that may conflict  with the rights  granted  herein.  If the laws of any
country  included in the Territory  require that a trademark be registered prior
to use in order to fully protect the owner of the trademark, the license granted
herein with respect to the Licensed  Mark shall not extend to such country until
the  Licensed  Mark  has  been  registered  there at  Licensor's  expense  under
appropriate  classes  relating  to the  Product.  Licensor  and  Licensee  shall
cooperate in  constituting  Licensee as a registered user (or its equivalent) of
the Licensed  Mark in each of the  countries  comprising  the Territory in which
such  Licensed  Mark is  registered  or may be  registered,  and in  which  such
registered  user is  required.  Any  expenses  for  constituting  Licensee  as a
registered user in any country shall be borne by Licensee.

         e. Licensor agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Licensee harmless from
any  and  all  costs  and  expenses  (including   reasonable  attorneys'  fees),
liabilities, damages or other loss resulting from or relating to an infringement
by the  Licensed  Mark of any  trademark,  service mark or trade name right of a
third  party,  provided  that (i)  Licensor is promptly  notified of any and all
threats,  claims and proceedings  related thereto,  provided,  however,  that no
delay on the part of Licensee to notify Licensor shall relieve Licensor from its
indemnity  obligations  hereunder  unless  (and then  solely to the  extent) the
Licensor is thereby damaged (ii) Licensor shall have sole control of the defense
and/or settlement thereof,  (iii) upon Licensor's request and expense,  Licensee
immediately ceases use of the Licensed Mark and (iv) upon Licensor's request and
expense,  Licensee provides Licensor with reasonable  assistance and information
available to Licensee for such  defense.  The  foregoing  obligation of Licensor
does not apply to the extent any liabilities,  costs or expenses result from (a)
Licensee  continuing  the allegedly  infringing  activity  after being  notified
thereof or after being  informed of  modifications  that would have  avoided the
alleged  infringement or (b) Licensee's use of the Licensed Mark is not strictly
in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

3. Quality Standards.

         a. Licensor  shall have the right to control the quality of the Product
sold under the Licensed Mark solely as provided  herein.  Licensee shall furnish
to Licensor, at no expense to Licensor, pre-production samples of the Product in
the form that Licensee  intends to manufacture  and sell under the Licensed Mark
to allow  Licensor  to review the  quality of the  Product,  which shall be of a
quality at least equal to that of Licensee's  other fuse products in production.
Thereafter,  upon the request of Licensor, Licensee shall furnish, at no expense
to Licensor,  production  samples of the Product  Licensee intends to sell under
the Licensed Mark to allow Licensor to monitor the quality of the Product.

         b.  Licensee  agrees  to adopt  the  level of  quality  as set forth in
Section  3(a) hereof for the Product  manufactured  and sold under the  Licensed
Mark as the minimum standard of quality for the Product.

         c.  Licensor  shall  have the  right to  request  Licensee  to make any
changes  and/or  corrections  to the Product  manufactured  and sold by Licensee
under the  Licensed  Mark as may be required to  maintain  the quality  standard
prescribed  by Licensor in Section 3(a) above,  and Licensee  agrees to make and
incorporate said changes or corrections at Licensee's sole cost and expense.

         d. Licensee shall utilize the Licensed Mark in accordance  with Section
3.5 of the License Agreement. Upon Licensor's request, Licensee shall furnish to
Licensor,  at no expense to Licensor,  samples of all  literature  and materials
containing the Licensed Mark that Licensee distributes or intends to distribute.
Licensor shall have the right to control the quality of all marketing  materials
bearing the Licensed  Mark and  Licensee's  use of the  Licensed  Mark solely as
provided herein.  If Licensor believes that the Licensed Mark is being used in a
manner that could  diminish  Licensor's  rights in or protection of the Licensed
Mark,  Licensee  agrees,  at Licensee's sole cost and expense,  to make whatever
reasonable  changes and/or  corrections  Licensor deems necessary to protect the
Licensed Mark.

         e. Licensee  agrees that it shall not engage,  participate or otherwise
become  involved  in any  activity or course of action  that  diminishes  and/or
tarnishes the image and/or reputation of the Licensed Mark.

         (pound)  Licensee  agrees to comply with all applicable  local,  state,
federal and foreign laws and, at all times, to conduct its activities under this
Agreement in a lawful manner.

         g. Licensee agrees to use the Licensed Mark in accordance with and only
on or in connection with the Product. 

4. Use and Display of Licensed Mark.

         a. Licensee  acknowledges and agrees that the presentation and image of
the Licensed Mark should be uniform and consistent with respect to all services,
activities and products associated with the Licensed Mark. Accordingly, Licensee
agrees to use the  Licensed  Mark  solely in the  manner  which  Licensor  shall
specify from time to time in Licensor's sole discretion.

         b. All  usage by  Licensee  of the  Licensed  Mark  shall  include  the
registered  trademark symbol and shall be in the following form, as appropriate:
SurgX(R).  All  marketing  materials  printed,   distributed  or  electronically
transmitted  by Licensee  and  containing  the Licensed  Mark shall  include the
following notice:

SurgX(R) is a registered trademark of SurgX Corporation.

5. Term and Termination.

         a.  This  Agreement  shall  commence  on the  Effective  Date and shall
continue  in  effect  for a period  coterminous  with  the  term of the  License
Agreement, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions
set forth herein.

         b. This Agreement shall  automatically  terminate upon termination (for
whatever  reason)  of the  License  Agreement.  If under the  License  Agreement
Licensor  extends to Licensee a sell-off period within which to sell the Product
to certain  existing  customers  of Licensee,  Licensee  shall have the right to
continue  using  the  Licensed  Mark  in  connection   with  its  marketing  and
distribution  efforts  only for such  products and only for the duration of such
sell-off period.

         c. This  Agreement and the license  granted herein may be terminated by
Licensor if Licensee  fails to perform or comply  with a material  provision  of
this Agreement and such breach or default is not cured by Licensee within thirty
(30) days after written notice of termination is received by Licensee.

         d. Except as expressly set forth in Section S(b) above,  Licensee shall
immediately cease all use of the Licensed Mark upon expiration or termination of
this Agreement.

6. Cooperation and Protection.

         a. Licensee agrees to reasonably  cooperate with and assist Licensor in
protecting and defending the Licensed Mark and shall promptly notify Licensor in
writing of any  infringements,  claims or actions by others  (which  come to the
attention of Licensee) in derogation of the Licensed  Mark;  provided,  however,
that Licensor shall have the sole right to determine whether any action shall be
taken on account of any such infringement,  claim or action.  Licensee shall not
take any action on account of any such infringement, claim or action without the
prior written consent of Licensor.

         b. Licensee  agrees not to apply for  registration of the Licensed Mark
(or any mark confusingly  similar thereto)  anywhere in the Territory.  Licensor
may  elect  to apply  for  registration  of the  Licensed  Mark in a  particular
country(ies)  within the  Territory  at its  expense,  and, in such event and if
applicable,  Licensee agrees to reasonably assist and cooperate with Licensor in
connection therewith.

7. Indemnification.

         Licensee  agrees to defend,  indemnify and hold Licensor  harmless from
and  against any and all costs and  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'
fees),  liabilities,  damages or other loss arising out of Licensee's actions or
omission to act under this  Agreement or  Licensee's  organization,  business or
activities.

8. Independent Contractors.

         The parties hereto are  independent  contractors  and are not partners,
joint  venturers or  otherwise  affiliated,  and neither  party has any right or
authority to bind the other in any way.

9. Assignment.

         Licensee  may  not  assign  this  Agreement  or any of  its  rights  or
obligations  under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Licensor,
provided,  however,  Licensee  may  assign  or  delegate  any of its  rights  or
obligations  under this  Agreement to an Affiliate  with notice to Licensor (and
without   Licensor's   consent),   provided  Licensee  remains  liable  for  its
performance under this Agreement.

10. Notice.

         Any notice  pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
deemed  given  (i) when  delivered  by hand or mail,  (ii) when  transmitted  by
telecopier,  with confirmation of receipt; provided that a copy is sent at about
the same time by registered or certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  or
(iii)  three days after  being sent by Express  Mail,  Federal  Express or other
express  delivery  service,  to the  addressee  at the  following  addresses  or
telecopier numbers (or to such other address or telecopier number as a party may
specify from time to time by notice):

 If to Licensor:            SurgX Corporation
                            Attention: President
                            47341 Bayside Parkway
                            Fremont, CA 94538
                            Facsimile: (510) 249-1150

 if to Licensee:            Bussmann Division of McGraw-Edison
                            Company
                            Attention: President
                            114 Old State Road
                            Ellisville, MO 63178
                            Facsimile: (314) 527-1497

with copy to:              Cooper Industries, Inc.
                           Attention: General Counsel
                           P.O. Box 4446
                           Houston, Texas 77210 USA
                           Facsimile: (713) 209-8991
11.      General.

          a. Amendment.  Modification and Waiver. The failure of either party to
enforce its rights or to require  performance  by the other party of any term or
condition of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights or
of its  right to  require  future  performance  of that term or  condition.  Any
amendment or  modification  of this Agreement or any waiver of any breach of any
term or condition of this  Agreement must be in a writing signed by both parties
in order to be effective, and any such waiver shall not be construed as a waiver
of any  continuing or succeeding  breach of such term or condition,  a waiver of
the term or condition itself or a waiver of any right under this Agreement.

         b.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed and  interpreted
under the laws of the State of  Delaware  without  regard  to the  conflicts  of
interest provisions thereo(pound)

         c.  Headings.  Headings and captions are for  convenience  of reference
only and shall not be deemed to interpret, supersede or modify any provisions of
this Agreement.

          d.  Severabilitv.  In the event that any  provision of this  Agreement
shall be  determined  to be illegal or  unenforceable,  that  provision  will be
limited or eliminated  to the minimum  extent  necessary so that this  Agreement
shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable.

          e. Entire  Agreement.  Upon execution by both parties,  this Agreement
shall  constitute the entire  agreement  between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersedes all discussions,  negotiations,  agreements
and past dealings, either oral or written, between or among the parties relating
to the subject matter hereof.

         f.  Dispute  Resolution.  Any  dispute or claim  arising  out of, or in
connection with, this Agreement which is not settled to the mutual  satisfaction
of the parties within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as may be mutually
agreed upon) from the date that either  party  informs the other in writing that
such dispute or disagreement  exists,  shall be submitted to mediation conducted
by a mediator  mutually  acceptable  to the  parties.  In the event the  parties
cannot resolve the dispute or claim through mediation, then the claim or dispute
shall be finally settled by binding arbitration in the counties of Alameda,  San
Mateo or Santa Clara,  California in  accordance  with the rules of the American
Arbitration  Association by three (3)  arbitrators  appointed in accordance with
said rules in effect on the date that such notice is given.  The decision of the
arbitrators  shall be final and binding upon the parties and  judgment  upon any
award  rendered  by all or a majority of the  arbitrators  may be entered in any
court of competent jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the cost of preparing its
case.  The cost of the  arbitration,  including  the fees  and  expenses  of the
arbitrators, will be shared equally by the parties unless the arbitrators' award
otherwise  provides.  The parties agree that,  any  provision of applicable  law
notwithstanding,  they  will not  request,  and the  arbitrators  shall not have
authority to award punitive  damages against any party or parties.  Either party
may request a court to provide interim or provisional  relief and such a request
shall not be deemed  incompatible with the agreement to arbitrate or as a waiver
of that agreement.

         g. Survival. Sections 2(e), 5(b), 6(b), 7, 11(b) and 11(f) hereof shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

         h.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any  number of
counterparts  with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were
upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an
original of this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have each caused this Agreement
to be executed by their  authorized  representatives  as of the date first above
written.

 SURGX CORPORATION                                 McGRAW-EDISON COMPANY
 By:                                               By:
 Printed Name                                      Printed Name
 Title                                             Title




<PAGE>




                                             ATTACHMENT 4.1

                                         Delivery Schedule for
                                         Technical Information

 1.      SurgX Specification and Manufacturing Procedures Control Documents
 2.      R5-11 Environmental Test Results
 3.      SurgX ESD QC Test Procedure

All items to be delivered on or before July 22, 1996.



<PAGE>




                                           ATTACHMENT 11.1

Licensor's cost of the Liquid Polymer Material shall equal  Licensor's  standard
costs for the Liquid Polymer  Material  including  direct and indirect labor and
associated fringe benefits, scrap, perishable tooling, supplies, and maintenance
on machinery and equipment.  Only costs directly associated with the manufacture
of Liquid Polymer Material will be included in standard costs.


                                           ATTACHMENT 11.4
                                          Escrow Agreement



<PAGE>


                                          ESCROW AGREEMENT
                                               BETWEEN

                                          SURGX CORPORATION
                                             (Licensor)

                                                 AND

                                        MCGRAW-EDISON COMPANY
                                             (Licensee)

                                                 AND

                                   BURNS, DONE, SVVECKER & MATHIS
                                           (Escrow Agent)

                                                AS OF

                                            JULY 12, 1996







                                          ESCROW AGREEMENT
                                          Table of Contents

Page

  1. Deposits
1
  2. Representations of Licensor to Licensee
2
  3. Notice of Default
2
  4. Disputes
2
  5. Payment to Escrow Agent
3
  6. Termination
3
  7. Waiver, Amendment or Modification; Severability
3
  8. Notices
3

  9. Limitation on Escrow Agent's Responsibility and Liability ........   3
  10. Counterparts .--------...........................................   4

Schedule A Description of Materials  Containing the Escrow  Information
Relating to the Manufacture of the Liquid Polymer Material . i


                                                  ESCROW AGREEMENT

         ESCROW  AGREEMENT  dated  as of  July  12,  1996  by  and  among  SurgX
Corporation,  having its principal  offices at 47341 Bayside  Parkway,  Fremont,
California  (hereinafter  the  "Licensor");  McGraw-Edison  Company,  a Delaware
corporation  having its  principal  offices  at 114 Old State  Road  Ellisville,
Missouri (hereinafter the "Licensee");  and Burns, Doane, Swecker & Mathis, LLP,
a law firm having an office at 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 4, Suite 160, Menlo
Park, California (hereinafter the "Escrow Agent").

W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Licensor and the Licensee have entered into a Intellectual
Property  Rights  License  ("License  Agreement"),  a copy of which is  appended
hereto and made a part  hereof,  pursuant  to which the  Licensor  has agreed to
license to the Licensee patents,  patent applications,  information,  technology
and rights  relating to Licensed  Products which  incorporate the Liquid Polymer
Material; and

         WHEREAS,  it is  the  policy  of  the  Licensor  not  to  disclose  the
information  to allow  another  party to  self-manufacture  the  Liquid  Polymer
Material  including  technical  and  production  know-how,   drawings,  designs,
specifications,  formulas, data, trade secrets and other information relating to
the manufacture of the Liquid Polymer Material ("Escrow  Information") except as
provided in an applicable Escrow Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  Licensor  and  Licensee  agree  that upon the  occurrence  of
certain events  described in Section 3(a) hereof,  the Licensee shall be able to
obtain the Escrow Information for the Liquid Polymer Material,  and accordingly,
the Licensor agrees to deliver said Escrow Information to the Escrow Agent; and

         WHEREAS,  capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meaning set forth in the License Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the mutual  covenants  contained
herein and for other valuable  consideration,  the adequacy and receipt of which
are hereby acknowledged,  the Licensor, the Licensee and the Escrow Agent hereby
act and agree as follows:

1. Deposits

         The  Escrow  Agent  agrees  to  accept  from the  Licensor  the  Escrow
Information (as more fully described in Schedule A hereto) and revisions thereof
as provided in Section 2 hereof.  The Escrow  Agent will issue to the Licensor a
receipt for the Escrow Information upon delivery. The Escrow Information held by
the Escrow Agent shall remain the exclusive  property of the  Licensor,  and the
Escrow  Agent shall not use the Escrow  Information  or disclose the same to any
third party except as  specifically  provided for herein.  The Escrow Agent will
hold the Escrow Information in safekeeping at its offices hereinabove  indicated
unless and until the Escrow Agent receives  notice pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement  that the  Escrow  Agent  is to  deliver  the  Escrow  Information  to
Licensee, in which case the Escrow Agent shall deliver the Escrow Information to
Licensee, subject, however, to the provisions of this Escrow Agreement.

2. Representations of Licensor to Licensee

         Licensor  represents  and  warrants  to Licensee  that:  (i) the Escrow
Information  constitutes all of the information  necessary to allow a reasonably
skilled  engineer,  without  reference to any other  material or the help of any
other person to manufacture the Liquid Polymer Material;  and (ii) Licensor will
promptly  supplement  the  Escrow  Information   delivered  hereunder  with  all
Improvements  thereof  developed by Licensor  from time to time  pursuant to the
License  Agreement so that the Escrow  Information  constitutes the most current
information  available  relating  to  the  manufacture  of  the  Liquid  Polymer
Material.

3. Notice of Default

         (a)  The   Licensor   shall  be  deemed  to  be  in   default   of  its
responsibilities  to Licensee  for  purposes of this  Escrow  Agreement  if: (i)
Licensor  fails to meet the  obligations  referred to in Section  11.3(i) of the
License  Agreement;  (ii) Licensor  becomes  insolvent,  or a case or proceeding
under bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar law is commenced by or against Licensor
and is not dismissed  within 45 days or Licensor makes a general  assignment for
the benefit of creditors;  or (iii) if any event of force  majeure  disrupts the
supply of Liquid Polymer Material to Licensee which  disruption  continues for a
period of 60 days and Licensor  fails to find an alternate  source to supply the
Liquid Polymer  Material to Licensee or allow Licensee to  self-manufacture  the
Liquid Polymer  Material.  Licensee shall give a sworn statement (the "Notice of
Default")  to Licensor of any such  default by the  Licensor  stating  that such
default has not been cured with a copy of such notice to the Escrow Agent.

         (b) If the  Licensor  desires to dispute  the  Notice of  Default,  the
Licensor  shall,  within ten business (10) days after the receipt of the copy of
the Notice of Default from the Licensee,  deliver to Licensee a sworn  statement
(the  "Affidavit")  saying that no default has occurred or such default has been
cured and Licensor  shall provide a copy of such  Affidavit to the Escrow Agent,
whereupon  the  provisions  of Section 4 hereof will become  applicable.  If the
Escrow Agent  receives the  Affidavit  within said ten (10) business  days,  the
Escrow Agent shall continue to hold the Escrow  Information  in accordance  with
this Escrow Agreement. If the Escrow Agent does not receive the Affidavit within
said ten (10)  business  days,  the Escrow Agent is  authorized  and directed to
deliver the Escrow Information to the Licensee. ~.

         (c)  Following  a release  of the Escrow  Information  as  provided  in
Section 3,  Licensee  shall  have the  non-exclusive  right to use the  released
material  as and only as  authorized  by  Section 11 of the  License  Agreement.
Additionally,  Licensee shall be required to maintain the confidentiality of the
related  materials and  technology  in accordance  with the terms of the License
Agreement.

4. Disputes

         (a) In the event  that  Licensor  files the  Affidavit  with the Escrow
Agent in the manner and within the time period set forth in Section 3(b) hereof,
the Escrow Agent shall not release the Escrow  Information to Licensee except in
accordance with (i) a final decision of the

Escrow Agreement
                                                       - 2 -

arbitration panel as hereinafter  provided, or (ii) receipt of an agreement with
notarized  signatures of both Licensor and Licensee,  authorizing the release of
the Escrow Information to Licensee.

         (b) Disputes arising under this Agreement shall be referred immediately
to, and finally  settled by, binding  arbitration  pursuant to the provisions of
Section 20 of the License  Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall give prompt effect
to any  authenticated  arbitration  award.  This  agreement to  arbitrate  shall
survive termination of this Agreement.

5. Payment to Escrow Agent

         As payment for its services hereunder, the Licensor shall reimburse the
Escrow Agent for its reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in connection
with the discharge by the Escrow Agent of its duties and responsibilities  under
this Escrow Agreement.

6; Termination

         This Escrow Agreement shall terminate on the termination of the License
Agreement or upon the mutual written agreement of Licensor and Licensee.

7. Waiver. Amendment or Modification: Severabilitv

         This Escrow Agreement shall not be waived,  amended, or modified except
by the written agreement of all the parties hereto. Any invalidity,  in whole or
in part, of any provision of this Escrow Agreement shall not affect the validity
of any other of its provisions.

8. Notices

         All  notices  required  to be given  hereunder  shall be in writing and
shall be deemed given if delivered personally (upon recipient's actual receipt),
if mailed by certified or registered  mail,  return receipt  requested (upon the
date of delivery to recipient), or if by nationally recognized air courier which
confirms  delivery (upon date of delivery to the  recipient),  to the parties at
their  respective  addresses  hereinabove  written,  or at such other address as
shall be specified hereinabove in writing to all other parties.

9. Limitation on Escrow Agent's Responsibility and Liability

         (a) The Escrow Agent shall  maintain the Escrow  Information  in a safe
and shall  provide  the same  degree of care for the  Escrow  Information  as it
maintains for its valuable  documents  and those of its customers  lodged in the
same location.

         (b) The Escrow  Agent  shall be  protected  in acting  upon any written
notice, request,  waiver, consent,  receipt or other paper or document furnished
to it, not only in assuming its due execution and the validity and effectiveness
of its provisions but also as to the truth and  acceptability of any information
therein  contained,  which it in good faith  believes  to be genuine and what it
purports to be.

Escrow Agreement
                                                       - 3 -

         (c) In no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable for any act or failure
to act under the provisions of this Escrow  Agreement  except where its acts are
the result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Escrow Agent shall
have no duties except those which are  expressly set forth herein,  and it shall
not be bound by any notice of a claim,  or demand with respect  thereto,  or any
waiver,  notification,  amendment,  termination  or  rescission  of this  Escrow
Agreement,  unless in writing  received by it, and, if its duties are  affected,
unless it shall have given its prior written consent thereto.

         (d) The Licensor and Licensee hereby agree,  jointly and severally,  to
indemnify  the Escrow Agent against any loss,  liability,  or damage (other than
any caused by the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct of the Escrow Agent),
including  reasonable costs of litigation and counsel fees,  arising from and in
connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement. The Licensor
and Licensee  will not bring a suit or file a claim against the Escrow Agent for
any act or failure to act under the provisions of this Escrow  Agreement  except
where its acts are the result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct.

10. Counterparts

         This Escrow  Agreement  may be  executed in any number of  counterparts
with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single
instrument,  and all such  counterparts  together shall be deemed an original of
this Escrow Agreement.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this  Escrow
Agreement to be duly executed as of the year and date first above written.

SURGX CORPORATION ("Licensor")

 Attest:                                                 By: /s/Karen Shrier

MCGRAW-EDISON COMPANY ("Licensee")

Attest:

By:

BURNS, DOANE, SWECKER & MATHIS

("Escrow Agent")

Attest:

                                                         By:


Escrow Agreement


                                   SCHEDULE A

Description of Materials  Containing the Escrow Information and related
Documentation:

               On the date first above  written,  each party by an authorized
representative  executes  this  Agreement in  duplicate,  each of which shall be
considered an original.

SURGX CORPORATION

/s/ Karen Shrier
Name:  Karen Shrier
Title:  V.P. Operations

McGRAW-EDISON COMPANY

/s/ Thomas J. Guzak
Name: Thomas J. Guzak
Title: V.P. Product & Market Development




EXHIBIT 10.21


                      SURGX PRODUCT INTRODUCTION AGREEMENT

          This Agreement is made and entered into this 7th day of June,  1996 by
and between SURGX  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  Corporation,  with offices at 47341
Bayside Parkway, Fremont,  California 94538 ("SURGX") and NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR
CORPORATION,  a Delaware Corporation,  with offices at 2900 Semiconductor Drive,
Santa  Clara,   California  95052  ("NATIONAL").   SURGX  and  NATIONAL  may  be
individually or  collectively  referred to in this Agreement as a "Party" or the
"Parties".

                                    RECITALS

          SURGX  is a  supplier  to  the  semiconductor  industry  of  polymeric
materials which provide  electrostatic  discharge ("ESD") control and protection
for  semiconductor  devices  and  packages,  including  new  products  providing
improved ESD control and- protection  ("SURGX ESD Products")  including  SURGX's
product  referred  to as SurgTape  (as  further  defined on Exhibit A hereto and
having the specifications set forth on Exhibit B. "SurgTape").

          NATIONAL is a manufacturer of integrated circuit semiconductor devices
and packages in which there may be a need for ESD control and protection.

          The new  SURGX  ESD  Products  may  require  some  reconfiguration  or
redesign,  or a change in the method of  manufacturing  or  assembly,  to enable
their incorporation into semiconductor devices or packages.

          SURGX desires to have SURGX ESD Products  incorporated into commercial
NATIONAL semiconductor devices and packages as early as may be practical.

          SURGX and  NATIONAL  desire to  establish  the basis  under  which the
parties can cooperate  through a four phase program for the rapid  incorporation
of SURGX ESD Products and the  improved  ESD  performance  provided by SURGX ESD
Products into NATIONAL devices and packages.  The four phase program,  presently
contemplates  (a)  feasibility  study  phase  for  setting  the ESD  performance
specification  requirements  for a particular  device or package and determining
the design of the device or package  incorporating the SURGX ESD Product,  (b) a
prototype  phase  for  preparing  prototypes  of  the  design  and  testing  the
prototypes for  reliability and  performance,  (c) test production of the design
for product  qualification  and shipment,  and (d) commercial  production of the
design. It is understood that several of these project phases may be in progress
simultaneously or sequentially for different designs.

          NATIONAL is willing to pay to SURGX certain specified amounts for each
phase of the program,  pending successful completion of earlier Phases, in order
to accelerate the  early commercial use of the SURGX ESD  Products in NATIONAL
semiconductor devices and packages.

NOW THEREFORE THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. CONDUCT OF PRODUCT INTRODUCTION PROGRAM

          1.1 Exhibit C sets forth each specific semiconductor device or package
in which  NATIONAL  desires to  incorporate  SURGX ESD  Products  for  prototype
testing and eventual commercial  production.  Because the SURGX ESD Products are
available  in various  forms  such as tapes,  compositions,  pastes,  laminates,
components,  etc.,  the design of and method of preparing a prototype  device or
package  will vary  depending  on the type of SURGX ESD Product  employed  for a
particular  design  or  to  meet  particular  specifications  for  a  particular
semiconductor device or package.  Such work (initially with respect to SurgTape)
is to occur in four (4) phases (each, a "Phase") as follows:

                   (a)  Feasibility  Phase  (SurgTape  Phase I): Setting the ESD
performance  specifications  for a particular  device or package  utilizing  the
SURGX ESD  Products  and  determining  the  design  for the  device or  package.
Reformulating and redesigning  SURGX ESD Products and  demonstrating  that SURGX
ESD Products  provide ESD protection on individual leads for the selected device
or  package.  The  specific  tasks to be  completed  are as further  detailed on
Exhibit D;

                   (b)  Preliminary  Phase  (SurgTape  Phase  II):   Preliminary
manufacturing  of SurgTape  from Phase I  formulations  and  designs.  Assembled
devices to be built and tested for reliability and performance.

                   (c) Test Production Phase (SurgTape Phase m): Low volume 
production of the successful prototypes from Phase II for product qualification
 and shipment; and

                   (d) Commercial Production Phase (SurgTape Phase IV): High 
volume production of the successful device or package from Phase III.

The  obligations  of each Party to conduct  work with  respect to a Phase of the
program is contingent upon the prior  agreement of the parties,  as set forth in
Section 2 below, to the prior establishment of a mutually-acceptable development
timetable setting forth the appropriate compensation for each such Phase and, in
the case of Phase IV, the execution of a commercial supply agreement between the
parties which shall include a trademark license  permitting  NATIONAL to use the
SurgTape and SURGX trademarks in connection with SURGX ESD Products. The Parties
agree that such supply agreement shall grant NATIONAL preference over any supply
by SURGX to  parties  that have not  engaged in a product  introduction  program
similar to the  program  conducted  under this  Agreement,  and that such supply
agreement  shall  obligate  SURGX to supply  materials to NATIONAL in accordance
with agreed-upon forecasting requirements such that if SURGX materially fails to
meet  such  requirements,  NATIONAL  shall  have the right to have the SURGX ESD
Products  made for it by a third party  supplier  (on a  royalty-bearing  basis)
solely  for   NATIONAL's  use  in  connection   with  its   integrated   circuit
semiconductor devices.

          1.2 The  Parties  hereto  agree to  devote  sufficient  personnel  and
resources to provide or make available the  appropriate  personnel and resources
including materials,  devices,  fabrication equipment, testing equipment and the
like,  as the Parties agree is  appropriate  for each  particular  Phase of each
project.

          1.3 The  Parties  agree  to  designate  for each  Phase  at least  one
management  person  whose  duty will be to  confer or meet on a weekly  basis to
further the  progress of each Phase and to prepare a weekly  summary  report for
distribution  to those who are  involved in the  particular  project and need to
know the progress of each Phase. Upon the successful or unsuccessful  conclusion
of each Phase the managers  shall jointly  issue a final summary  report on that
particular Phase.

2. SERVICE FEE AND COMMERCIAL DISCOUNT

          2.1 Prior to the initiation of each Phase,  the Parties will negotiate
in good faith the completion  timetable and funding  levels for such Phase.  The
expected  total  funding for the  project is  $750,000  for all four Phases (the
"Service  Fee").  The initial  funding for Phase I of the  SurgTape  program and
timetable for establishing future funding levels shall be as follows:

                  (a) SurgTape Phase I: Total funding of S95,000 to be paid over
a project  duration of five (5) months as follows:  $19,000 as of March 15, 1996
and $19,000 on the 15th day of each month  thereafter  provided,  however,  that
each such payment  shall be delayed until all weekly  progress  reports by SURGX
for the preceding month have been received by NATIONAL.

                  (b) SurgTape Phase II: Based upon NATIONAL's satisfaction that
the  product  specifications  set  forth  in  Exhibit  B  can  be  met  and  the
manufacturing costs of such products meeting reasonable profit expectations, the
expected start date would be August 15, 1996. Funding and specific  deliverables
are to be negotiated by the Parties pending completion of Phase I.

                  (c) SurgTape  Phase III:  Initiation of low volume  production
planned for the first quarter of 1997.  Funding  levels for this Phase are to be
negotiated  by the parties prior to January 15, 1997 in order to permit time for
applicable equipment purchases.
                   (d)  NATIONAL   shall   provide  5  quarters  of   commercial
requirements  forecasting  by November 1, 1996.  SURGX shall  provide a business
proposal for  commercial  production by December 1, 1996.  Supply  agreement and
discount  pricing  strategy are to be  negotiated by the Parties with a targeted
signing date of February 1, 1997.

 2.2 In partial consideration of the Service Fee, SURGX agrees that for any

device or package  manufactured by NATIONAL under Phase IV incorporating a SURGX
ESD  Product,  SURGX will  provide  that  SURGX ESD  Product  to  NATIONAL  at a
discounted  price compared to the price paid by other  manufacturers  of similar
devices  and/or  packages  where the other  manufacturer  has not  engaged  in a
product  introduction  program  similar  to the  program  conducted  under  this
Agreement. SURGX agrees to maintain an appropriate discount for NATIONAL on such
SURGX ESD  Product  for an  appropriate  period of time to provide  NATIONAL  an
economic  benefit and a reasonable  return on its investment of the Service Fees
paid to SURGX 3. CONFIDENTIALITY

         3.1 All technical,  business and other  information  exchanged by SURGX
and NATIONAL under this Agreement shall be deemed to be  confidential  and shall
include  the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement.  The  Party  receiving
confidential information under this Agreement shall for the period from the date
of this Agreement  until five (5) years after its  termination  make use of such
information  only for the  purpose  of  fulfilling  its  obligations  under this
Agreement  and shall protect such  information  by using the same degree of care
but no  less  than  reasonable  degree  of  care to  prevent  unauthorized  use,
dissemination  or publication of such information as the receiving Party uses to
protect its own confidential information of a like nature.

         3.2 The foregoing  obligations  shall not apply to the Party  receiving
confidential information under the Agreement with respect to information that:

                   (a) was in the receiving  Party's  possession  before receipt
thereof from the disclosing Party;

                   (b) is or  becomes a matter of public  knowledge  through  no
fault of the receiving Party;

                   (c) is  rightfully  received  by the  receiving  Party from a
third Party without a duty of confidentiality;

                   (d) is  disclosed  by the  disclosing  Party to a third Party
without a duty of disclosure on the party of the third Party;

                   (e) is  independently  developed  by the  receiving  Party by
personnel  having no knowledge of the  information  received from the disclosing
Party; and

                   (f) is  disclosed  by the  receiving  Party after  receipt of
prior written approval from the disclosing Party.

          3.3 Disclosure of any confidential information by a Party shall not be
precluded  by this  agreement  if such  disclosure  is required in response to a
valid court order or order of a  government  body  provided  that the  receiving
Party  promptly  notifies  the other  Party of such order and makes a good faith
effort, but at the expense of the Party originating the confidential information
to obtain a protective order requiring the  confidential  information to be kept
in confidence and used only for the purpose of the court or governmental order.

          3.4 Except as required by law neither Party to this  Agreement  shall,
without prior written  consent of the other Party,  make or cause to be made any
press  release  or non  confidential  disclosure  that  directly  or  indirectly
discloses  the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement or discloses  the
identity of the Parties hereto.

          3.5  This  Agreement  shall  not  supersede  nor  affect  the  rights,
obligations, terms or conditions of any prior confidentiality agreements between
SURGX and  NATIONAL  which  shall  continue  for its full  stated  terms.  It is
necessary that all such obligations of  confidentiality  be continued due to the
varied scope and coverage of each obligation.

4. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

          4.1 Any  invention  directed  toward any new SURGX ESD  Product or any
change in, improvement of or modification of any SURGX ESD Product made pursuant
to this Agreement by either Party or jointly by the Parties and any intellectual
property based on or developed from the Confidential  Information of SURGX shall
be the intellectual property of SURGX. NATIONAL shall take all actions necessary
to vest such intellectual property rights in SURGX and SURGX shall in turn grant
NATIONAL  the right to use the  intellectual  property of SURGX  covered by this
Paragraph  4.1 in  NATIONAL's  commercial  manufacturing  of  its  semiconductor
devices and packages by virtue of NATIONAL'S  purchase from SURGX of proprietary
SURGX ESD Products utilized therein.

         4.2 Any invention directed toward any new NATIONAL device or package or
any change in,  improvement of or modification of any NATIONAL device or package
or method or process of  packaging  made  pursuant to this  Agreement  by either
Party or jointly by the Parties shall be the  intellectual  property of NATIONAL
In the event that a method or process for the  application or use of a SURGX ESD
Product is developed  which would  otherwise be deemed  NATIONAL'S  intellectual
property  under this  Paragraph  4.2, SURGX shall have the right to license from
NATIONAL such method orprocess in order to enable SURGX to commercially  sell in
the  industry  the SURGX ESD Product for use in such method or process  provided
that:  (a) such method or process is necessary to enable that  commercial use of
the SURGX ESD Product; (b) it is not necessary to use any patented semiconductor
device or package design of NATIONAL;  and (c) SURGX agrees to negotiate in good
faith a reasonable royalty rate for such license.

         4.3  The  above  Paragraphs  4.1  and  4.2  notwithstanding,   all  ESD
measurement  equipment  developed by the Parties during this Agreement  shall be
the intellectual property of the party employing or contracting with inventor(s)
thereof,  subject to the  respective  license  rights,  if any,  of the  parties
hereunder.

5. TERM AND TERMINATION

         5.1 This  Agreement  shall  remain in force  until the later of (i) two
years from the date  hereof or (ii) the  completion  of Phase IV,  which  unless
earlier terminated pursuant to this Section 5.

         5.2 This Agreement may be terminated without cause by either Party upon
30 days written notice provided,  however, that if SURGX is acquired by a direct
competitor of NATIONAL SURGX shall not terminate  this  Agreement  without cause
until  completion  of Phase IV. If  terminated by SURGX without cause under this
paragraph, SURGX shall not be entitled to any further payment under any schedule
established under Paragraph 1.1.

         5.3 This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by either party for cause upon
breach of this Agreement by the other Party after 30 days written notice of such
breach and  failure of the Party in breach to remedy the breach  within  said 30
days.

         5.4 Upon  completion or  termination  of this Agreement with or without
cause, no amounts paid by NATIONAL to SURGX shall be refunded by SURGX.

6. GENERAL TERMS

         6.1 This Agreement  shall be governed in all aspects by the laws of the
state  of  California  except  for  any law in  California  which  requires  the
application of the law of another state or jurisdiction outside California.

         6.2 SURGX  represents  and  warrants  that (i) the  SURGX ESD  Products
supplied by SURGX will meet the specifications agreed to for such products; (ii)
that the materials  used by SURGX in the  development  of SURGX ESD Products are
the intellectual property of SURGX and may, to the best of SURGX's knowledge, be
used for the  development  of SURGX ESD  Products  without  infringement  of the
rights of third parties;  (iii) that there are no infringement claims or actions
pending  against SURGX with respect to any such products or materials;  and (iv)
that  SURGX has the  right to grant  all  licenses  granted  herein to  NATIONAL
without  interference  with the rights of others.  SURGX agrees to indemnify and
hold  NATIONAL  harmless  from any such  claims of  infringement  based upon the
materials  supplied  by SURGX  up to the  amount  paid  therefore  by  NATIONAL.
However,  SURGX makes no  representation or warranty or guarantee that any SURGX
ESD Product will perform in any particular NATIONAL device or package as desired
by  NATIONAL.  It is the  responsibility  of NATIONAL  to test such  devices and
packages to insure that same perform in accordance with NATIONAL  specifications
or the product  specifications of the customer purchasing such device or package
from  NATIONAL In the event of a product  liability  claim on any  semiconductor
device or package  sold by NATIONAL  shall hold SURGX  harmless  with respect to
such claim, unless such claim would not have arisen but for the use of SURGX ESD
Products within such semiconductor device or package sold by NATIONAL,  in which
case SURGX shall hold NATIONAL  harmless with respect to such claim, and may, at
SURGX's option,  take control of the liability claim.  Except for the foregoing,
neither party shall a liable to the other for any special, indirect, incidental,
or consequential damages,  losses, loss of profits, loss of data or use thereof,
or  interruption  of business,  whether based on alleged breach of warranty,  of
contract, tort or other legal theory.

          6.3 This contract shall be considered personal between the Parties and
shall not be assignable or transferable to any other Party except any company or
entity  controlling,  controlled  by, or under the common  control  with a Party
hereto (an  "Affiliate"),  without the prior written consent of the other Party.
The prohibition against assignment provided by this paragraph shall not apply if
this Agreement is being  transferred to another entity as part of a sale, merger
or transfer the entire business of the Party to which this Agreement relates.

          6.4 Neither SURGX nor NATIONAL are agents of the other. This Agreement
does not  establish  any joint  venture,  partnership,  or agency  relationship.
Neither   Party  has  the  right  or   authority   to  create  any   obligation,
representation  or  responsibility  express  or  implied  on behalf of the other
Party. The Parties hereto are independent contractors.

          6.5 This  Agreement  is non  exclusive  in nature and it is  expressly
understood  that either Party may enter into the same or similar  agreement with
other  entities  for the same or  similar  reasons  for same or  similar  goals,
provided that the confidentiality of this Agreement is maintained.

         6.6 If any  provision of this  Agreement is held invalid,  illegal,  or
unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality,  or  enforceability  of the  remaining
provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired.

          6.7 Except for any prior  confidentiality  agreements  referred  to in
Section 3.5,  this  Agreement  and the Exhibits  hereto  constitutes  the entire
agreement  between the Parties  with  respect to the subject  matter  hereto and
shall not be amended  or  modified  without  written  agreements  signed by both
Parties.

          6.8 In witness whereof the Parties have had this Agreement executed by
their  respective  authorized  officers  on the  date  written  below  with  the
Agreement  being  effective  the  date  appearing  on the  first  page  of  this
Agreement,  with the intent that the Parties by legally and  equitably  bound by
its terms.



NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR                                       SURGX CORPORATION
CORPORATION
 By: /s/ D.A. Handorf                                      By: /s/ Arvind Patel
                  (Signature)                                       (Signature)
D.A. Handorf                                                   Arvind Patel
 (Print Name)                                                  (Print Name)

Title: Vice President                                Title:  CEO

Date: June 7, 1996                                          Date:  June 10, 1996




                                    EXHIBIT A

                             Definition of SurgTape

The term "SurgTape" shall mean a tape product that can be used to provide ESD or
electrical  overstress  (EOS)  protection  for  integrated  circuits.   SurgTape
incorporates  a material  than can be  positioned  between  signal lines and the
ground line(s). The material has a high impedance, and low leakage during normal
circuit operation.  During an EOS or an ESD event, the material transitions to a
low impedance state that shunts the offending  charge to ground.  The pin-to-pin
capacitance  added by the material is  typically  less than one  picofarad.  The
mechanical flexibility and the electrical  characteristics of the material allow
for a wide variety of  packaging  concepts,  including  arrays in which a common
ground is used with multiple signal lines.

SurgTape  can be placed,  both inside the IC package and outside the IC package,
as well as, on or in the printed  circuit  boards.  SurgTape can also be used in
discrete devices such as connector arrays and surface mount components.

 

                                    EXHIBIT B

                  Polymer Requirement specification for phase 1

1) Polymer must be able to be molded inside of a plastic and ceramic IC
package. Demonstrating manufacturability, high yield (greater than 95%) and 
low cost ( less than 1 cent/unit adder).
2) Implemented polymer must pass ALL reliability tests as defined in National's
document SOP-5-049.
3) Implemented polymer must withstand the assembly flow for plastic and
ceramic packages.
4) Implemented polymer must withstand the board mounting process for Ics.
5) two versions of the polymer are required:
a) For high voltage devices with biasing at +/- 30 volts maximum ( Phase
1)
b) For standard voltage devices with biasing at 7 volts maximum. ( Later
phase)
6) Additional leakage of less than 1OnA.
7) Additional capacitance of less than 1pF
8) Maximum temperature of greater than 240 deg C.
9) Thermal expansion coefficient compatible with the IC package material.
10) ESD performance as follows:
a) Human body model and 801-2 performance greater than 15KV per EOS/ESD
association standard S1.5
b) Machine model performance greater than 1.5K~ per standard S5.2
c) Charged Device Model performance greater than 1 KV per standard S5.3
d) Charged Cable Model performance greater than 200uW



                            EXHIBIT C

                              PACKAGES

                  1) 16 Lead DIP (dual In Line)
                  2) 16 Lead SOIC (slim outline)





EXHIBIT 10.22


                        CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
Confidential  treatment has been requested for the contents of Exhibit B to this
Agreement. The omitted portions of Exhibit B have been filed separately with the
Commission.


                      SURGX PRODUCT INTRODUCTION AGREEMENT


         This Agreement is made and entered into this day of September,  1996 by
and between  SURGX  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  Corporation,  with offices at 1100
Auburn Street, Fremont,  California 94538 ("SURGX") and LSI LOGIC CORPORATION, a
Delaware  Corporation,  with  offices  at  1551  McCarthy  Boulevard,  Milpitas,
California  95035  ("LSI  LOGIC").  SURGX and LSI LOGIC may be  individually  or
collectively referred to in this Agreement as a "Party" or the "Parties".

                                    RECITALS

         SURGX is a supplier to the electronics  industry of polymeric  products
which provide electrostatic  discharge ("ESD") control and protection as further
described  on  Exhibit A hereto  ("SURGX  ESD  Products")  which may be used for
electrical devices and packages.

         LSI LOGIC is a manufacturer of integrated circuit semiconductor devices
and packages in which there is a need for ESD control and protection.

         The new SURGX ESD Product may require some  reconfiguration,  redesign,
reformulation,  or a change in the method of  manufacturing or application to an
electrical  device,  to  enable  their  incorporation  into  integrated  circuit
semiconductor devices or packages.

         SURGX desires to have SURGX ESD Products  incorporated  into commercial
LSI Logic  integrated  circuit  semiconductor  devices and  packages as early as
practical.

         SURGX and LSI LOGIC  desire to  establish a  framework  under which the
parties  can  cooperate  through a  multi-phase  program for the study and rapid
incorporation of SURGX ESD Products ad the improved ESD performances provided by
SURGX ESD Products into LSI LOGIC  integrated  circuit devices and packages (the
"Program").  The Program is presently  contemplated by the Parties  includes (a)
feasibility   study  phase  for  setting  the  ESD   performance   specification
requirements  for a particular  device or package and  determining the design of
the device or package  incorporate the SURGX ESD Product,  (b) a prototype phase
for  preparing   prototypes  of  the  design  and  testing  the  prototypes  for
reliability and performance,  (c) a test production phase for the testing of the
design for product  qualification and shipment,  and (d) a commercial production
phase.  Several of these  project  phases may be in progress  simultaneously  or
sequentially for different designs.

         LSI LOGIC is willing to pay SURGX  certain  specified  amounts for each
phase of the  program in order to  accelerate  the early  commercial  use of the
SURGX ESD Products in LSI LOGIC semiconductor devices and packages.

         It is understood that the phase as so contemplated  are tentative,  and
that the decision of the Parties to proceed with any phases  following the first
phases which is the subject of this Agreement depends upon successful completion
of the previous phases and the execution of a formal agreement relating thereto.

               NOW THEREFORE THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.       CONDUCT OF PRODUCT INTRODUCTION PROGRAM

         1.1  Exhibit B sets for  specific  semiconductor  device or  package in
which LSI  Logic  currently  desires  to  incorporate  SURGX  ESD  Products  for
prototype  testing and  eventual  commercial  production.  Because the SURGX ESD
Products are available in various forms such as tapes, compositions,  laminates,
components,  etc.,  the design of and method of preparing a prototype  device or
package  will vary  depending  on the type of SURGX ESD Product  employed  for a
particular  design  or  to  meet  particular  specifications  for  a  particular
semiconductor device or package.

             The Parties  contemplate that such work would involve putting surge
protection  inside the IC package or on the wafer and that such work would occur
in four (4) phases, (each, a "Phase") as follows:

             (a)   Feasibility   (Phase  I):   Defining   the  ESD   performance
specifications  for SURGTAPE for a particular  device or package and determining
the SURGX ESD Product's  design for the device or package.  Reformulating  SURGX
ESD Products and  demonstrating  that SURGX ESD Products provides ESD protection
on several number of individual lead(s) for the selected device or package.  The
Parties expect this Feasibility Phase to take approximately four (4) months;

             (b) Prototype  (Phase II)(in two subphases):  Based on satisfactory
completion of Phase I. Anticipated  commencement  approximately four months form
the effective date of this Agreement:

                   (i)  Phase  II-a:  Would  involve   preparation  of  SURGTAPE
prototype  for Phase I  formulations  and  designs.  Prototypes  to be build and
tested for reliability and performance.

                   (ii) Phase II-b: Would involve preparation of prototypes with
SURGX  material in liquid form  directly on the  semiconductor  wafer and/or die
using formulation from Phase I.

            (c) Test  Production  (Phase III):  Would  involve low volume
production of SURGTAPE  prototype from Phase II for product  qualifications  and
shipment; and

            (d)  Commercial  Production  (Phase IV):  Would  involve high
volume production of SURGTAPE based on successful completion of Phase III.

         The expected total funding for the project is estimated at $750,000 for
all four  SURGTAPE  Phases (the "Service  Fee").  The Parties  contemplate  that
insofar as they are in agreement to proceed with Phase IV at the time, LSI LOGIC
will provide 5 quarters of a commercial supply requirements forecasting by March
15, 1997, and SURGX will provide a business proposal for a commercial production
by April 15, 1997.  Supply agreement and discount  pricing  strategy  consistent
with Section 2.3 hereof to be negotiated by the Parties with a targeted  signing
date of September 12, 1997.

         The  obligations  of each Party to conduct work with respect to a Phase
of the  Program  is  contingent  upon the prior  agreement  of the  Parties to a
development timetable and appropriate compensation and, in the case of Phase IV,
a  commercial  supply  agreement  between  the  Parties  which  shall  include a
trademark license  permitting LSI LOGIC to use the SURGTAPE and SURGX trademarks
in connection with SURGX ESD Products.

         1.2 The  Parties  hereto  agree  to  devote  sufficient  personnel  and
resources including materials, devices, fabrication equipment, testing equipment
and the like, as the parties agree is appropriate for each  particular  Phase of
each project.
         1.3 The  Parties  agree  to  designate  for each  Phase  at  lease  one
management  person whose duty will be to confer or meet on a bi-weekly  basis to
further  the  progress  of each  Phase  and to  prepare  a  summary  report  for
distribution  to those who are  involved in the  particular  project and need to
know this progress of each Phase. Upon the successful or unsuccessful conclusion
of each Phase the managers  shall jointly  issue a final summary  report on that
particular phase.

         1.4 Prior to the  initiations of each Phase II, III and IV, the Parties
will  negotiate in good faith the  completion  timetable and funding  levels for
each such Phase.  Nothing in this Agreement  shall be construed as an obligation
on the part of either Party hereunder to enter into an agreement with respect to
or otherwise proceed with Phases II, III or IV.

2.       PHASE I DELIVERABLES AND SERVICE FEE; COMMERCIAL DISCOUNT

         2.1 The delivery  obligations and timetable for such performance of the
Parties are set forth in Exhibit C attached  hereto and  incorporated  herein by
reference.  In addition to the  deliverables set forth in Exhibit C, SURGX shall
deliver  to LSI LOGIC  prior to the  completion  of the  Feasibility  Phase such
quantities  of SURGX  polymer  material  dissolved  in solution as LSI LOGIC may
require for coating directly on wafers.

         2.2 In  consideration  for the deliverables and services to be provided
hereunder,  LSI LOGIC  shall pay to SURGX the  amount of  $200,000,  payable  in
accordance with the Milestone set forth in the following table:

<TABLE>
                                                                                                      Payment
                          Milestone                                      Target Date                 Obligation
<S>                                                             <C>                             <C>                           
Execution of Final Agreement                                    October 1, 1996                 $60,000

Completion of SurgTape design for the device of package         November 5, 1996                $60,000

Assembly of a device or package designed for protection of      December 10,1996                $60,000
several leads.

Delivery of the Summary Report documenting feasibility on the   Four (4) months from            $20,000
lead(s), and the SURGTAPE design for the test IC package.       signature date

</TABLE>


         2.3 In partial  consideration of the Service Fee, SurgX agrees that for
any device or package  incorporating  a SURGX ESD  Product  manufactured  by LSI
LOGIC under Phase IV (should the Parties elect to proceed with Phase IV),  SURGX
will provide that SURGX ESD Product to LSI LOGIC at a discounted  price compared
to the price paid by other  manufacturers  of similar  devices  and/or  packages
where the other manufacturer has not engaged in a product  introduction  program
similar to the program conducted under this Agreement.  SURGX agrees to maintain
an  appropriate  discount  for  LSI  LOGIC  on such  SURGX  ESD  Product  for an
appropriate  period of time to  provide  LSI LOGIC and  economic  benefit  and a
reasonable return on its investment of the Service Fees paid to SURGX.

         2.4 The parties agree that upon  completion of Phase I, they shall meet
and  discuss  in good  faith  the  possibility  of LSI  LOGIC  making  an equity
investment in SURGX.

3.       CONFIDENTIALITY

         3.1 All technical,  business and other  information  exchanged by SURGX
and LSI LOGIC under this Agreement which it is designated  confidential shall be
deemed to be  confidential  and shall  include the terms and  conditions of this
Agreement.  The Party receiving  confidential  information  under this Agreement
shall for the period from the date of this Agreement  until five (5) years after
its termination  make use of such information only for the purpose of fulfilling
its  obligations  under this  Agreement  or under  other  agreements  respecting
further  Phases of the Program and shall protect such  information  by using the
same  degree  of care but no less  than  reasonable  degree  of care to  prevent
unauthorized  use,  dissemination  or  publication  of such  information  as the
receiving  Party  uses to protect  its own  confidential  information  of a like
nature.

         3.2 The  foregoing  obligation  shall not apply to the Party  receiving
confidential information under the Agreement with respect to information that:

                  (a) is shown by contemporaneously produced written evidence to
have been in the receiving  Party's  possession  before receipt thereof from the
disclosing Party;

                  (b) is or  becomes  a matter of public  knowledge  through  no
                  fault of the receiving  Party;  (c) is rightfully  received by
                  the receiving Party from a third Party without duty of
confidentiality;

                   (d) is  disclosed  by the  disclosing  Party to a third Party
without a duty of disclosure on the party of the third Party;

                  (e) is shown by contemporaneously produced written evidence to
have been independently  developed by the receiving Party by personnel having no
knowledge of the information received from the disclosing Party; and

                  (f) is disclosed by the receiving Party after receipt of prior
written approvals from the disclosing Party.

         3.3 Disclosure of any  information  marked  confidential by Party shall
not be precluded by this agreement if such disclosure is required in response to
a valid court order or order of a government  body  provided  that the receiving
Party  promptly  notifies  the other  Party of such order and makes a good faith
effort, but at the expense of the Party originating the confidential information
to obtain a protective order requiring the  confidential  information to be kept
in confidence and used only for the purpose of the court or governmental order.

         3.4 Expect as required by law neither  Party to this  Agreement  shall,
without prior written  consent of the other Party,  make or cause to be made any
press  release  or non  confidential  disclosure  that  directly  or  indirectly
discloses  the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement or discloses  the
identity of the Parties hereto.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  approval of an
announcement of the agreement will not be unreasonably withheld.

4.    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         4.1 Any  change in,  improvement  of or  modification  of any SURGX ESD
Product  (including  changes,  improvements or  modifications in the manufacture
thereof or, subject to Section 4.3 use) made pursuant to this Agreement or other
agreements  respecting the Program by either Party or jointly by the Parties and
any invention  made based on or developed from the  Confidential  Information of
SURGX,  shall be the  intellectual  property of SURGX.  LSI LOGIC shall take all
actions  necessary  to vest such  intellectual  property  rights  in  SURGX.  In
addition,  any  method or  process  developed  independently  or  jointly by the
parties  covering the  application of SURGTAPE to a device or substrate shall be
the intellectual property of SURGX.

         4.2 Any  change in,  improvement  of or  modification  of any LSI LOGIC
semiconductor   device  or   package   (including   changes,   improvements   or
modifications  in the  manufacture  thereof or, subject to Section 4.3 use) made
pursuant to this Agreement or other agreements  respecting the Program by either
Party or jointly by the Parties  and any  invention  made based on or  developed
from  the  Confidential  Information  of LSI  LOGIC  shall  be the  intellectual
property of LSI LOGIC and SURGX shall have the right to a nonexclusive  license,
including the right to sublicense as necessary under and subject to Section 4.3,
from  LSI  LOGIC to use each  method  or  process  which  forms a part  thereof,
provided that such method or process is necessary to enable the  commercial  use
of the SURGX ESD Product.

         4.3 In addition to the work to be performed under this Agreement, which
is  intended to  demonstrate  the  feasibility  of using  SURGTAPE in  packaging
integrated  circuit  devices  to  protect  them from ESD  damage,  most of which
activities will be the responsibility of SURGX, the parties agree that LSI LOGIC
may further  investigate the potential use of the SURGX polymer  composition for
application  directly  on/or  as part of the  integrated  circuit  wafer/die  or
wafer/die  structure.  LSI LOGIC will bear the  primary  responsibility  for the
activities to develop the die application.  SURGX will provide the SURGX polymer
in  appropriate  liquid  form  for  the on  wafer/die  application  and  provide
consulting  services  to LSI  LOGIC  in the  application  and  use of the  SURGX
material.  Follow on activities and  cooperative  efforts will be decided at the
conclusion  of  the  feasibility  stage.   Assuming  that  the  results  of  the
feasibility  stage show that the SURGX  material  has value in the on  wafer/die
application in protecting  integrated  circuit devices from ESD events, and that
the parties wish to continue forward with an agreement, the parties agree to:

         SURGX will own all intellectual  property rights to SURGTAPE technology
and LSI LOGIC will be granted a paid up royalty free license under  intellectual
property of SURGX to use the SURGTAPE purchased from SURGX and its affiliates or
parents in integrated  circuit  packages  built by and for LSI LOGIC for sale by
LSI LOGIC.

         LSI LOGIC will own the intellectual property rights to the use of SURGX
material in processes and to the resulting structure where the SURGX material is
applied  directly to and as a part of the integral  structure  of an  integrated
circuit wafer/die which on wafer/die applications processes are developed by LSI
LOGIC.  LSI LOGIC shall have a paid up royalty free license  under  intellectual
property  of SURGX to use itself  SURGX  material  purchased  from SURGX and its
affiliates or parents in such processes and structure.

         SURGX will own exclusive marketing rights to sell the SURGX material in
the liquid form for use in said on  wafer/die  applications  and  processes  for
application of the SURGX material directly to an integrated  circuit  wafer/die,
and LSI LOGIC agrees to license the intellectual  property of LSI LOGIC to SURGX
on reasonable terms to enable SURGX to market such SURGX material for such uses,
provided,  however, that LSI LOGIC shall have the option at its sole election to
retain exclusive use for itself in large scale ASIC devices.

         4.4 The above Paragraphs 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 notwithstanding all metrology
developed by the Parties in connection  with the  performance  of this Agreement
shall be the intellectual  property of SURGX.  SURGX shall grant and hereby does
grant, to LSI LOGIC (and to LSI LOGIC'S packaging  contractors  solely for their
use in  producing  ESD  Measuring  Equipment  for LSI  LOGIC)  a  non-exclusive,
worldwide,  perpetual irrevocable, fully paid-up right and license to use, make,
have  made,  modify,  have  modified,  and  develop  ESD  Measurement  Equipment
products, including derivative products from SURGX's intellectual property under
this  Article,  for LSI  LOGIC's  own  internal  use  and  for use by LSI  LOGIC
packaging  contractors in carrying out their work solely for LSI LOGIC, provided
that nothing in this  Paragraph 4.4 shall be construed as a license to LSI LOGIC
to sell,  lease,  or otherwise  dispose of ESD Measurement  Equipment  products,
including derivative products, to its customers.

5.       TERM AND TERMINATION

         5.1 This  Agreement  shall  remain in force  until the later of (i) two
years from the date hereof or (ii) the  completion  of Phase I,  unless  earlier
terminated pursuant to this Section 5.

         5.2 This Agreement may be terminated without cause by either Party upon
30 days  written  notice.  If  terminated  by SURGX  without  cause  under  this
paragraph,  SURGX  shall not be  entitled  to any  further  payment  under  this
Agreement of the Program.  If terminated  by LSI LOGIC under this  paragraph LSI
LOGIC  shall  pay to SURGX  50% of all  unpaid  payments  scheduled  under  this
Agreement.

         5.3 This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by either Party for cause upon
breach of this Agreement by the other Party after 60 days written notice of such
breach and  failure of the Party in breach to remedy the breach  within  said 60
days.

         5.4 Upon  completion or  termination  of this Agreement with or without
cause, no amounts paid by LSI LOGIC to SURGX shall be refunded by SURGX.

6.    GENERAL TERMS

         6.1 This Agreement  shall be governed in all aspects by the laws of the
state  of  California  except  for  any law in  California  which  requires  the
application of the law of another state.

         6.2 SURGX represents and warrants that the SURGX ESD Products  supplied
by SURGX  will meet the  specifications  agreed to for such  products.  However,
SURGX  makes no  representation  or  warranty  or  guarantee  that any SURGX ESD
Product will perform in any particular LSI LOGIC device or package as desired by
LSI  LOGIC.  It is the  responsibility  of LSI  LOGIC to test such  devices  and
packages to insure that same perform in accordance with LSI LOGIC specifications
or the product  specifications of the customer purchasing such device or package
from LSI LOGIC. In the event of a product  liability claim on any  semiconductor
device or package sold by LSI LOGIC,  LSI LOGIC shall hold SURGX  harmless  with
respect to such claim. SURGX shall indemnify and hold harmless LSI LOGIC and its
majority owned subsidiaries from any claim, demand, assertion, or liability, and
the defense thereof , based on the infringement or alleged infringement by SURGX
ESD Products of the intellectual  property rights of any third party. Except for
the  foregoing,  neither  party  shall be liable  to the other for any  special,
indirect, incidental, or consequential damages, losses, loss of profits, loss of
data or use thereof,  or interruption  of business,  whether based on alleged of
warranty, of contract, tort or other legal theory.

         6.3 This contact shall be considered  personal  between the Parties and
shall not be assignable or transferable to any other Party except any company or
entity  controlling,  controlled  by, or under the common  control  with a Party
hereto (an  "Affiliate"),  without the prior written consent of the other Party.
The prohibition against assignment provided by this paragraph shall not apply if
this Agreement is being  transferred to another entity as part of a sale, merger
or transfer of the entire business of the Party to which this Agreement relates.

         6.4 Neither SURGX nor LSI LOGIC are agents of the other. This Agreement
does not  establish  any joint  venture,  partnership,  or agency  relationship.
Neither   Party  has  the  right  or   authority   to  create  any   obligation,
representation  or  responsibility  express  or  implied  on behalf of the other
Party. The Parties hereto are independent contractors.

         6.5 This  Agreement  is non  exclusive  in nature  and it is  expressly
understood  that either Party may enter into the same or similar  agreement with
other  entities  for the same or  similar  reasons  for same or  similar  goals,
provided that the confidentiality of this Agreement is maintained.

         6.6 If any  provision of this  Agreement is held invalid,  illegal,  or
unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality,  or  enforceability  of the  remaining
provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired.

         6.7 Except for the prior confidentiality agreement dated July 22, 1996,
this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto  constitute the entire agreement  between
the Parties with respect to the subject  matter  hereto and shall not be amended
or modified without written agreements signed by both Parties.

         6.8 In witness whereof the Parties have had this Agreement  executed by
their  respective  authorized  officers  on the  date  written  below  with  the
Agreement  being  effective  the  date  appearing  on the  first  page  of  this
Agreement,  with the intent that the Parties by legally and  equitably  bound by
its terms.

LSI LOGIC CORPORATION                       SURGX CORPORATION

By:      /s/      James Hively                       By:      /s/ Karen Shrier

Title: Vice President                       Title: V.P. Operation

Date: September 30, 1996                    Date: September 30, 1996
     ----------------------                      -------------------


                                    EXHIBIT A

                               SURGX ESD PRODUCTS

     A.1 The term "SURGTAPE"  shall mean a tape product that carries a SURGX
         material in a cured or solid form so that the tape  product can be used
         to provide ESD or electrical overstress (EOS) protection for integrated
         circuits. SURGTAPE incorporates a SURGX material that can be positioned
         between signal lines and the ground  line(s).  The SURGX material has a
         high impedance and low leakage during normal circuit operation.  During
         an EOS or an ESD event,  the material  transitions  to a low  impedance
         state  that  shunts the  offending  charge to  ground.  The  pin-to-pin
         capacitance added by the material is typically less than one picofarad.
         The mechanical  flexibility and the electrical  characteristics  of the
         material  allow for a wide  variety of  packaging  concepts,  including
         arrays in which a common  ground is used with  multiple  signal  lines.
         SURGTAPE can be placed,  both inside the IC package and outsides the IC
         package, as well as, on or in the printed circuit boards.  SURGTAPE can
         also be used in discrete  devices such as connector  arrays and surface
         mount components.

    A.2 The term  "SURGX  material"  shall mean a liquid  product  having a
         component  or  composition  proprietary  to SURGX  that can be  applied
         directly to a wafer or die to form a cured or solid line layer  thereon
         to provide ESD or EOS  protection for  integrated  circuits.  The SURGX
         material can be applied directly to a wafer or die in liquid form, then
         formed into a cured or solid line, layer or other configuration between
         signal  lines and ground  line(s) to provide  properties  and  function
         similar to those set forth in A.1 above.


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

             [PACKAGES AND DEVICES FOR INCORPORATION OF ESD PRODUCT]


Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  for the  entire  contents  of this
Exhibit B which contents have been filed separately with the Commission.


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                         DELIVERY OBLIGATIONS/TIMETABLE

                    Exhibit C - LSI LOGIC PHASE I FEASIBILITY


<TABLE>

<S>    <C>                                                          <C>           <C>         <C>
ID     Task Name                                                    Duration      Start       Finish

1      PHASE I FEASIBILITY                                          18w           10/1/96     2/3/97
2        Define Team                                                2d            10/1/96     10/2/96
3        Define Product  Performance Specificaton                   4.6w          10/1/96     10/31/96
4        Select pkgs & die                                          1.7w          10/1/96     10/11/96
5        Complete SurgTape Designs for the selected device or       5.2w          10/1/96     11/5/96
           package
6        Reformulate SurgX to meet V (trigger) &   Vclam            17.8w         10/1/96     1/31/97
7          Formulation I modification/optimation                    12.2w         10/1/96     12/24/96
8          Formulation II Development                               11w           10/14/96    12/27/96
9          Select optimum formulations                              1w            12/30/96    1/3/97
10         Continue to Optimize Formulations                        4w            1/6/97      1/31/97
11       Implement SurgX on/in IC Package                           16.2w         10/14/96    2/3/97
12         Assemble a package with SurgTape designed to protect     9.2w          10/14/96    12/16/97
             single ic
13         Deliver SurgX for Wafer Coating                          14.2w         10/28/96    2/3/97
14       Look Ahead Reliability Testing for Environmental           16w           10/14/96    1/31/97
15       Ongoing Characterization, QC Testing and QC Equipment      16w           10/1/96     1/20/97
           Design
16       Feasibility Summary Report                                 1.2w          1/27/97     2/3/97
17       Phase I Complete                                             0w          2/ 3/97     2/3/97


</TABLE>




EXHIBIT 10.23

COPELCO   Master Lease No 0670800
CAPITAL
- - -
                             MASTER LEASE: AGREEMENT
                          LESSOR: COPELCO CAPITAL, INC.

                        LESSEE: POWER SENSORS Corporation

                          TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LEASE

LEASE OF EQUIPMENT. See Amendment Attached Hereto And Forming A Part Hereof.

Lessor  hereby  leases to  Lessee,  and Lessee  hereby  leases  from  Lessor the
equipment   described  in  one  or  more  equipment  schedules  (the  "Equipment
Schedule")  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit A attached  hereto,  that may
hereafter  be executed  by Lessor and Less" (the  equipment,  together  with all
replacement parts,  repairs,  additions,  substitutions and accessories shall be
referred to as the  "Equipment"  on the tams and  conditions  contained  in this
Lease ("Lease") and in any Equipment Schedule. This Lease and each of the terms,
covenants,  conditions,  provisions  and  agreements  herein  contained  will be
incorporated into each Equipment  Schedule in full to the same extent as if each
of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements had been repeated
and set forth in full therein, and this Master Lease Agreement shall control and
be effective as to all such Schedules except to the extent that the Master Lease
Agreement may be  inconsistent  with the tams and  provisions of such  Equipment
Schedule,  which ever the terms and provisions of such Equipment  Schedule shall
prevail.  Each  equipment  Schedule  shall  constitute  a  separate  lease and a
distinct and independent obligation of the Lessee. The parties intend this Lease
to be a "Finance Lease" under Article 2A of the Uniform Commercial Code.

II ORDER AND DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT; LESSOR'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE.

Lessee hereby  requests  Lessor to order the Equipment  from the Vendor named on
the Equipment Schedule and to arrange for delivery of the Equipment to Lessee at
Lessee's expense,  and to lease the Equipment to Lessee. If the Equipment is not
delivered  to and  accepted  by Lessee in form  satisfactory  to Lessor,  within
ninety (90) days from the date Lessor orders the Equipment,  Lessor may laminate
the applicable Equipment Schedule and its obligations thereunder.  Lessee waives
any  requirement of Lessor to furnish  Lessee a copy of Lessor's  purchase order
for the Equipment.

III.  ACCEPTANCE.

Lessee shall, as Lessor's agent,  immediately  inspect the Equipment after it is
delivered  and  installed.  Lessee  agrees  that on the  date the  Equipment  is
available for first use (the "Acceptance Date"), it shall execute and deliver to
Lessor a  Delivery  and  Acceptance  Certificate  substantially  in the force of
Exhibit B attached.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  unless Lessee shall notify
Lessor in writing  otherwise  within  five (5) days after the  Acceptance  Date,
Lessee shall be deemed to have  irrevocably  accepted the Equipment.  This Lease
and all Equipment Schedules are noncancelable and Lessee agrees to pay the total
rent for the term, which shall be the total amount of all rental payments stated
in any Equipment Schedule (the "Rent". or "Rental Payment"), plus any other sums
provided for herein.

IV. TERM AND RENT.

(A) The initial term  ("Initial  Term") of any Equipment  Schedule to which this
Lease  relates  shall  commence  on the  Acceptance  Date  and  shall be of such
duration as is prescribed in such  Equipment  Schedule plus the Interim Term (as
hereinafter  defined).  Advance Rent and any Security Deposit as provided in any
Equipment  Schedule  shall be  payable  upon  the  execution  of the  applicable
Equipment  Schedule  and shall not be  refundable  if the  Initial  Term for any
reason does not commence or if this Lease or the applicable  Equipment  Schedule
is duly terminated by Lessor.  Rental Payments shall commence (the "Commencement
Date") on the first day of the month  following the  Acceptance  Date unless the
Acceptance  Date is the  first day of the  applicable  paid,  in which  case the
Commencement Date shall be the first day of the applicable period.  Interim Rent
shall be payable upon demand for the period between the Acceptance  Date and the
first day of the month following the Acceptance Date ("Interim Term") at a daily
rate equal to the periodic rental provided in any Equipment  Schedule divided by
the  number  of days in the  period.  Subsequent  rental  payments  shall be due
periodically  in advance on the first day of each successive  period  thereafter
until all Rent and other sums  chargeable  to Lessee  hereunder are paid in full
Lessee's  obligation  to  pay  Rent  and  Lessee's  other  monetary  obligations
hereunder are absolute and  unconditional  and are not subject to any abatement,
set-off, defense or counterclaim for any reason whatsoever. Any Security Deposit
shall secure all  obligations of Lessee  hereunder and may be applied at Lessors
discretion  to any past due  obligation  of Lessee and to the extent not applied
shall  be  returned  to  Lessor,  without  interest,  at the  expiration  of the
applicable  Equipment Schedule.  All payments of Rent Schedule be made to Lessor
at the address Lessor - shall designate in writing. ~ - ~

(B)Whenever  any payment is not made by Lessee  within five (5) days of when due
hereunder,  Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor, as additional rent,  interest on all
monies due Lessor from and after the date same is due at the rate of one and one
quarter (1-1/4%) percent per month until paid but as to each of the foregoing in
no event more than the maximum rate permitted by law.

(C) As used herein,  "Actual  Cost" means the cost to Lessor of  purchasing  and
delivering the Equipment to Lessee,  including taxes,  transportation  and other
charges. The amount of each Actual Payment and the Security Deposit set forth in
the  Equipment  Schedule  are  based on the  total  cost set  forth in  Lessor's
purchase order for the Equipment  (-Estimated Cost ), which is an estimate,  and
shall be adjusted proportionately if the actual cost of the Equipment is greater
than said estimate.  Lessee hereby  authorizes  Lessor to adjust the amounts set
forth in the Equipment Payment Schedule which Actual Cost is known and to add to
the amount of each  Rental  Payment  any sales,  use or leasing  tax that may be
imposed on or measured by the ~ Rental  Payments.  Lessor will inform  Lessee of
the  adjustments  necessary to reflect  Actual  Cost.  If the Actual Cost of the
Equipment on July shipment  Schedule exceeds the Estimated Cost by more than ten
(10%) percent thereof  (exclusive of taxes),  Lessor shall, if it desires to add
to the  Estimated  Cost an amount in excess of 10% of Estimated  Cost, so notify
Lessee in writing. In such instance, within fifteen (15) days thereafter, Lessee
at its option may terminate the relevant  Equipment Schedule by giving notice to
Lessor of its  intention to do so,  effective  the day of such  notice,  subject
however to the provisions of Section IV(A) hereof

V. NO  WARRANTIES  BY LESSOR,  DISCLAIMER  OF IMPLIED  WARRANTIES  AND WAIVER OF
   DEFENSES.

LESSOR IS NOT THE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER OF OR A DEALER IN THE EQUIPMENT,  AND
MAKES NO WARRANTY Y. EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,  TO ANYONE,  ELSE TO THE SUITABILITY,
DURABILITY,  DESIGN, CONDITION, CAPACITY. PERFORMANCE OR ANY OTHER ASPECT OF THE
EQUIPMENT   OR  ITS   MATERIAL  OR   WORKMANSHIP   INCLUDING   THE  WARRANTY  OF
MERCHANTABILITY  AND FITNESS FOR USE OR PURPOSE.  AS TO LESSOR AND ITS  ASSIGNS,
LESSEE LEASES THE EQUIPMENT "AS IS " LESSEE  REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS SELECTED THE
EQUIPMENT AND THE SUPPLIER AND ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT LESSOR HAS NOT RECOMMENDED THE
SUPPLIER LESSOR LEAVE NO OBLIGATION TO INSTALL,  MAINTAIN,  ERECT, TEST, ADJUST,
OR SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT,  ALL OF WHICH LESSEE SHALL PERFORM, OR CA-USE THE SAME
TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED THIRD PARTIES LESSOR AND) LESSOR'S  ASSIGNEE S~ NOT
BE LIABLE TO LESSEE OR OTHERS  FOR ANY  LOSS,-DAMAGE  OR  EXPENSE OF ANY KIND OR
FAILURE CAUSED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BY ANY EQUIPMENT  HOWEVER ARISING,  OR THE
USE OR MAINTENANCE  THEREOF OR THE FAILURE OF OPERATION THEREOF, OR THE REPAIRS,
SERVICE OR ADJUSTMENT THERETO. NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO 10: EQUIPMENT
OR ANY OTHER  MATTER BY THE  SUPPLIER  OR OTHERS  SHALL BE BINDING ON LESSOR NOR
SHALL THE  BREACH  OF SUCH  RELIEVE  LESSEE  OF,  OR IN ANY WAY  AFFECT,  ANY OF
LESSEE'S  OBLIGATIONS TO LESSOR HEREIN. IF THE EQUIPMENT 1S  UNSATISFACTORY  FOR
ANY REASON,  LESSEE SHALL MAKE CLAIM ON ACCOUNT THEREOF SOLELY AGAINST SUPPLIER,
AND ANY OF SUPPLIER'S VENDORS, AND SHALL NEVERTHELESS PAY LESSOR ALL RENT AND/OR
SUMS PAYABLE UNDER THIS LEASE.  LESSOR HEREBY ASSIGNS TO LESSEE,  SOLELY FOR THE
PURPOSE OF PROSECUTING  SUCH A CLAIM ALL (IF ANY) OF THE RIGHTS WHICH LESSOR MAY
RAVE  AGAINST  SUPPLIER AND  SUPPLIER'S  VENDORS FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR OTHER
REPRESENTATIONS  RESPECTING THE EQUIPMENT.  REGARDLESS OF CAUSE, LESSEE WILL NOT
ASSERT ANY CLAIM 'WHATSOEVER AGAINST LESSOR FOR LOSS OF ANTICIPATORY  PROFITS OR
ANY OTHER  INDIRECT,  SPECIAL  OR  NONSEQUENTIAL  DAMAGES,  NOR SHALL  LESSOR BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR COSTS WHICH MAY BE

ASSESSED  AGAINST  LESSEE IN ANY ACTION FOR  INFRINGEMENT  OF ANY UNITEAD STATES
LETTERS PATENT. LESSOR MAKES NO WARRANTY AS TO 1~115 TREATMENT OF THIS LEASE FOR
TAX OR ACCOUNTING PURPOSES.

NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY FILES  WHICH MAY BE PAID BY LESSOR TO SUPPLIER OR ANY AGENT
OF  SUPPLIER[ER,  LESSEE  UNDERSTANDS  AND AGREES THAT NEITHER  SUPPLIER NOR ANY
AGENT OF SUPPLIER 1S AN AGENT OF LESSOR OR IS  AUTHORIZED  TO WAIVE OR ALTER ANY
TERM OR CONDITION OF THIS LEASE.

VI. TITLE; PERSONAL PROPERTY.

The  Equipment  is, and shall at all times be owned by Lessor  and Lessee  shall
 have no interest in the  Equipment  except that of a lessee.  I he Lessee shall
 have no right to purchase or otherwise  acquire title to or ownership of any of
 the  Equipment.  If Lessor  supplies  Lessee with labels that the  Equipment is
 owned by  Lessor,  Le ssee  shall  affix  such  labels  to and  keep  them in a
 prominent place on the Equipment Lessee hereby  authorizes  Lessor to insert in
 any  Equipment  Schedule the serial  numbers and other  identification  date of
 Equipment  when  determined  by  Lessor.  To  protect  Lessor's  rights  in the
 Equipment  in the event this Lease is  determined  to be a security  agreement,
 Lessee hereby grants to Lessor a security  interest in the  Equipment,  and all
 proceeds.  products,  rents or profits  from the sale,  casualty  loss or other
 disposition  thereof.  Lessee hereby authorizes Lessor, at Lessee's expense, to
 cause this Lease, or any statement or other  instruments  respect of this Lease
 showing the interest of Lessor in the Equipment,  including Uniform  Commercial
 Code  financing   statements,   to  be  filed  or  recorded  and  re-filed  and
 re-recorded.  and grants  Lessor the right to execute  Lessee's  name  thereto.
 Lessee  agrees  to  execute,  deliver  and file  any  statement  or  instrument
 requested by Lessor for such purpose,  and if  certificates of title are issued
 or  outstanding  with  respect to any of the  Equipment,  Lessee will cause the
 interest of Lessor to be properly noted thereon, and agrees to pay or reimburse
 Lessor for any reasonable searches,  filings,  recordings,  stamp fees or taxes
 related to the filing or recording of any such  instrument or  statement,  plus
 Lessor's  handling  charges.  Lessee shall, at its expense,  protect and defend
 Lessor s against all persons  claiming  against or through  Lessee and shall at
 all  times  keep the  Equipment  free  from any legal  process  or  encumbrance
 whatsoever  including  without  limitation  liens,   attachments,   levies  and
 executions,  and shall give Lessor  immediate  written notice thereof and shall
 indemnify  Lessor from any loss caused  thereby.  Lessee  shall,  upon Lessor's
 request,  execute  or obtain  from third  parties  and  deliver to Lessor  such
 estoppel  certificates,  landlord's  waivers and such further  instruments  and
 assurances  as Lessor  deems  necessary or advisable  for the  confirmation  of
 perfection  of Lessor's  rights  hereunder.  The Equipment is, and shall at all
 times be and remain,  personal property  notwithstanding  that the Equipment or
 any part  thereof may now be or  hereunder  become,  m any  manner,  affixed or
 attached to real property or any improvements hereon

                                     2

VII. MAINTENANCE, USE AND LOCATION.

Lessee  shall,  at its own cost and  expense,  maintain  the  Equipment  in good
operating  condition  and repair and protect the  Equipment  from  deterioration
other than normal wear and tear,  shall use the Equipment in the regular  course
of its business,  within its normal;  operating  capacity.  without abuse, shall
comply  with all laws,  ordinances,  regulations,  requirements  and rules  with
respect to the use, maintenance and operation of the Equipment;  shall not match
any  modification,  alteration  or addition to the  Equipment  without the prior
written consent of Lessor. which shall not be unreasonably withheld,  except for
engineering changes  recommended by and made by the manufacturer,  shall install
on the Equipment all  engineering  changes offered by the  manufacturer  without
charge  which  chance  the  safety  of the  Equipment,  shall  not so affix  the
Equipment to realty as to change its nature to real  property or a fixture;  and
shall keep the Equipment at the location shown herein,  and shall not remove the
Equipment  without prior written consent of Lessor.  Lessee will grant access to
the Equipment to Lessor and Lessor's  designee  during normal  working hours for
inspection,  repair,  preventative  maintenance,   installation  of  engineering
changes and for any other  reasonable  purpose Lessee shall,  during the term of
this Lease, at its own expense, enter into and maintain in force a contract with
the   manufacturer  or  other  acceptable   maintenance   company  covering  the
maintenance  of the Equipment and furnish a copy thereof to Lessor upon request.
If Lessor  incurs any cost or expenses to bring the Equipment up to good working
order and appearance,  Lessee shall  immediately  reimburse  Lessor for all such
costs or expenses

VIII. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT; END OF LEASE OPTION.

After the end of the [initial Term and after each renewal term thereafter,  this
Lease shall be  automatically  renewed and shall continue until such time as the
Lessee shall give the Lessor  written notice of  termination,  not less than one
hundred  twenty (120) days and not more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior
to the end of the then current term.  Unless  Lessee  purchases the Equipment or
the term of an  Equipment  Schedule  is  renewed,  within  ten (10)  days of the
expiration or earlier termination of the then current teen, the Lessee shall, at
its  expense,  install,  inspect,  test and pack the  Equipment  and  return the
Equipment (including all cable, wiring, connectors,  accessories and attachments
thereto),  freight and  insurance  prepaid,  to such  location as  designated by
Lessor in writing,  in good repair,  condition and working order,  ordinary wear
and tear resulting from proper use thereof only excepted. Further, the Equipment
shall  conform  to any  additional  specifications  set forth in the  applicable
Equipment   Schedule.   Lessee  shall  have  the  Equipment   certified  by  the
manufacturer as acceptable for the manufacture's  standard  maintenance contract
and such certification  shall be presented to Lessor at least fourteen (14) days
prior to  redelivery  to  Lessor.  If Lessee  fails to return the  Equipment  as
provided  herein,  Lessee  shall pay Lessor a sum equal to six (6) months act as
liquidated damages to compensate Lessor for the economic loss suffered by Lessor
as a result of its inability to realize the residual value of the Equipment when
anticipated.  In addition,  for the use of the  Equipment,  Lessee agrees to pay
Lessor  periodic  Rent  equal  to  110% of the  average  annual  Rental  Payment
(adjusted,  if necessary,  to the period  indicated on the applicable  Equipment
Schedule) provided herein Nothing contained herein is intended to relieve Lessee
of its  obligations  to return the  Equipment  to Lessor as  provided  herein or
restrict  Lessor's right to recover the Equipment in the event of the failure of
Lessee to so return  the  Equipment  at the  expiration  or  termination  of the
applicable Equipment Schedule.

IX. RISK OF LOSS.

Lessee shall bear all risks of loss or damage to the Equipment ("Loss.) from any
cause whatsoever, from the date of the shipment of the Equipment to Lessee until
its return to Less". Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor of any Lass and no Loss
shall relieve  Lessee of the  obligation to pay Rent or of any other  obligation
under this Leas and any Equipment  Schedule.  In the event of a Loss, Lessee, at
the option of Lessor, shall either (a) repair the Equipment so as to place it in
as good  condition  as  prior  to the  Loss,  (b)  replace  the  Equipment  with
substantially  identical  Equipment  in good  condition  and working  order with
documentation  creating clear title thereto in Lessor, or (c) pay to Lessor upon
demand the sum of the following  amounts:  (i) the aggregate Rent and other sums
then due and owing  under the  Equipment  Schedule  to which  the  Equipment  is
subject plus (ii) the applicable stipulated loss value attached to the Equipment
Schedule and made part thereof (the "Stipulated Loss Values")  opposite the Rent
payment number  preceding the date of the Loss, or, if no Stipulated Loss Values
are attached to the  Equipment  Schedule,  then the present  value of all unpaid
Rent and other' sums due during the  unexpired  term of the  Equipment  Schedule
discounted  at four (4%)  percent per annum  simple  interest or the lowest rate
premitted by law plus Lessor  anticipated  value of the  Equipment at the end of
the  Initial  Term  or  applicable   renewal  term.  Upon  Lessor's  receipt  of
replacement Equipment or payment as provided in (b) or (c) hereof, Lessee and/or
Lessor's insurer shall be entitled to Lessor's interest in said item for salvage
purposes,  in its then  condition and  location,  without  warranty,  express or
implied.

X. INSURANCE

Lessee shall keep the Equipment insured against all risks of loss or damage from
every cause whatsoever for not less than the full  replacement  value thereof or
the amount stated in Section IX(c) herein, whichever is greater, and shall carry
public  liability and property damage  insurance  covering the Equipment and its
use in amounts customary for such Equipment. All such insurance shall be in form
and  amount and with  companies  acceptable  to Lessor  and name  Lessor and its
assignee as loss payee, as their interests may appear,  with respect to property
damage  coverage and as  additional  insured,  with respect to public  liability
coverage.  Lessee shall pay the premiums therefor and deliver said policies,  or
duplicates  thereof or  certificates of coverage  therefor to Lessor,  with long
form  Lender's  Loss  Payable  endorsement  upon the  policy or  policies  or by
independent  instrument.  that  provides  Lessor a right to  thirty  (30)  days'
written  notice  before the policy  can be  altered  or  canceled  are the right
without  obligation  to payment of premium.  Should  Lessee fail to provide such
insurance  coverage,  Lessor may obtain such coverage for its benefit or for the
benefit of Lessee and charge Lessee  therefor.  Lessee hereby appoints Lessor as
Lessee's attorney-in-fact to make claim for, receive payment of, and execute and
endorse  all  documents,  checks,  or drafts  for loss or damage  under any said
insurance  policies and to apply the proceeds in  furtherance of the exercise of
Lessors options as provided herein.

                                              3




XI. TAXES AND CHARGES.

     This Lease is  intended to be and lease,  and all  payments  hereunder  are
     intended to be and to Lessor to the extent permitted by applicable law. see
     s)full pay  directly  (or, at Lessor's  option,  reimburse  Lessor for) all
     license fees, assessments and other government charges, and all sales, use,
     exercise,  franchise,  personal property and any other similar tax or taxes
     (herein collectively called "Charges") now or hereafter imposed,  levied or
     assessed by any state,  federal or local  government  or agency upon any of
     the Equipment or upon the leasing,  purchase,  ownership,  use, possession,
     financing  or  operation  thereof or upon the  receipt  of rental  payments
     therefor,  even if Lessee's  status  provides  for its  exemption  from the
     Charges (excluding income taxes on Rental Payments,  except any such tax on
     Rental  Payments which is a substitution  for, or relieves  Lessee from the
     payment of taxes  which  Lessee  would  otherwise  be  obligated  to pay or
     reimburse  Lessor as  herein  provided)  before  the same  shall  become in
     default or subject to the payment of any penalty or interest.  Lessee shall
     supply Lessor with receipts or other  evidence of payment of all Charges as
     may reasonably be requested by Lessor. Lessee shall further comply with all
     state and local  laws  requiring  the  filing  of ad  valorem  or other tax
     returns  relating to any  Charges.  Lessee  shall  notify the Lessor of the
     imposition of, or, to Lessee's  knowledge,  the proposed imposition of, any
     Charges by supplying to Lessor (within five (5) days after receipt  thereof
     by  Lessee)  a copy of the  invoice  or  other  documents  respective  such
     Charges.  Unless otherwise directed by Lessor in writing,  Lessor shall pay
     all personal  property  taxes with respect to the  Equipment  and fee shall
     reimburse Lessor therefor upon demand

XII.  LEASE Irrevocability AND OTHER COVENANT S AND REPRESENTATIONS OF LESSEE.

     Lessee agrees that this Lease and each Equipment  Schedule are  irrevocable
     for the full term thereof and thereof and Lessee's  obligations  under this
     Lease and each Equipment  Schedule are absolute and shall continue  through
     abatement and  regardless of any  disability of Lessee to use the Equipment
     or any part  thereof  because of any reason  including,  but not limited to
     war,  act  of  God,   governmental   regulations,   stress,  loss,  damage,
     destruction,  obsolescence, failure of or delay in delivery, failure of the
     Equipment  to operate  properly,  termination  by  operation of law, or any
     other cause. Lessee represents that: it is duly organized, validly existing
     and in good  standing  under  the laws of the  jurisdiction  in  which  the
     activities of Lessee  require such  qualification;  this Lease has been and
     each Equipment  Schedule will be duly authorized by all necessary action on
     its part, is a valid, binding and legally enforceable  obligation of Lessee
     in accordance with its terms and is not in any respect inconsistent with or
     in  violation  of Lessee's  Certificate  or Articles  of  Incorporation  or
     by-laws or any law, regulation, order or agreement binding upon Lessee; the
     Equipment  shall be used by Lessee solely for business  purposes;  and that
     all  financials and other  information  submitted to Lessor was and will be
     true and correct.

XIII FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Lessee  agrees  to  deliver  to  Lessor  annual  financial  statements  and such
quarterly financial statements, as Lessor requests.

XIV. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

(A) The occurrence of any one or more of the following  shall be deemed to be an
"Event  of  Default.:  (a)  Lessee  fails  to pay any Rent or any  other  amount
hereunder  when due,  or (b)  Lessee  is in  default  under any other  agreement
between Lessee and Lessor or upon an event of default under any other  agreement
catered into by guarantors, the vendor of the Equipment. principals of Lessee or
others,  which  agreement(s) was or were executed to induce Lessor to enter into
this Lease or the applicable Equipment Schedule;  or (c) Lessee fails to perform
or observe any of the terms,  covenants or  conditions  contained in this Lease,
any  Equipment  Schedule or other lease or other  agreement  between  Lessor and
Lessee,  other than as provided above,  and Lessee fails to cure any such breach
within ten ( 10) days after notice thereof or (d) any  representation  of Lessee
contained in this L~ or any other agreement between Lessor and Lessee, or in any
credit  or other  information  submitted  to  Lessor  in  connection  with  this
transaction is untrue or incorrect; or (c) Lessee fails substantially all of its
assets out of the ordinary course of business,  merges or consolidates  with any
other  person  or  sustains  a change in the  ownership  of more than 20% of its
equity,  or (f) Lessee becomes  insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit
of creditors; or (g) a receiver, trustee, conservator or liquidator of Lessee or
of all or a  substantial  part of its assets is  appointed  with or without  the
application  or  consent of  Lessee;  or (h) a  petition  is filed by or against
Lessee under the Bankruptcy  Code or any amendment  thereto,  or under any other
insolvency law or laws, providing for the relief to debtors

(B) Upon an Event of  Default,  the  Lessor  may,  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable law, exercise any one or more of the following remedies:

(i) Terminate this Lease with respect to all or any part of the Equipment;

(ii) Recover  from Lessee all Rent and other  amounts then due and as they shall
thereafter become due hereunder and under the Equipment Schedules;

(iii) Take possession of any or all items of Equipment, wherever the same may be
located,  without demand or notice,  without any court order or other process of
law and without liability to Lessee for any damages occasioned by such taking of
possession, and any such taking of possession shall not constitute a termination
of this Lease;

(iv)  Declare  the  entire  unpaid  balance  of Rent and other  amounts  for the
unexpired  term of each  Equipment  Schedule  immediately  due and  payable  and
recover  from Lessee,  with  respect to any and all items of Equipment  (with or
without  cause  same),  the  Stipulated  Loss Value  attached to each  Equipment
Schedule  opposite the Rent Payment  number  preceding the data of such Event of
Default or, if no  Stipulates  Values are attached to the  applicable  Equipment
Schedule,  then the  present  value of all unpaid Rent and other sums due during
the unexpired  term of that Equipment  Schedule  discounted at four (4%) percent
per annum simple interest (or the lowest discount

                                     4

rate permitted by law), plus Lease anticipated value of the Equipment at the end
of the Term or any applicable renewal term of the Equipment Schedule;

(v) Upon repossession or surrender of any Equipment, Lessor shall sell, lease or
otherwise dispose of such Equipment in a commercially reasonable manner. with or
v without  notice  and on  public or  private  bid,  and apply the net  proceeds
thereof (after  deducting all expenses,  including  attorney's  fees incurred in
connection therewith), to the sum of (iv) above;

(vi) Declare any other Equipment  Schedules and Leases between Lessor and Lessee
in default and exercise any of the remedies provided for herein; and

(vii) Pursue any other remedy  available at law or in equity,  including but not
limited  to  seeking  damages  or  specific   performance  and/or  obtaining  an
injunction.

(C)  Lessee  shall be liable and shall pay to Lessor all  expenses  incurred  by
Lessor in connection with the enforcement of any of Lessor's remedies  including
all  expenses of  repossessing,  storing,  shipping,  reparing,  and selling the
Equipment,  and Lessor's reasonable attorneys fees Lessor and Lessee acknowledge
the difficulty in establishing a value for the unexpired Lease term and owing to
such difficulty agree that the provisions of this Section IV represent an agreed
measure of damages and are not to be deemed a forfeiture or penalty.

 (D) All remedies of Lessor  hereunder  are  cumulative,  are in addition to any
other remedies provided for by law, and may, to the extent permitted by :

law, be exercised  concurrently  or  separately.  The exercise of any one remedy
shall not be deemed to be an election of such remedy or to preclude the exercise
of any other  remedy.  No failure on the part of Lessor to exercise and no delay
in exercising  any right or remedy shall  operate as a waiver  thereof or modify
the terms of this Lease or any Equipment Schedule. A waiver of default Shall not
be a waiver of any other Or subsequent  default.  If this Lease is determined to
be subject to any laws limiting the amount  chargeable or  collectible by Lessor
then Lessor's recovery shall in no event exceed the maximum amounts permitted by
law.

XV. INDEMNITY.

Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor,  its agents,  employees,  successors and
assigns,   harmless  from  and  against  any  and  BU  claims,  actions,  suits,
proceedings, costs, expenses. damages and liabilities, including attorneys fees,
arising out of,  connected with, or resulting from the Equipment,  any Equipment
Schedule or this Lease, including without limitation the manufacture, selection,
delivery, possession, use, lease, operation, removal or return of the Equipment.

XVI. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

This Lease,  any  Equipment  Schedule and all related  documents,  including (a)
amendments, addendums, consents, waivers and modifications which may be executed
contemporaneously or subsequently herewith, (b) documents received by the Lessor
from  the  Lessee,  and  (c)  financial   statements,   certificates  and  other
information   previously  or  subsequently  furnished  to  the  Lessor,  may  be
reproduced  by the Lessor by any  photographic,  photostatic,  microfilm,  micro
card, miniature photographic, compact disk reproduction or other similar process
and the Lessor may  destroy any  original  document  so  reproduced.  The Lessee
agrees and stipulates that any such reproduction  shall, to the extent premitted
by  applicable  law, be  admissible  in evidence as the  original  itself in any
judicial  or  administative  proceeding  (whether  or  not  the  original  is in
existence  and  whether  or not the  reproduction  was made by the Lessor in the
regular  course of  business)  and that any  enlargement,  facsimile  or further
reproduction of the reproduction shall likewise be admissable in evidence.

XVII. ASSIGNMENT; WAIVER OF DEFENSE; QUIET ENJOYMENT:

LESSEE SHALL NOT ASSIGN, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATE. OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF,
ENCUMBER  OR PERMIT A LIEN UPON OR AGAINST  ANY  INTERESTS  IN THIS  LEASE,  ANY
EQUIPMENT  SCHEDULE  OR THE  EQUIPMENT  OR PERMIT THE  EQUIPMENT  TO BE USED-BY-
ANYONE OTHER THAN LESSEE OR LESSEE'S  EMPLOYEES  WITHOUT  LESSOR'S PRIOR WRITTEN
CONSENT.  .Lessor may, ~ or notice to Lessee,  assign or transfer  this Lease or
any Equipment Schedule or grant a security interest in any Equipment, any Rental
Permit,  or any other  payable  or to become  due  hereunder,  and in such event
Lessor's  assignee,  transferee or guarantee  shall have all the rights,  power,
privileges, and remedies of Lessor hereunder. Lessee aggress that, following its
receipt of notice of any  assignment by Lessor of this Lease,  any Rent Schedule
or thc Rental  Payments  payable  hereunder,  it will pay thc Rent  Payments due
hereunder   directly  to  the  assignee  (or  to  whomever  the  assignee  shall
designate). Lessee agrees that no assignee of Lessor 011 be bound to perform any
duty, covenant, condition or warranty attributable to Lessor, and Lessee further
agrees not to raix any claim or defense  arising out of this Lease or  otherwise
which it may have against  Lessor as a defense,  counterclaim,  or offset to any
action by an assignee or secured party hereunder.  Upon Lessor's request, Lessee
will execute a certificate  and  acknowledgement  of Lessor's  assignment to its
assignee.  Nothing  contained herein is intended to relieve Lessor of any of its
obligations.  Provided Lessee is not in default hereunder,  Lessee shall quietly
use and enjoy the Equipment, subject to the terms hereof

XVIII. PERFORMANCE BY LESSOR OF LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.

 In the event Lessee fails to comply with any  provisions of this Lease,  Lessor
shall have the right,  but shall not be obligated,  to effect such compliance on
behalf  of Lessee  upon ten ( 10) days  prior  written  notice to Lessee in such
event,  all monies  expended by, and all  expenses of Lessor in  effecting  such
compliance shall be deemed to be additional rent, and shall be paid by Lessee to
Lessor at the time of the next rent payment, together with interests at the rate
of one and one quarter (1 1/4%)  percent per month but in no event more than the
maximum permitted by law.

XIX. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND VENUE; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY AND RIGHTS 
     AND REMEDIES UNDER THE UNIFORM! COMMERCIAL CODE.

This Lease shall be  governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey,  provided,
however,  in the event this Lease or arty  provision  hereof is not  enforceable
under the laws of the State of New Jersey,  then the laws of the state where the
Equipment is located shall govern LESSEE  CONSENTS TO THE PERSONAL  JURISDICTION
OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE  COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY WITH  RESPECT TO ANY
ACTION  ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE,  JLNY  EQUIPMENT  SCHEDULE OR THE  EQUIPMENT,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, LESSOR MAY, 1N ITS SOLE DISCRETION, ENFORCE THIS LEASE AND ~Y
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE IN ANY COURT HAVING LAWFUL JURISDICTION  THEREOF.  THIS MEANS
ANY LEGAL  ACTION  ARISING  OUT OF THIS  LEASE MAY BE FILED 1N NEW  JERSEY,  AND
LESSEE MAY BE  REQUIRED  TO DEFEND AND  LITIGATE  ANY SUCH ACTION [N NEW JERSEY.
LESSEE  AGREES  THAT  SERVICE'  OF PROCESS IN ANY SUIT MAY BE MADE BY  CERTIFIED
MAIL,  RETURN  RECEIPT  REQUESTED,  ADDRESSES TO LESSEE AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH
[HEREIN.  TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY LAW,  LESSEE  WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
ACTION BY OR AGAINST LESSOR HEREUNDER AND WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
GRANTED TO LESSEE BY ARTICLE 2A OF THE  UNIFORM  COMMERCIAL  CODE AND ANY RIGHTS
NOW OR  HEREAFTER  GRANTED  BY  STATUTE  OR  OTHERWISE  THAT MAY LIMIT OR MODIFY
LESSOR'S RIGHTS AS DESCRIBED IN THIS LEASE OR THE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES

XX. GENERAL

This Lease  shall inure to benefit of and is binding  upon the heirs,  legatees,
personal  representatives,  successors  and  permitted  assigns  of the  parties
hereto.  Time is of the  essence of this  Lease.  This  Lease and any  Equipment
Schedule  shall be  effective  when  accepted  by  Lessor.  This  Lease  and the
Equipment  Schedules contain the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee with
respect to the subject matter hereof,  and all negotiations  and  understandings
have been merged herein. No modification of this Lease shall be effective unless
in  writing  and  executed  by  both '  lessor  and  Lessee  All  covenants  and
obligations  of Lessee to be  performed  pursuant to this Lease,  including  all
payments to be made by Lessee hereunder, shall survive the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease.  If more than one Lessee is named in this Lease,  the
liability of each shall be joint and several. In the event any provision of this
Lease shall be  unenforceable,  than such  provision  shall be cleaned  deleted,
however,  all other  provisions  hereof  shall  remain in full force and effect.
Service of all notices under this Lease shall be sufficient if given personally,
mailed to the party  intended at its address set forth herein,  or at such other
addresses said party may provide in writing from time to time by certified mail,
or overnight mail service,  or sent via facsimile  transmission  Any such notice
mailed to said  address  shall be deemed  effective  three (3) days  after it is
deposited in the United States mail,  duly  addressed and with postage  prepaid;
all notices sent by other means shall be deemed effective when received.

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of          , 19
                                                                
LESSEE POWER SENSORS CORPORATION

  By:  /s/ Bharat S. Shah
         Bharat S. Shah
  (PRINT OR TYPE NAME & TITLE OF ABOVE SIGNATURE)

  ATTEST: /s/ Ronald C. Valku

  LESSOR:  COPELCO CAPITAL, INC.
  By:  /s/ H. Krolifeifer, Jr.
  H. Krolifeifer, Jr., Sr. V.P.
  (PRINT OR TYPE NAME & TITLE  OF ABOVE SIGNATURE)



LEASE AMENDMENT

         THIS AMENDMENT  dated this day of , 1995 to Master Lease  Agreement No.
0670800 , Equipment  Schedule No.  0670801  thereto (the "Lease") by and between
COPELCO  CAPITAL.  INC. as lessor  ("Lessor') and POWER SENSORS  CORPORATION,  a
corporation as lessee ("Lessee").
WHEREAS, the Lessee wishes to enter into the Lease with the Lessor,

         WHEREAS,  as a condition to enter into the Lease,  the Lessor  requires
that the  Lessee  provides  a security  deposit  and grant a  security  interest
therein to secure the Lessee's obligations under the Lease;

     NOW, THEREFORE, as an inducement to the Lessor to enter into the Lease, and
intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

l. The Lease shall be amended to add the following new Section to the Lease:

XXI. Release of the Security Deposit.


         2. Except as herein  modified,  all other terms and  conditions  of the
Lease shall remain unchanged and are hereby ratified by the parties.

         1N  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Amendment as of the day and year first above written.




 POWER SENSORS CORPORATION                   COPELCO CAPITAL, INC.

 BY: /s/ Bharat S. Shah                      BY: /s/ H. Krollfeifer, Jr.
        Bharat S. Shah                           H. Krollfeifer, Jr., Sr. V.P.
 (PRINT OR TYPE NAME & TITLE              (PRINT OR TYPE NAME OR TITLE 
   OF ABOVE SIGNATURE)                           OF ABOVE SIGNATURE)



                                                          Date: 12/7/95

POWER SENSORS CORPORATION
113 Tower Road
Schaumburg, IL 60173

Re: Lease No. 0670801 between Power Sensors Corporation as lessee ("Lessee")
and Copelco Capital, Inc., as lessor ("Lessor")

Dear Sir/Madam:

          For good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged  and  intending to be legally  bound,  the parties  hereto agree as
follows:

          I.  Provided no Event of Default  exists  uncured and  notwithstanding
anything contained in the lease to the contrary,  Lessor hereby grants to Lessee
the option to purchase the equipment  subject to the Lease (the  "Equipment") at
the end of the  initial  term of the Lease for $1.00  (the  "Purchase  Option").
Lessee shall exercise the Purchase Option by giving Lessor not less than 30 days
written  notice prior to the last day of the initial  term of the Lease.  IF THE
PURCHASE OPTION IS EXERCISED, THE EQUIPMENT WILL BE SOLD BY LESSOR TO LESSEE "AS
IS,  WHERE IS",  WITHOUT ANY  WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  INCLUDING  WITHOUT
LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABLITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
TITLE;



     2.   In the event that  Lessee  does not elect to  purchase  the  Equipment
          under the Purchase  Option or the  Purchase  Option is deemed null and
          void under the circumstances  described in Paragraph I herein,  Lessee
          shall return the Equipment in accordance with the terms and conditions
          of the Lease.

     3.  Capitalized  terms used but not defined  herein shall have the meanings
         ascribed to such terms in the Lease.

     4. Except to the extent expressly  modified by this letter  agreement,  the
        terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full 
        force and effect

          Each of the  parties  hereto has caused this  letter  agreement  to be
executed  by its  duly  authorized  officers,  all as of the  date  first  above
written.

 POWER SENSORS CORPORATION                             COPELCO CAPITAL, INC.
 BY: /s/ Bharat S. Shah                                BY:

 TITLE:  President                                     TITLE:
 
Power Sensors
CORPORATION
               1113 Tower Rd..Schaumburg, IL 60173 USA
               Tel (708) 884-5898 ~ Fax (708) 884-5899


December 21, 1995


Copelco Capital, Inc.
 700 East Gate Drive
- -
 Mt. Laurel NJ, 08054

Re: Master Lease #0670800, Equipment Schedule 0670801

To Whom It May Concern:

We have  remitted  deposits  in the amount of  $53,463.00  to the  Suppliers  of
equipment on the referenced  equipment  schedule.  After you issue your purchase
order,  the  Suppliers  will direct you to net the deposit from their invoice to
you, and refund it directly to us.

This letter will  authorize you to apply  $38,776.40 to the Security  Deposit on
the lease,  and $11,021.84 to the Advance Rental Payment on the lease and refund
$3,664.76 to us.

Sincerely,


/s/ Paul J. Dickerson

Paul Dickerson




                                   Exhibit 23

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (No.  333-85556,  No. 333-07409 and No. 333-13887) and in
the Prospectus constituting part of the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No.
333-11391 and No.  333-23317) of Oryx  Technology  Corp. of our report dated May
16, 1997, except for Note 14, which is as of May 29, 1997, appearing on page F-2
of this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB/A1 for the year ended February 28, 1997.




PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
San Jose, California
May 29, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This Schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
financial statements of Orxy Technology Corp. for the 12 months ended February
28, 1997 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial
statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                                          0000915355    
<NAME>                                         Oryx Technology Corp.   
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. DOLLARS    
       
<S>                                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                               FEB-28-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                  MAR-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                    FEB-28-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                 1.00
<CASH>                                          3,080
<SECURITIES>                                    0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   3,554
<ALLOWANCES>                                    97
<INVENTORY>                                     4,795
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                1,306
<PP&E>                                          4,084
<DEPRECIATION>                                  1,410
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  15,312
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           5,878
<BONDS>                                         0
                           637
                                     107
<COMMON>                                        13
<OTHER-SE>                                      8,677
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    15,312
<SALES>                                         26,860
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                26,860
<CGS>                                           18,475
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                10,310
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (1,925)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    40
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (1,965)
<DISCONTINUED>                                  0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                 0
<CHANGES>                                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (2,012)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  (.19)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission